| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z | AA | AB | AC | AD | AE | AF | AG | AH | AI | AJ | AK | AL | AM | AN | AO | AP | AQ | AR | AS | AT | AU | AV | AW | AX | AY | AZ | BA | BB | BC | BD | BE | BF | BG | BH | BI | BJ | BK | BL | BM | BN | BO | BP | BQ | BR | BS | BT | BZ | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 | qty | isbn | authoreditor1_lastname | authoreditors | authoreditors_affiliation | title | subtitle | bibliographic_information | edition_number | copyright_year | price_status | price_eur | price_eur_br | price_eur_br_a | price_gbp | price_chf_br | price_usd | cover_type | additional_softcover | series_title | volume_number | subject_collection | product_category | medium | springer_reference | language1 | nr_of_arabic_pages | bic_code1 | bic_code2 | imprint | publisher_name | key_book_for_libraries | sales_highlight | delivery_status | pub_date_actual | pub_date_actual_sec_loc | pub_date_planned_first_release | pub_date_planned_sec_loc | distribution_information | lastedition | copyright_year_former_eds | isbn_predecessor_edition | table_of_contents_short | back_cover_copy | info_text | usp_editorial | about_the_author | publication_class | discount_group_ny | discount_group_sdc | ebook_package_code | ebook_package | ebook_info_no_e_rights | open_access | ean | snt_discipline1 | snt_discipline2 | snt_discipline3 | snt_discipline4 | snt_discipline5 | snt_discipline6 | snt_discipline1_cluster | weight | contains_esm | signifier_multimedia | more_media_app | edition_doi | ||||||
2 | 978-981-97-2518-2 | Arafat | S. M. Yasir Arafat; Mohsen Rezaeian; Murad M. Khan | S. M. Yasir Arafat, Enam Medical College and Hospital, Dhaka, Bangladesh; Mohsen Rezaeian, Rafsanjan University of Medical Sciences, Rafsanjan, Iran; Murad M. Khan, Aga Khan University, Karachi, Pakistan | Suicidal Behavior in Muslim Majority Countries | Epidemiology, Risk Factors, and Prevention | X, 278 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 119.99 | 165.50 | 139.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 434 | JM | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 0 | In production | 2024-06-23 | 2024-06-23 | 1 | 1. Suicidal Behavior in Islamic Countries: An Overview.- 2. Suicidal Behavior in Afghanistan.- 3. Suicidal Behavior in Azerbaijan.- 4. Suicidal Behavior in Bangladesh.- 5. Suicidal Behavior in Central Asian Region. | The book is about suicidal behavior in Muslim majority countries. Islam is the second-largest religion in the world. There are also sizable Muslim populations in non-Islamic countries. Suicide is strongly prohibited in Islam and based on this tenet, suicide and self-harm remain criminalized acts in many Islamic countries. When compared to the global estimates for suicide rates and to non-Islamic countries, Muslim majority countries have lower rates, indicating that Islamic faith and practice may be protective against suicidal behaviors. However, several factors such as criminal status, stigma toward suicide, extreme dearth of research, low-quality data, and under-reporting make it difficult to draw any firm conclusions. Hence, this book aims to do a deeper study of suicidal behaviors in Muslim majority countries, covering epidemiology, risk factors, and the challenges of suicide prevention in Muslim majority countries. | The book is about suicidal behavior in Muslim majority countries. Islam is the second-largest religion in the world. There are also sizable Muslim populations in non-Islamic countries. Suicide is strongly prohibited in Islam and based on this tenet, suicide and self-harm remain criminalized acts in many Islamic countries. When compared to the global estimates for suicide rates and to non-Islamic countries, Muslim majority countries have lower rates, indicating that Islamic faith and practice may be protective against suicidal behaviors. However, several factors such as criminal status, stigma toward suicide, extreme dearth of research, low-quality data, and under-reporting make it difficult to draw any firm conclusions. Hence, this book aims to do a deeper study of suicidal behaviors in Muslim majority countries, covering epidemiology, risk factors, and the challenges of suicide prevention in Muslim majority countries. | Addresses the subjects of suicide and self-harm in Muslim majority countriesExamines the evidence of whether the reported low suicide rates in Muslim majority countries are a fact or artifactGives recommendations for culturally and religiously appropriate prevention strategies in the Muslim majority countries | Dr. S M Yasir Arafat is currently working as an assistant professor of Psychiatry at Enam Medical College and Hospital, Dhaka, Bangladesh. He completed M.D. in Psychiatry from Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujib Medical University, Dhaka, and MBBS from the Dhaka Medical College, Dhaka, Bangladesh. He also did an MPH in Health Economics and MBA in Marketing. Dr. Arafat has (co)authored more than 300 peer-reviewed articles and book chapters, and (co)edited several books with Springer. He was included in the global 2% researcher list in 2021, 2022, and 2023. He is acting as an editorial member in more than ten leading journals in mental health published by Frontiers, Wiley, Hindawi, Springer, and Taylor and Francis. His research focused on suicidal behavior, psychometrics, panic buying, and psycho-sexual disorders. Professor Mohsen Rezaeian is a professor of Epidemiology at Rafsanjan University of Medical Sciences in Iran. He is one of the founders of the Iranian Scientific Society for Suicide Prevention (ISSSP) and editor-in-chief of the newly developed Journal of Suicide Prevention (JSP). He is a co-chair of the International Association for Suicide Prevention (IASP) Special Interest Group (SIG) on the Development of Effective National Suicide Prevention Strategy and Practice. Over the past two decades, he has published numerous articles and a couple of book chapters in the area of suicide prevention. He has also developed some new ideas in the areas of suicide studies and suicide prevention. Professor Murad Moosa Khan, MRCPsych, Ph.D. is Professor Emeritus, Dept. of Psychiatry and Brian & Mind Institute, Aga Khan University. He is also an associate faculty at the Centre for Bioethics and Culture (CBEC), Karachi. Prof. Khan is the past president of the International Association for Suicide Prevention (IASP) 2017–2020 and continues to serve on the Board of IASP, where he contributes to the organization’s global suicide prevention strategy. He also serves in several other mental health non-governmental organizations and bioethics forums in Pakistan. Prof. Khan’s research interests include focusing on epidemiology and socio-cultural and religious factors in suicide and self-harm in South Asia and developing economies, mental health of women and the elderly, narrative medicine, and organizational ethics. His extensive research work, findings, and contributions on social and ethical issues have been published in several medical journals and the lay press, where is a frequent contributor. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9789819725182 | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-97-2519-9 | |||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 978-981-19-5548-8 | Blijlevens | Janneke Blijlevens; Meg Elkins; Ananta Neelim | Janneke Blijlevens, RMIT University, Melbourne, VIC, Australia; Meg Elkins, RMIT University, Melbourne, VIC, Australia; Ananta Neelim, RMIT University, Melbourne, VIC, Australia | Behavioural Business | The Psychology of Decisions in Economy, Business and Policy Contexts | VII, 222 p. 1 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 119.99 | 128.39 | 131.99 | 109.99 | 142.00 | 129.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 222 | KCK | KFF | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 0 | Available | 2024-04-12 | 2024-04-11 | 2024-04-11 | 1 | Part 1. Background.- Chapter 1. Behavioural Business: The Psychology of Decisions in Economic, Business and Policy Contexts.- Chapter 2. Introducing Behavioural Business.- Part 2. Concepts and Approaches.- Chapter 3. Culture and Economic Behaviour: Evidence From an Experimental-Behavioural Economics Research Programme.- Chapter 4. The Detective Mindset: Forensic Approaches to Detecting Behaviour.- Chapter 5. Gender in the Workplace.- Chapter 6. Behavioural Business Design.- Chapter 7. Behavioural Organisational Strategy .- Part 3. Applications.- Chapter 8. Charitable Giving for International Development: Insights from Behavioural Economics and Other Disciplines.- Chapter 9. Unite and Conquer? Behavioural Pitfalls in Australia’s Response to COVID-19.- Chapter 10. Unlocking Creativity for Business Potential.- Chapter 11. Behavioural Aspects of Financial Advice.- Chapter 12. Behavioural Aspects of the Real Estate Market.<div> </div> | This book explores all aspects of the new and emerging area of behavioural business. This book identifies behavioural business as a powerful application of the latest insights and tools from psychology and behavioural science to decision-making in business, management and policy. This book uniquely positions behavioural business as different from both behavioural economics and psychology. This book instead applies a fresh focus on behavioural interventions in policy and business. This book introduces this new area and showcases what it contributes to a number of important contemporary business and policy issues. These include behavioural insights for managers in diverse and multi-cultural workplaces, designers of organisations, interventions, products and services, financial advisors, public policy makers, business creatives and entrepreneurs as well as charity and NGO practitioners. This book summarises state-of-the-art knowledge in the areas of expertise of the authors, who are members of the Behavioural Business Lab at RMIT University in Australia. This book will interest advanced students in related subjects as well as academics and policy makers hoping to learn and apply behavioural insights to their areas of expertise. | This book explores all aspects of the new and emerging area of behavioural business. This book identifies behavioural business as a powerful application of the latest insights and tools from psychology and behavioural science to decision-making in business, management and policy. This book uniquely positions behavioural business as different from both behavioural economics and psychology. This book instead applies a fresh focus on behavioural interventions in policy and business. This book introduces this new area and showcases what it contributes to a number of important contemporary business and policy issues. These include behavioural insights for managers in diverse and multi-cultural workplaces, designers of organisations, interventions, products and services, financial advisors, public policy makers, business creatives and entrepreneurs as well as charity and NGO practitioners. This book summarises state-of-the-art knowledge in the areas of expertise of the authors, who are members of the Behavioural Business Lab at RMIT University in Australia. This book will interest advanced students in related subjects as well as academics and policy makers hoping to learn and apply behavioural insights to their areas of expertise. | A multi disciplinary collaboration of authors from psychology, economics, Finance, design and managementDeals with the various applications of behavioural insightsResponds to government regulation for behavioural training in certain professions | Dr Ananta Neelim is a Senior Lecturer in Economics at the University of Tasmania. His research focuses on how social institutions shape and affect the behaviour of individuals in social, economic and business interactions. He has successfully published his work in economics journals such as the Journal of Economic Behaviour and Organization, and Economics Letters. In addition, Ananta has extensively worked with the industry on multiple projects and has provided consultancy services to Plan International, World Bank, International Organization for Migration, Swiss Development Corporation and the Consumer Policy Research Centre. Dr Janneke Blijlevens is a Senior Lecturer in Design Thinking and Experimental Methods in the marketing discipline at RMIT University. With a master’s in psychology, a PhD in consumer behaviour and design, and work experience in both design and business schools her research is truly interdisciplinary. Janneke uses her ability to understand different ways of thinking to design innovative solutions to complex societal and business problems. Her approach uses behavioural insights obtained in both qualitative and quantitative research to affect positive behaviour change in society. Her research covers areas such as product (design) perception and evaluation by consumers, the social roles that products can play to consumers, how to design products for social change, and psychological factors influencing the adoption of highly innovative products by consumers. She has published in top-tier academic journals such as Psychology, Marketing and Economics, International Journal of Design, Journal of Psychology in Aesthetics, Creativity, and Arts, Journal of Design, Business and Society and the Journal of Behavioural and Experimental Methods. You may know her best through her recent behavioural impact project: Sans Forgetica, a font to remember (sansforgetica.rmit). Dr Meg Elkins is a Senior Lecturerin economics at RMIT University. She is a behavioural and applied economist with research interests in culture and information bias. Her work is published in high-quality journals such as The Journal of Development Studies, Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly, and the Journal of Cultural Economics. Meg has led project teams investigating the economic impact of the arts for the City of Melbourne, and she has also worked with the Internationally renowned Busking Project to use behavioural insights to help increase online donations for buskers. Meg is a regular commentator on TV, print and radio providing a behavioural economics lens to the issues of the day. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9789811955488 | Behavioral Economics | Behavioral Finance | Cultural Economics | Economic Psychology | Business and Management | Corporate Finance | /Behavioral Economics/Economics/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-19-5546-4 | ||||||||||||||
4 | 978-3-031-26679-9 | Campill | Marc Antoine Campill | Marc Antoine Campill, IBEF- International Centre of Excellence on Innovative Learning, Teaching Environments and Practices, Shanghai, China | Re-Inventing Organic Metaphors for the Social Sciences | XVII, 263 p. 61 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99.99 | 130.00 | 119.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Theory and History in the Human and Social Sciences | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 263 | JM | JMR | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 1 | In production | 2023-04-25 | 2024-04-26 | 2024-04-26 | 1 | 1. Prelude: Psychology in metamorphosis.- 2. Time as an organic metaphor.- 3. The regeneration of the space of landscape - where experiencing is fundamentally sustained.- 4. Ohh-- Guovssahas above my meadow: Introducing the Gestalt-explosion as the core factor of meaning-generation.- 5. Everything Is Bound to Transform: On Knowledge’s Flow .- 6. Allegory Analysis:A Methodological Framework For A Tool For Psychology.- 7. The knot and the psyche. A study on the dynamism of the psyche by means of the knotting praxis.- 8. Exploring the “garden metaphor”: An inter-modal autoethnography.- 9. The Role Of Metaphors In Model-Building Within The Sciences Of Meaning.- 10. Ice cream: An exploration of outsiders by parasitological insights.- 11. Biocenosis of the Self: The dynamic of relationships.- 12. The Story of Isepal – A Case Study Allegory Analysis –.- 13. Dialogue: How to use the wasted potential of thoughts and efforts.- 14. Conclusion: Following innovation into the wasteland: Re-inventing organic metaphors. | The “Re-Inventing Organic Metaphors for the Social Sciences” is a volume with the specific goal: to challenge psychological understandings by connecting psychological approaches with multidimensional perspectives of various other scientific streams, meanwhile imbedding the generated knowledge in metaphors that allows researchers to follow phenomena into a deeper and more (w)holistic understanding of its appearance. This is particularly important when the humankind faces challenges due to systemic biological changes, as the phenomenological dynamics bonded to those challenges can be conserved in appropriated context. For this purpose, the organic metaphors are introduced. A tool that has central advantage over mechanical metaphors as it can capture the complex and open-systemic nature of biological, psychological, and social phenomena. For example—the widely used notion “mind as a computer” may be more productively replaced by “mind as a membrane”—with implications (e.g. focus on borders in-between, or in systems in themselves- exosystemic realities in our world). There are many other fertile opportunities not yet explored in the realms of psychology and other sciences. Furthermore, the contributors operated also as cross-reviewers for each other’s. In this occasion a new dimension, in chapter construction, will be introduced. Beside the traditional reviewing of another paper the reviewer has been asked to add a small list of extending questions toward the reviewed paper. These added questions have been introduced as potential questions that the authors were demanded to add into a final sub-chapter of their contribution. The subchapter has been titled as “Dialogue” (the author was free to select between the questions and ideas on those they believe could inhabit an especially worth for the future readers). | The “Re-Inventing Organic Metaphors for the Social Sciences” is a volume with the specific goal: to challenge psychological understandings by connecting psychological approaches with multidimensional perspectives of various other scientific streams, meanwhile imbedding the generated knowledge in metaphors that allows researchers to follow phenomena into a deeper and more (w)holistic understanding of its appearance. This is particularly important when the humankind faces challenges due to systemic biological changes, as the phenomenological dynamics bonded to those challenges can be conserved in appropriated context. For this purpose, the organic metaphors are introduced. A tool that has central advantage over mechanical metaphors as it can capture the complex and open-systemic nature of biological, psychological, and social phenomena. For example—the widely used notion “mind as a computer” may be more productively replaced by “mind as a membrane”—with implications (e.g. focus on borders in-between, or in systems in themselves- exosystemic realities in our world). There are many other fertile opportunities not yet explored in the realms of psychology and other sciences. Furthermore, the contributors operated also as cross-reviewers for each other’s. In this occasion a new dimension, in chapter construction, will be introduced. Beside the traditional reviewing of another paper the reviewer has been asked to add a small list of extending questions toward the reviewed paper. These added questions have been introduced as potential questions that the authors were demanded to add into a final sub-chapter of their contribution. The subchapter has been titled as “Dialogue” (the author was free to select between the questions and ideas on those they believe could inhabit an especially worth for the future readers). | New elaborations and positions toward central Psychological PhenomenaExtending insights by richly illustrated metaphors of organic natureIntroduction of a central and new cultural psychological positioning in a dialogue | Marc Antoine Campill, accomplished his master’s degree (MSc.) in cultural psychology at the Sigmund Freud (Private) University Vienna and his bachelor’s degree in psychology (BSc.) from the University of Luxembourg. The current field interest is determinate toward the cultural psychological understanding of the individuum, in his identification process. As his current publications imply, his interests are set on generating a new psychological perspective by integrating the social construction of common knowledge and the scientifical meaning of other “Naturwissenschaften” into the psychological field. His collaborative work with Japan dedicated to the hihkikomori phenomena serves as the basis for the theoretical efforts made collectively in this volume. The creation of dynamic models, that can surpass the mechanical restrictions of current theoretical models in psychology, is a central aim of his current construct as a researcher. | Students | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031266799 | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | Cognitive Psychology | Cognition | Social Psychology | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-26677-5 | ||||||||||||||||
5 | 978-3-031-57944-8 | Clegg | Jennifer Clegg; Richard Lansdall-Welfare | Jennifer Clegg, La Trobe University, Melbourne, VIC, Australia; Richard Lansdall-Welfare, Nottingham, UK | Intellectual Disability in a Post-Neoliberal World | Approx. 130 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 34.99 | 47.50 | 44.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Brief/Pivot | Book | 0 | English | 115 | JMC | MMJ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-06-05 | 2024-06-05 | 1 | Chapter 1: Why Ideas Matter.- Chapter 2: Noticing Neoliberalism.- Chapter 3: A New Lens on Care Scandals.- Chapter 4: Helping People Who Become Distressed: Attachment and Psychomotor Therapy.- Chapter 5: Reshaping the Way Parents and Services Relate.- Chapter 6: The Purpose of Exploration is to Arrive Back Where We Started and Know it for the First Time. | “The authors skilfully blend the current literature with their own expertise to shed light on enhancing the care of individuals with learning disabilities, while also presenting a compelling critique of the existing system. A must read!” Bhathika Perera, Associate Professor, University College London This book suggests and promotes new paradigms for intellectual disability. Challenging the predominant neoliberal agenda, it combines extensive clinical experience, conceptual analysis, and recent research. The authors explore the way that promotion of autonomy and choice overlooks the fundamentally relational needs of people with intellectual disabilities by examining four significant, repeating themes. What neoliberal policies are and how they suffocate innovation; the recurring scandals that characterise ID services in all cultures; the counter-intuitive belief that behavioural interventions can somehow address emotional distress; and fundamental tensions in the relationship between parents and services. Each chapter proposes alternative and hopeful ways to address the 40% of people with intellectual disabilities whose distress generates challenges for parents and staff. Written primarily for intellectual disability researchers, professionals, service managers, and policy-makers, this book constitutes a useful reading also for scholars in psychology, psychiatry and nursing, as well as specialist historians, geographers, sociologists, and social anthropologists engaged with intellectual disabilities. Jennifer A. Clegg is Adjunct Professor at La Trobe University, Australia, where she developed and taught for four years the course 'Non-behavioural Approaches to Challenging and Complex Needs' for their Masters in Disability Studies. For 25 years she was both an Associate Professor and Clinical Psychologist in Nottingham, UK, carrying out research and clinical intervention with distressed adults who have intellectual disability and their parents and staff. Richard Lansdall-Welfare worked as a Clinical Director and Consultant Psychiatrist in Nottinghamshire, UK, with adults who have intellectual disability and their families. His practice was both community and in-patient based, and involved the full-range of mental health difficulties experienced by this group. | This book suggests and promotes new paradigms for intellectual disability. Challenging the predominant neoliberal agenda, it combines extensive clinical experience, conceptual analysis, and recent research. The authors explore the way that promotion of autonomy and choice overlooks the fundamentally relational needs of people with intellectual disabilities by examining four significant, repeating themes. What neoliberal policies are and how they suffocate innovation; the recurring scandals that characterise ID services in all cultures; the counter-intuitive belief that behavioural interventions can somehow address emotional distress; and fundamental tensions in the relationship between parents and services. Each chapter proposes alternative and hopeful ways to address the 40% of people with intellectual disabilities whose distress generates challenges for parents and staff. Written primarily for intellectual disability researchers, professionals, service managers, and policy-makers, this book constitutes a useful reading also for scholars in psychology, psychiatry and nursing, as well as specialist historians, geographers, sociologists, and social anthropologists engaged with intellectual disabilities. | Reviews attachment-informed interventions in ID and addresses embodiment through psychomotor therapyOffers brief human stories that challenge neoliberal focus on behavioural interventions and the promotion of autonomyDevelops new approaches to intellectual disability by drawing on Deleuze’s philosophy of creativity | Jennifer Clegg is Adjunct Professor at La Trobe University, Australia, where she developed and taught for four years the course 'Non-behavioural Approaches to Challenging and Complex Needs' for their Masters in Disability Studies. For 25 years she was both an Associate Professor and Clinical Psychologist in Nottingham, UK, carrying out research and clinical intervention with distressed adults who have intellectual disability and their parents and staff. She has published 48 peer-reviewed articles, nine book chapters and two books: Critical Issues in Clinical Practice (SAGE, 1998), and New Lenses on Intellectual Disabilities (Routledge, 2020). Richard Lansdall-Welfare worked as a Clinical Director and Consultant Psychiatrist in Nottinghamshire, UK, with adults who have intellectual disability and their families. His practice was both community and in-patient based, and involved the full-range of mental health difficulties experienced by this group. He implemented specialist services for those with additional needs such as epilepsy, nutritional difficulties and complex neurodevelopmental conditions, also contributing to service modelling at national and international level. He has published 10 peer-reviewed articles. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031579448 | Developmental Disabilities | Clinical Psychology | Psychotherapy | Mental Health | Behaviorism | /Developmental Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Developmental Disabilities/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-57945-5 | |||||||||||||||||
6 | 978-3-031-60745-5 | Davis III | Thompson E. Davis III; Eric A. Storch | Thompson E. Davis III, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL, USA; Eric A. Storch, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX, USA | Brief CBT and Science-Based Tailoring for Children, Adolescents, and Young Adults | X, 560 p. 4 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 59.00 | 54.99 | Hard cover | 0 | CBT: Science Into Practice | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Brief/Pivot | Book | 0 | English | 358 | MMJ | MMH | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-17 | 2024-07-17 | 1 | Fresh Squeezed Into Concentrate Brief Intensive and Concentrated Treatments.- The Ethics and Experience of Brief Therapy The Case of Exposure Therapy.- Cost Effectiveness of Brief Cognitive Behavior Therapy.- Current State of the Science of Brief Concentrated and Intensive Treatments.- Specific Phobias.- Intensive Treatment of Childhood Selective Mutism.- Intensive Treatments for Pediatric Obsessive Compulsive Disorder.- Using Summer Camps as Opportunities to Provide Brief Interventions.- Brief Therapy for Childhood Separation Anxiety Disorder.- Brief Treatments for Social Anxiety Disorder.- Brief and or Intensive Parent Training.- Brief Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Pediatric Health Conditions.- Digital Single Session Interventions for Youth Mental Health.- Integrating Pharmacotherapy into Brief Interventions for Child and Adolescent Treatment.- Suicide and Crisis Intervention.- Use of Technology in Brief Interventions.- Multicultural Findings and Considerations from Brief Interventions.- Brief and Intensive Treatments Slow and Low is Not the Tempo. | This book highlights the ongoing trend of brief treatments in psychotherapy for child and adolescent populations. Whereas their therapeutic predecessors may have taken 15 to 20 one-hour sessions or more, these newer therapies may begin to alleviate symptoms in only weeks, days, or even hours on the same day. Interest in child and adolescent brief and intensive therapies is currently at an all-time high on the heels of research showing impressive results for these interventions. Treatments such as One-Session Treatment for specific phobias which occurs in only one, three-hour session or Intensive Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy with Exposure and Response Prevention for obsessive-compulsive disorder which occurs 3-5 times weekly in 1-3-hour sessions over several weeks, are prominent examples. This volume builds on this growing interest and the emerging child and adolescent research, summarizing the efficacy of these interventions. Further, this volume will include key introductory chapters on the emergence of brief and intensive therapies, the ethics of their use, their cost-effectiveness, and the current state of the science. Brief therapies for specific disorders and via specific methodologies comprise separate chapters. Each chapter incorporates an exemplar case study (including a case overview, formulation/conceptualization, treatment description, follow-up, and recommendations for refractory cases). Also included are multicultural insights and ethical considerations. Furthermore guidance is provided on how to use the current and ongoing evidence base to inform formulation and treatment. This volume is timely and thorough in its presentation of the relevant literature and provides a much-needed resource for students, practitioners, and researchers alike. In a moment where youth mental health problems are on the rise, this is the book we need! Tara Peris, Ph.D. UCLA Like Superman squeezing coal into diamonds, Davis and Storch have compiled the definitive guide to brief, concentrated psychotherapy. Eli Lebowitz, Ph.D. Yale Child Study Center Davis and Storch score big in this edited volume on Brief, Intensive, and Concentrated treatments for a host of childhood problems. Thomas Ollendick, Ph.D. Virginia Tech | This book highlights the ongoing trend of brief treatments in psychotherapy for child and adolescent populations. Whereas their therapeutic predecessors may have taken 15 to 20 one-hour sessions or more, these newer therapies may begin to alleviate symptoms in only weeks, days, or even hours on the same day. Interest in child and adolescent brief and intensive therapies is currently at an all-time high on the heels of research showing impressive results for these interventions. Treatments such as One-Session Treatment for specific phobias which occurs in only one, three-hour session or Intensive Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy with Exposure and Response Prevention for obsessive-compulsive disorder which occurs 3-5 times weekly in 1-3-hour sessions over several weeks, are prominent examples. This volume builds on this growing interest and the emerging child and adolescent research, summarizing the efficacy of these interventions. Further, this volume will include key introductory chapters on the emergence of brief and intensive therapies, the ethics of their use, their cost-effectiveness, and the current state of the science. Brief therapies for specific disorders and via specific methodologies comprise separate chapters. Each chapter incorporates an exemplar case study (including a case overview, formulation/conceptualization, treatment description, follow-up, and recommendations for refractory cases). Also included are multicultural insights and ethical considerations. Furthermore guidance is provided on how to use the current and ongoing evidence base to inform formulation and treatment. This volume is timely and thorough in its presentation of the relevant literature and provides a much-needed resource for students, practitioners, and researchers alike. In a moment where youth mental health problems are on the rise, this is the book we need! Tara Peris, Ph.D. UCLA Like Superman squeezing coal into diamonds, Davis and Storch have compiled the definitive guide to brief, concentrated psychotherapy. Eli Lebowitz, Ph.D. Yale Child Study Center Davis and Storch score big in this edited volume on Brief, Intensive, and Concentrated treatments for a host of childhood problems. Thomas Ollendick, Ph.D. Virginia Tech | Includes ethical and multicultural issuesProvides evidence-based reviews of emerging cost-effective therapiesOffers case formulation guidelines | Dr. Thompson Davis III is Professor of Psychology (Child Clinical) and Department Chair at the University of Alabama, and an Adjunct Professor of Psychology at Louisiana State University. Dr. Davis specializes in One-Session Treatment (OST) for specific phobia and other exposure therapies, the intersection of autism and anxiety, as well as broader transdiagnostic issues related to developmental psychopathology. In addition to over 100 published articles and chapters and 2 books, he has been a part of the two largest international grants to investigate the efficacy and effectiveness of brief, intensive therapies for specific phobia in youth. He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies (ABCT) and on the editorial boards of the Journal of Anxiety Disorders, the Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment, Cognitive Therapy and Research, the Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, and Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review. Dr. Eric Storch is Professor and McIngvale Presidential Endowed Chair in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at Baylor College of Medicine (BCM). He serves as Vice Chair and Head of Psychology, and co-directors the Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders program at BCM. Dr. Storch specializes in the nature and treatment of childhood and adult obsessive-compulsive disorder, anxiety disorders, PTSD, and anxiety among youth with autism. In addition to over 900 published articles and chapters and 20 books, he has received multiple federal grants to investigate treatment efficacy, mechanisms of action, genetics, bioethics, innovative approaches to phenotyping, and how to enhance outcomes for those struggling with OCD and related conditions. Dr. Storch edits several journals (Child Psychiatry and Human Development, Children’s Health Care, and Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy), and serves on the editorial boards of Journal of Anxiety Disorders, Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, Cognitive Therapy and Research, and Clinical Psychology Review. | Students | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031607455 | Clinical Psychology | Child and Adolescence Psychology | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-60746-2 | |||||||||||||||||||
7 | 978-3-031-27005-5 | Díaz-Garrido | Juan Antonio Díaz-Garrido; Raquel Zúñiga; Horus Laffite; Eric Morris | Juan Antonio Díaz-Garrido, Hospital Universitario de Gran Canaria Dr. Negrín, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Spain; Raquel Zúñiga, Hospital Universitario de Canarias, Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Spain; Horus Laffite, Hospital Universitario de Gran Canaria Dr. Negrín, Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Spain; Eric Morris, La Trobe University, Melbourne, VIC, Australia | Psychological Interventions for Psychosis | Towards a Paradigm Shift | XVI, 811 p. 54 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 114.99 | 123.04 | 126.49 | 99.99 | 136.00 | 129.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 811 | MMJ | MMJT | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Available | 2024-04-27 | 2023-04-27 | 2024-04-26 | 2024-04-26 | 1 | Chapter 1 - Toward a change of paradigm in psychosis: A contextual phenomenological approach.- Chapter 2 - Eppur si mouve.- Chapter 3 - Rethinking Antipsychotics: Evidence-Based Medicine Calls for A Dramatic Change in Their Use.- Chapter 4 - Psychosis pills do much more harm than good and should not be used.- Chapter 5 - Advocating for integrated therapy in the social environment to treat schizophrenia problems.- Chapter 6 - Contextualizing ‘psychosis’ behaviors and what to do about them.- Chapter 7 - Culturally adapted CBT for psychosis .- Chapter 8 - The Power Threat Meaning Framework & ‘psychosis’.- Chapter 9 - Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Psychosis.- Chapter 10 - Person-Based Cognitive Therapy for Psychosis.- Chapter 11 - The phenomenological perspective and metacognitive psychotherapy in addressing psychosis.- Chapter 12 - Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT): Contextual therapy in the approach to psychosis.- Chapter 13 - Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Recovery fromPsychosis.- Chapter 14 - Acceptance & Commitment Therapy for psychosis in an inpatient context.- Chapter 15 - Using acceptance and commitment therapy within a functional analysis informed therapy for hearing voices.- Chapter 16 - The use of Therapist Self-Disclosure in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Psychosis.- Chapter 17 - Acceptance and Recovery Therapy by levels for Psychosis (ART). A context-centred model.- Chapter 18 - About hobbits, jedi, goddesses and magical energies. Clinical cases from ART.- Chapter 19 - Psychosocial rehabilitation: An art approach. Clinical cases.- Chapter 20 - The “incluyete” (get involved) program: A socio-educational experience for social inclusion in mental health.- Chapter 21 - Attention Centred on what is Important for the Person (ACIP) approach to a First-Episode Psychosis (FEP).- Chapter 22 - An approximation to a relational approach for psychosis: Functional analytic psychotherapy (FAP).- Chapter 23 - Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) - Informed Interventions for Psychosis.- Chapter 24 - Personality or psychosis, a complex binomial.- Chapter 25 - Mindfulness and compassion as a path to recovery and personal discovery: A first-episode schizophrenia case study.- Chapter 26 - Compassion Focused Therapy for Voices and Unusual Experiences.- Chapter 27 - Clinical case: Compassion-focused therapy.- Chapter 28 - The Wall of Disconnection.- Chapter 29 - Learning to relate differently to hearing voices.- Chapter 30 - Psychological intervention with relatives of patients with psychotic disorders.- Chapter 31- Family intervention in psychosis: A case.- Chapter 32 - The transformative power of the open dialogue approach In the mental health field.- Chapter 33 - Raúl: Be noise amidst the din, and silence in the murmur. Open dialogue and first episodes of Psychosis.- Chapter 34 - Conflicted Stories. A case of expanded reality.- Chapter 35 - Epiloge: Overcoming adversities. | This book shows how psychological and social interventions can help people with psychosis. It brings together both theoretical chapters that contribute to the reconceptualization of psychosis and clinical cases illustrating how contemporary psychotherapeutic intervention models can be applied in the treatment of this mental health condition, with reflections, strategies and practical guidelines demonstrating how these models can inform professional practice in mental healthcare. Chapters brought together in this volume aim to reflect a paradigm shift in psychosis care. They present person-centered models that lead to a way of seeing, understanding and treating psychosis that is very different from the traditional biomedical model. Current authors and approaches are revolutionizing an outdated model trapped in purely pharmacological actions and tautological explanations of a biological nature, where symptom control is the basic and fundamental form of approach, and in which psychotherapeutic actions take second place as subsidiary to the former. Approaches such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, Acceptance and Recovery Therapy by Levels, Open Dialogue, Compassion-Centered Therapy or the Hearing Voices movement, to name but a few of those presented in this book, represent a journey of self-knowledge and learning for those recovering from psychosis, and have an intense transformative potential for the therapeutic team. The fundamental principle that guides this book is to share models belonging to psychology that aim at personal development while respecting the needs, values and goals of each person, and that can be adopted by any professional or student of clinical psychology, psychiatry, nursing, social work or any other discipline searching for more humanistic approaches to treat psychosis. | This book shows how psychological and social interventions can help people with psychosis. It brings together both theoretical chapters that contribute to the reconceptualization of psychosis and clinical cases illustrating how contemporary psychotherapeutic intervention models can be applied in the treatment of this mental health condition, with reflections, strategies and practical guidelines demonstrating how these models can inform professional practice in mental healthcare. Chapters brought together in this volume aim to reflect a paradigm shift in psychosis care. They present person-centered models that lead to a way of seeing, understanding and treating psychosis that is very different from the traditional biomedical model. Current authors and approaches are revolutionizing an outdated model trapped in purely pharmacological actions and tautological explanations of a biological nature, where symptom control is the basic and fundamental form of approach, and in which psychotherapeutic actions take second place as subsidiary to the former. Approaches such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, Acceptance and Recovery Therapy by Levels, Open Dialogue, Compassion-Centered Therapy or the Hearing Voices movement, to name but a few of those presented in this book, represent a journey of self-knowledge and learning for those recovering from psychosis, and have an intense transformative potential for the therapeutic team. The fundamental principle that guides this book is to share models belonging to psychology that aim at personal development while respecting the needs, values and goals of each person, and that can be adopted by any professional or student of clinical psychology, psychiatry, nursing, social work or any other discipline searching for more humanistic approaches to treat psychosis. | Presents a range of psychological intervention models that can be applied to the treatment of psychosisDiscusses a paradigm shift in psychosis care that puts psychotherapy at the center of treatment strategiesBrings together clinical cases illustrating the application of a wide range of psychosocial interventions | Juan Antonio Díaz-Garrido holds a PhD in Clinical Sciences from the University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Spain, and is a clinical psychologist specialized in contextual-behavioral therapies working at the Dr. Negrín University Hospital of Gran Canaria (HUDGCDN), Spain. He is co-editor of the book Terapia de Aceptación y Compromiso en Psicosis: Aceptación y Recuperación por Niveles (ART) [Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Psychosis: Acceptance and Recovery by Levels (ART)] (Pirámide, 2021) and teaching director of several editions of the specialized training course in intervention in psychosis jointly developed by ITACA training and the Madrid Open University (UDIMA), Spain. He currently coordinates and participates in various research projects associated with the HUDGCDN Psychiatry Service. Raquel Zúñiga is a clinical psychologist working at the acute hospitalization unit of the University Hospital Complex of the Canary Islands (CHUC). She is specialized in neuropsychology and contextual models and is co-editor of the book Terapia de Aceptación y Compromiso en Psicosis: Aceptación y Recuperación por Niveles (ART) [Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Psychosis: Acceptance and Recovery by Levels (ART)] (Pirámide, 2021). She currently participates in various research projects associated with the HUDGDN Psychiatry Service. Horus Laffite is a clinical psychologist working at the Dr. Negrín University Hospital of Gran Canaria, Spain. He is specialized in neuropsychology and contextual therapies and holds a law degree. He is co-editor of the book Terapia de Aceptación y Compromiso en Psicosis: Aceptación y Recuperación por Niveles (ART) [Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Psychosis: Acceptance and Recovery by Levels (ART)] (Pirámide, 2021) and currently co-directs the specialized training course in intervention in psychosis jointly developed by ITACA training and the Madrid Open University (UDIMA), Spain. He participates in various research projects associated with the HUDGDN Psychiatry Service. Eric Morris is a Senior Lecturer in the School of Psychology and Public Health at La Trobe University and a Consultant Clinical Psychologist at Northern Health in Melbourne, Australia. He is a founding member and former director of the Acceptance and Commitment Health Special Interest Group of the British Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Psychotherapies. Eric develops research projects on psychological approaches to support recovery from psychosis, including Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. He is co-editor of the book Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Mindfulness for Psychosis (Wiley, 2013) and co-author of the book ACT for Recovery from Psychosis (Context Press, 2018). He is a member of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031270055 | Clinical Psychology | Mental Health | Psychotherapy | Psychiatry | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-27003-1 | |||||||||||||||
8 | 978-3-031-28750-3 | Diop | Ismahan Soukeyna Diop | Ismahan Soukeyna Diop, Cheikh Anta Diop University, Faculty of Human and Social Sciences, Dakar, Senegal | Adornment, Masquerade and African Femininity | XVII, 182 p. | 1 | 2023 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 109.99 | 153.50 | 139.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Pan-African Psychologies | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 182 | JMAF | MMJ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Available | 2024-05-04 | 2024-05-03 | 2024-05-03 | 1 | Chapter 1: Introduction.- Chapter 2: Representation of the feminine body.- Chapter 3: The divine aspect of beauty.- Chapter 4: Adornment and symbolism.- Chapter 5: Adornment and social representation.- Chapter 6: Masquerade and femininity.- Chapter 7: Theoretico-clinical articulation and analysis.- Chapter 8: Conclusion. | <div><div>“The author has succeeded in offering a rich, multi-layered, hybrid and highly original interweaving of theory issues of adornment, self-presentation and beauty in the lives of African women. It makes an important - and original - contribution to the scholarship on African and decolonial feminism.”</div><div>—Derek Hook, Associate Professor in Psychology at Duquesne University, USA, and Extraordinary Professor in Psychology at the University of Pretoria, South Africa.</div></div><div> </div>This book draws on a unique theoretical framework informed by clinical case studies, Fanonian and Lacanian psychoanalysis, and decolonial feminism, to examine the concept of adornment in African cultures. <div> </div><div>The book discusses the construction of aesthetic feminine ideals and the evolution of such ideals within the history of colonization, decolonization and globalization. Through the analysis of adornments including accessories, hairstyle, clothes and fabric, the author demonstrates how they can reflect social status, and also addresses its symbolic function in rituals. At the level of the individual, it draws on clinical case studies to examine the Lacanian theory of adornment and masquerade of femininity, and the extent to which this echoes ambivalent attitudes towards women in society at large. In doing so it provides a nuanced analysis which reveals how body adornment can be a paradoxical demonstration of both strength and weakness. </div><div><div> </div><div>Building on the author’s previous work in this area, this book offers an important contribution to current debates in psychoanalysis, cultural studies, critical race theory and decolonial feminism.</div></div><div> </div><div>Ismahan Soukeyna Diop, is a teacher and researcher at Cheikh Anta Diop University, Senegal. Dr Diop’s work and practice focuses on women, femininity, maternity, and the integration of tales in psychotherapy. She is also the author of African Mythology, Femininity, and Maternity (2019). </div> | This book draws on a unique theoretical framework informed by clinical case studies, Fanonian and Lacanian psychoanalysis, and decolonial feminism, to examine the concept of adornment in African cultures. <div> </div><div>The book discusses the construction of aesthetic feminine ideals and the evolution of such ideals within the history of colonization, decolonization and globalization. Through the analysis of adornments including accessories, hairstyle, clothes and fabric, the author demonstrates how they can reflect social status, and also addresses its symbolic function in rituals. At the level of the individual, it draws on clinical case studies to examine the Lacanian theory of adornment and masquerade of femininity, and the extent to which this echoes ambivalent attitudes towards women in society at large. In doing so it provides a nuanced analysis which reveals how body adornment can be a paradoxical demonstration of both strength and weakness. </div><div><div> </div><div>Building on the author’s previous work in this area, this book offers an important contribution to current debates in psychoanalysis, cultural studies, critical race theory and decolonial feminism.</div></div> | Examines the construction of aesthetic feminine ideals in African culturesSynthesizes theory from psychoanalysis, cultural studies, critical race theory and decolonial feminismReveals how body adornment can be a paradoxical demonstration of both strength and weakness | Ismahan Soukeyna Diop, is a teacher and researcher at Cheikh Anta Diop University, Senegal. Dr Diop’s work and practice focuses on women, femininity, maternity, and the integration of tales in psychotherapy. She is also the author of African Mythology, Femininity, and Maternity (2019). | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Monograph (P6) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031287503 | Psychoanalysis | Clinical Psychology | African Culture | Cross-Cultural Psychology | Race and Ethnicity Studies | Psychology of Gender and Sexuality | /Psychoanalysis/Philosophy of Mind/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Psychotherapy/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-28748-0 | ||||||||||||||
9 | 978-3-031-24014-0 | Edelman | Shimon Edelman | Shimon Edelman, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA | The Consciousness Revolutions | From Amoeba Awareness to Human Emancipation | X, 226 p. 2 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 39.99 | 53.50 | 49.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | General interest | Book | 0 | English | 226 | JM | HPM | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Worldwide | Available | 2024-04-08 | 2023-04-07 | 2024-04-07 | 2024-04-07 | 1 | Part I The Human Condition.- 1 Selfless Consciousness.- 2 Minimal Selves.- 3 Self-consciousness.- 4 Speech and Sign.- 5 Self and Society.- Part II The Roads To Freedom.- 6 Self-care.- 7 A World to Win.- Epilogue. | This book is about all things consciousness, great and small. It starts by pointing to the key characteristic of consciousness, without realizing which it cannot be understood: like everything else about the mind, it is fundamentally a kind of computation. Among many other matters, this explains: how it is that we share some aspects of consciousness with bacteria; how it can arise in artificial machines and not just living ones; how the empty cocoon of the self that it spins ends up pretending to be the butterfly; and how consciousness dooms this virtual butterfly to the splendor and the suffering of being awake and aware. Unlike most other books on consciousness, this one includes a discussion of some possible ways whereby we, pinned like butterflies by our species’ history and socioeconomic circumstances, can awake to our collective predicament and join forces to do something about it. It should be of interest to all readers who care about the nature of our lived experience — andabout our survival, which depends on developing critical consciousness of our dire situation and the social dynamics that shape it. | This book is about all things consciousness, great and small. It starts by pointing to the key characteristic of consciousness, without realizing which it cannot be understood: like everything else about the mind, it is fundamentally a kind of computation. Among many other matters, this explains: how it is that we share some aspects of consciousness with bacteria; how it can arise in artificial machines and not just living ones; how the empty cocoon of the self that it spins ends up pretending to be the butterfly; and how consciousness dooms this virtual butterfly to the splendor and the suffering of being awake and aware. Unlike most other books on consciousness, this one includes a discussion of some possible ways whereby we, pinned like butterflies by our species’ history and socioeconomic circumstances, can awake to our collective predicament and join forces to do something about it. It should be of interest to all readers who care about the nature of our lived experience — andabout our survival, which depends on developing critical consciousness of our dire situation and the social dynamics that shape it. | Integrates a computational understanding of the nature of consciousness and ethical implicationsMultidisciplinary audience, with accessible writing and more in depth chapter notes appeal to subject matter expertsFirst of its kind, covering topics from the phenomenal awareness of bacteria to the political consciousness of people | Shimon Edelman holds degrees in electrical engineering and in computer science and is presently Professor in the Department of Psychology at Cornell University. Having worked and published in computer and human vision and motor control, language acquisition and evolution, computational linguistics and psycholinguistics, brain imaging, theoretical and computational neuroscience, and computational social science, he is now primarily interested in consciousness in all its manifestations: from the basic sentience of an amoeba to critical and class consciousness of human selves in their natural social settings. His most recent book is Life, Death, and Other Inconvenient Truths: A Realist's View of the Human Condition. | Trade | Trade Books (1) | Springer Trade (T) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031240140 | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | Cognitive Science | Artificial Intelligence | Cognitive Psychology | Philosophy | Phenomenology | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-24012-6 | ||||||||||||
10 | 978-3-031-29044-2 | Evans | Megan Evans | Megan Evans, Yale University, New Haven, CT, USA | Peer Support Services Reaching People with Schizophrenia | Considerations for Research and Practice | XV, 161 p. 6 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 74.99 | 100.50 | 99.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 161 | JM | JNC | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | Available | 2024-04-13 | 2024-04-12 | 2024-04-12 | 1 | Chapter 1. Schizophrenia as a Public Health Problem.- Chapter 2: Current Approaches to Schizophrenia Treatment. Chapter 3.- Theoretical foundations of peer support.- Chapter 4. Origins of peer support and the modern recovery movement in the United States.- Chapter 5. Peer support and mental health—a review of the evidence. Chapter 6: Realist perspective and methodology.- Chapter 7. Diversity in programmatic features, peer support strategies, potential mechanisms, and outcomes.- Chapter 8. Implementation considerations and key challenges.- Chapter 9. Summary, implications, and future directions. | Many mental health providers are seeking guidance in designing and improving peer support programs for people with mental illnesses. However, the evidence base in this area is limited by lack of consensus on the core components of peer support. This research provides a comprehensive, nuanced view of peer support reaching people with schizophrenia. Results of a realist review of 355 sources and interviews with experts in the field are presented. Realist review is an approach to evidence synthesis that asks, ‘What works, for whom, and in what circumstances?’ Results include a typology of key functions of peer support (e.g., being there, linkage to clinical care and community resources, systems advocacy, ongoing support), documented benefits (e.g., decreased acute care utilization, increased recovery), and implementation recommendations (e.g., critical mass of peer workers, supportive infrastructure, an organizational recovery orientation). The book is intended for program planners, managers, and researchers. | Many mental health providers are seeking guidance in designing and improving peer support programs for people with mental illnesses. However, the evidence base in this area is limited by lack of consensus on the core components of peer support. This research provides a comprehensive, nuanced view of peer support reaching people with schizophrenia. Results of a realist review of 355 sources and interviews with experts in the field are presented. Realist review is an approach to evidence synthesis that asks, ‘What works, for whom, and in what circumstances?’ Results include a typology of key functions of peer support (e.g., being there, linkage to clinical care and community resources, systems advocacy, ongoing support), documented benefits (e.g., decreased acute care utilization, increased recovery), and implementation recommendations (e.g., critical mass of peer workers, supportive infrastructure, an organizational recovery orientation). The book is intended for program planners, managers, and researchers. | Provides guidance that is grounded in both research and practiceOver 300 sources in the realist review provides a comprehensive view of a diverse fieldDiscussion of implementation considerations provides actionable steps to guide implementation of peer support programs | Dr. Megan Evans is Postdoctoral Fellow in the Program for Recovery & Community Health at Yale School of Medicine, USA. She is passionate about peer support and advancing recovery-oriented practice in mental health care. Her current research program has two primary foci: 1) the role of employment in mental health recovery, and 2) designing, implementing, and evaluating peer support programs in mental health care. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031290442 | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | Educational Psychology | Cognitive Psychology | Psychiatry | Public Health | Social Work | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-29042-8 | ||||||||||||||
11 | 978-3-031-24222-9 | Garcia | Danilo Garcia | Danilo Garcia, Linköping University, Linköping, Sweden | The Affective Profiles Model | 20 Years of Research and Beyond | XVII, 315 p. 28 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 315 | JMQ | JMS | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-04-19 | 2024-04-18 | 2024-04-18 | 1 | <div>Part 1: Concepts and Methods.- CHAPTER 1 - The Affective Profiles Model.- CHAPTER 2 – Two Dimensions and Two Measures.- CHAPTER 3 – Regulatory Mode Profiles Vs. Affective Profiles .- CHAPTER 4 – The (Mis)measurement of the Affective Profiles Model: Cluster, Split or Percentiles.- CHAPTER 5 – Innovative Methods to Affectivity Profiling.- CHAPTER 6 – Natural Language and Affectivity.- Part 2: Individual Differences.- CHAPTER 7 – Back to Eysenck.- CHAPTER 8 – OCEANs of Affectivity.- CHAPTER 9 – Malevolent Character and Affectivity.- CHAPTER 10 – Temperament and Character in Relation to a Person’s Affective Profile.- CHAPTER 11 – Affectivity and Free Will among the Clergy.- Part 3: Health and Well-Being in Different Populations.- CHAPTER 12 – Prevalence of Affective Profiles among Clergy.- CHAPTER 13 – Affective Profiles among Unemployed.- CHAPTER 14 – Health Care Personnel’s Affectivity and Well-Being.- CHAPTER 15 – Prevalence of Affective Profiles among Police Personnel.- CHAPTER 16 – Affectivity and Well-Being in Indonesia.- CHAPTER 17 – Affectivity and Well-Being in El Salvador.- CHAPTER 18 – Affectivity and Well-Being in Italy.- CHAPTER 19 – Affectivity and Well-Being in Iran.- Part 4: Interventions and Beyond.- CHAPTER 20 – Effects of Well-Being Coaching on Affectivity.- CHAPTER 21 – Effects of Leadership Training (UGL) on Affectivity.- CHAPTER 22 – The Affective Profiles in 2040.</div> | This timely volume provides an up-to-date exploration of the affective profiles model, a person-centered means of understanding the affective system. It presents the etiology underpinning the affective system and compares the model with other existing personality models, such as the Big Five Model, and the Cloninger’s Biopsychosocial Model. Most important, it examines the affective profiles model in relation to well-being, which includes life satisfaction, as well as psychological health. As such, it illuminates the problems of depression, anxiety, and sleep disorders. Based on a wealth of longitudinal, cross-cultural and intervention studies, this book offers a critical view of the affective profiles model that will enrich both further research and clinical practice. | <div>This timely volume provides an up-to-date exploration of the affective profiles model, a person-centered means of understanding the affective system. It presents the etiology underpinning the affective system and compares the model with other existing personality models, such as the Big Five Model, and the Cloninger’s Biopsychosocial Model. Most important, it examines the affective profiles model in relation to well-being, which includes life satisfaction, as well as psycho-logical health. As such, it illuminates the problems of depression, anxiety, and sleep disorders. Based on a wealth of longitudinal, cross-cultural and intervention studies, this book offers a critical view of the affective profiles model that will enrich both further research and clinical practice.</div> | Uses a person-centered approachEmphasizes individual differencesCovers a variety of users including police, personnel and clergy | <div>Danilo Garcia, Ph.D. (in psychology in 2012), is an Associate Professor at the University of Gothenburg (2015) and works at Linköping University and Lund University. He is also one of the founders and the head of research of the International Network for Well-Being, a network of senior and junior researchers and students interested in the Science of Well-Being. The International Network for Well-Being works on innovations in health and practice through interdisciplinary scientific research, person-centered methods, community projects, and the dissemination of knowledge to promote well-being. Dr. Garcia has over 350 publications including scientific articles, chapters, encyclopedia entries, and books. </div> | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031242229 | Emotion | Personality and Differential Psychology | Cross-Cultural Psychology | /Cognitive Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Emotion/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-24220-5 | |||||||||||||||||
12 | 978-3-031-57397-2 | Goldstein | Sam Goldstein | Sam Goldstein, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT, USA | Clinician Guide to Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder in Children and Adolescents | Approx. 500 p. 30 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 179.99 | 192.59 | 197.99 | 159.99 | 212.50 | 199.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 418 | JMC | MMH | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 1 | In production | 2024-07-07 | 2024-07-07 | 1 | Section 1. Introduction to Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder.- Chapter 1. DMDD at the Nexus of Internalizing and Externalizing Disorders.- Chapter 2. The Developmental Roots of DMDD.- Section 2. Foundational Issues of Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder in Children and Adolescents.- Chapter 3. Affective Dysregulation in Childhood.- Chapter 4. DMDD and the Pediatric Brain.- Chapter 5. Sustained Attention Deficits in DMDD.- Section 3. Assessment of Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder in Children and Adolescents.- Chapter 6. DMDD and Intermittent Explosive Disorder in Children and Adolescents.- Chapter 7. DMDD and Bipolar Disorder in Children and Adolescents.- Chapter 8. DMDD, Executive Functioning, and ADHD in Children and Adolescents.- Chapter 9. DMDD Symptoms in Autism Spectrum Disorder.- Chapter 10. Diagnostic Tools to Assess DMDD in Children and Adolescents.- Chapter 11. Differential Diagnosis and Assessment of Co-morbid Disorders in Children and Adolescents.- Chapter 12. Case Studies in Children and Adolescents with DMDD.- Chapter 13. Adult Diagnostic and Functional Outcomes of DMDD.- Section 4. Treatment of Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder in Children and Adolescents.- Chapter 14. Medications to Treat DMDD in Children and Adolescents.- Chapter 15. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for DMDD in Children and Adolescents.- Chapter 16. Parent Training with Children and Teens with DMDD .- Chapter 17. What Can Be Learned from Resilience Research to Help Youth with DMDD.- Chapter 18. Future Directions in Research and Practice with Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder. | This book examines disruptive mood dysregulation disorder (DMDD) during childhood and adolescence. It explores the ways in which explosive anger outbursts and persistent irritability are among the most problematic symptoms in child and adolescent mental health. and may present as a feature of many different psychiatric illnesses. The volume addresses the myriad challenges that youth with a focus on the DMDD diagnosis experience. Chapters focus on key issues of development, behavior, achievement, social relations, and mood. The book describes how to diagnose and conduct clinical assessments of child and adolescent personality and behavior with suspected DMDD. Key areas of coverage include: Comprehensive history of mood dysregulation research and current trends in psychiatric classification (e.g., DSM-5, Research Domain Criteria) and their influence on the clinical assessment of children and adolescents with suspected DMDD. Updates of professional standards to guide clinicians and diagnosticians and discussions of practical considerations in planning and conducting clinical assessments for children with DMDD. Reviews the most recent editions of questionnaires and tests used in the clinical assessment of child and adolescents with suspected DMDD. Differential diagnosis and practical methods for integrating assessment information to develop an effective, multidisciplinary treatment plan. Review of current trends in psychiatric and psychological treatment of DMDD. Clinician Guide to Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder in Children and Adolescents serves as an essential resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as veteran and early-career clinicians and professionals across such interrelated disciplines as school, clinical child, developmental, and educational psychology, child and adolescent psychiatry, school counseling, social work, and public health. | This book examines disruptive mood dysregulation disorder (DMDD) during childhood and adolescence. It explores the ways in which explosive anger outbursts and persistent irritability are among the most problematic symptoms in child and adolescent mental health. and may present as a feature of many different psychiatric illnesses. The volume addresses the myriad challenges that youth with a focus on the DMDD diagnosis experience. Chapters focus on key issues of development, behavior, achievement, social relations, and mood. The book describes how to diagnose and conduct clinical assessments of child and adolescent personality and behavior with suspected DMDD. Key areas of coverage include: Comprehensive history of mood dysregulation research and current trends in psychiatric classification (e.g., DSM-5, Research Domain Criteria) and their influence on the clinical assessment of children and adolescents with suspected DMDD. Updates of professional standards to guide clinicians and diagnosticians and discussions of practical considerations in planning and conducting clinical assessments for children with DMDD. Reviews the most recent editions of questionnaires and tests used in the clinical assessment of child and adolescents with suspected DMDD. Differential diagnosis and practical methods for integrating assessment information to develop an effective, multidisciplinary treatment plan. Review of current trends in psychiatric and psychological treatment of DMDD. Clinician Guide to Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder in Children and Adolescents serves as an essential resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as veteran and early-career clinicians and professionals across such interrelated disciplines as school, clinical child, developmental, and educational psychology, child and adolescent psychiatry, school counseling, social work, and public health. | Examines issues of explosive anger outbursts and persistent irritability in child and adolescent mental healthAddresses the myriad challenges of youth diagnosed with disruptive mood dysregulation disorder (DMDD)Reviews questionnaires and tests used in the clinical assessment of child and adolescents with suspected DMDD | Sam Goldstein, Ph.D., is a psychologist with areas of study in school psychology, child development, and neuropsychology. He is licensed as a psychologist and certified as a developmental disabilities evaluator in the State of Utah. He is a Board-Certified Pediatric Neuropsychologist, Fellow in the National Academy of Neuropsychology and American Academy of Cerebral Palsy and Developmental Medicine. Dr. Goldstein is an Assistant Clinical Instructor in the Department of Psychiatry. Since 1980, Dr. Goldstein has worked in a private practice setting as the director of a multidisciplinary team, providing evaluation, case management, and treatment services for children and adults with histories of neurological disease and trauma, learning disability, adjustment difficulties, and attention deficit disorder. Dr. Goldstein is on staff at the University Neuropsychiatric Institute. He has served as a member of the Children’s Hospital Craniofacial Team and has also been a member of the Developmental Disabilities Clinic in the Department of Psychiatry at the University of Utah Medical School.Dr. Goldstein has authored, co-authored, or edited 50 clinical and trade publications, including 21 textbooks dealing with managing children's behavior in the classroom, genetics, resilience, intelligence, executive functioning, attention disorder and adult learning disabilities. With Barbara Ingersoll he has co-authored books dealing with controversial treatments for children’s learning and attention problems and childhood depression. With Anne Teeter Ellison, he has authored Clinician’s Guide to Adult ADHD: Assessment and Intervention. With Nancy Mather, he has completed four volumes for teachers and parents concerning behavioral and educational issues. With Michael Goldstein he has completed two text books on Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder. He has edited three text books with Cecil Reynolds on neurodevelopmental and genetic disorders in children and adults. With Robert Brooks, he has authored 14 volumes including, Handbook of Resilience in Children, Understanding and Managing Children’s Classroom Behavior – 2nd Edition, Raising Resilient Children, Nurturing Resilience in Our Children, Seven Steps to Help Children Worry Less, Seven Steps to Anger Management, The Power of Resilience, Raising a Self-Disciplined Child, Tenacity in Children and Raising Resilient Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. With Jack Naglieri and Sally Ozonoff, he has authored several books on autism, assessment of Intelligence, and executive functioning. He has co-authored a parent training program and is currently completing several additional volumes on resilience and genetics. Dr. Goldstein is the Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Attention Disorders and serves on seven Editorial Boards. He is also the Co-Editor of the Encyclopedia of Child Development and Behavior. With Jack Naglieri, Dr. Goldstein is the co-author of the Autism Spectrum Rating Scales, Comprehensive Executive Functioning Inventory, Rating Scales of Impairment and the Cognitive Assessment System – 2nd Edition. With David Herzberg he is the co-author of the Risk Inventory and Strengths Evaluation. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031573972 | School Psychology | Child and Adolescence Psychology | Developmental Psychology | Clinical Social Work | Public Health | Sociology of Family, Youth and Aging | /Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/School Psychology/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-57398-9 | ||||||||||||||||
13 | 978-3-031-28649-0 | Hagström | Tom Hagström | Tom Hagström, Stockholm University, Stockholm, Sweden | The Developing Human Mind | A Duality System of Meaning Making | XIV, 199 p. 10 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 119.99 | 165.50 | 159.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 199 | JMC | JNP | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Available | 2024-04-23 | 2023-04-22 | 2024-04-22 | 2024-04-22 | 1 | Chapter 1: Introduction.- Chapter 2: A developing phenomenon in modern societies.- Chapter 3: The generality of stage transformations.- Chapter 4: The evolution towards self-consciousness.- Chapter 5: Basic abstract duality distinctions.- Chapter 6: The transforming duality forms.- Chapter 7: The meta system character.- Chapter 8: The duality system as cognition, socialization, and organization.- Chapter 9: General conclusions, intelligence, and challenges. Limits and potentials. | <div>This book proposes a developmental theory of human mind as a basic interaction system of meaning making elements - so called dualities - progressing in dialectical shifts towards higher self-awareness. It elaborates on why this system has developed evolutionary, how it develops in the life courses of humans in modern societies and what hampers and promotes its progression to meet contemporary and future societal challenges. </div><div> </div><div>Tom Hagström is Professor Emeritus at Stockholm University, Sweden, PhD and licensed psychologist. He has been engaged for several decades in research as well as in methodological and theoretical development focusing mainly people`s action and development conditions in important life course and work life transitions. </div> | This book proposes a developmental theory of human mind as a basic interaction system of meaning making elements - so called dualities - progressing in dialectical shifts towards higher self-awareness. It elaborates on why this system has developed evolutionary, how it develops in the life courses of humans in modern societies and what hampers and promotes its progression to meet contemporary and future societal challenges. | Proposes a developmental theory of human mind as a basic interaction system of meaning-making elementsElaborates on why this system has developed evolutionaryExplains how the system develops in the life courses of humans in modern societies | Tom Hagström is Professor Emeritus at Stockholm University, Sweden, PhD and licensed psychologist. He has been engaged for several decades in research as well as in methodological and theoretical development focusing mainly people`s action and development conditions in important life course and work life transitions. <div> </div> | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Monograph (P6) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031286490 | Developmental Psychology | Cognitive Development | Personal Development | Social Psychology | Cognitive Psychology | /Developmental Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-28647-6 | ||||||||||||||
14 | 978-3-031-58292-9 | Hanson | Ardis Hanson; Bruce Lubotsky Levin | Ardis Hanson, University of South Florida, Tampa, FL, USA; Bruce Lubotsky Levin, University of South Florida, Tampa, FL, USA | Women’s Behavioral Health | A Public Health Perspective | X, 340 p. 5 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 97.99 | 104.85 | 107.79 | 84.99 | 116.00 | 109.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Book | 0 | English | 287 | MBN | JFSJ | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | In production | 2024-07-02 | 2024-07-02 | 1 | Part I Framing Women’s Behavioral Health.- 1 Overview and Global Issues in Women’s Behavioral Health.- 2 Epidemiology of Mental Disorders in Female Children and Adolescents.- 3 Epidemiology of Mental Disorders in Adult Women.- 4 Epidemiology of Mental Health Conditions in Older Adult Women.- 5 Epidemiology of Substance Use Disorders in Women.- Part II Selected At-Risk Populations.- 6 Behavioral Health Disorders and HIV Incidence and Treatment Among Women.- 7 Rural Behavioral Health Services.- 8 Stereotypes, Stigma, and Social/Mass Media in Women’s Behavioral Health.- Part III Services Delivery.- 9 Integration of Behavioral Health and Primary Care Services for Women.- 10 Financing Behavioral Health Services: Influence on Access to and Quality of Behavioral Health Care.- 11 Implementation Science to Promote Equity in Women’s Behavioral Health.- 12 The Role of Pharmacists in the Intersection of Women’s Health and Mental Health.- 13 Behavioral Health Data: Addressing Women’s Needs.- 14 Policymaking Addressing Women and Behavioral Health. | This book examines women's behavioral health (defined as alcohol, drug use, and mental health) problems from a population or public health perspective. It provides the current state of knowledge for women’s behavioral health and examines the need for behavioral health services and implications for policy. It also reviews major issues in the organization, financing, and provision of women’s behavioral health services. Global and national studies show that women are nearly twice as likely as men to have selected mental disorders. There also has been increasing attention to the social, behavioral, institutional, and economic determinants of health that result in service inequities for women in the United States compared to women in other countries. This textbook highlights mental and substance use disorders of particular concern to women, emphasizes services research issues in women’s behavioral health, incorporates the social determinants of health, and provides a discussion of these critical issues from an interprofessional and interdisciplinary public health perspective. It also presents an overview of the epidemiology of mental and substance use disorders across the lifespan of women and service delivery issues from a population and system-level perspective. Applied services research chapters comprise the book's 14 chapter contributions that are organized into three parts: Part I. Framing Women’s Behavioral Health; Part II. Selected At-Risk Populations; and Part III. Services Delivery issues. Women's Behavioral Health: A Public Health Perspective is a textbook for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in many academic disciplines, including the social and behavioral sciences, public health, women’s studies, medical anthropology, and medical sociology. It also is useful for postdoctoral students in public health, population health, and the health professions. This volume can serve as a reference book for academicians and researchers in community and social psychology, community health, community nursing, community and preventive medicine, and public health; practitioners and policymakers at various levels of government; and behavioral health professionals at mental health and substance use programs in various national and global healthcare organizations. | This book examines women's behavioral health (defined as alcohol, drug use, and mental health) problems from a population or public health perspective. It provides the current state of knowledge for women’s behavioral health and examines the need for behavioral health services and implications for policy. It also reviews major issues in the organization, financing, and provision of women’s behavioral health services. Global and national studies show that women are nearly twice as likely as men to have selected mental disorders. There also has been increasing attention to the social, behavioral, institutional, and economic determinants of health that result in service inequities for women in the United States compared to women in other countries. This textbook highlights mental and substance use disorders of particular concern to women, emphasizes services research issues in women’s behavioral health, incorporates the social determinants of health, and provides a discussion of these critical issues from an interprofessional and interdisciplinary public health perspective. It also presents an overview of the epidemiology of mental and substance use disorders across the lifespan of women and service delivery issues from a population and system-level perspective. Applied services research chapters comprise the book's 14 chapter contributions that are organized into three parts: Part I. Framing Women’s Behavioral Health; Part II. Selected At-Risk Populations; and Part III. Services Delivery issues. Women's Behavioral Health: A Public Health Perspective is a textbook for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in many academic disciplines, including the social and behavioral sciences, public health, women’s studies, medical anthropology, and medical sociology. It also is useful for postdoctoral students in public health, population health, and the health professions. This volume can serve as a reference book for academicians and researchers in community and social psychology, community health, community nursing, community and preventive medicine, and public health; practitioners and policymakers at various levels of government; and behavioral health professionals at mental health and substance use programs in various national and global healthcare organizations. | Integrates SDoH with a research-to-practice approach addressing issues/paradigms in women’s behavioral health servicesIs timely given substantial ongoing changes in financing and services delivery of health and behavioral health servicesProvides an interdisciplinary academic and professional framework for women’s behavioral health services | Ardis Hanson, PhD, MLIS, AHIP is the Assistant Director of Research and Education at the University of South Florida (USF) Health Libraries and holds affiliate faculty positions in the USF College of Public Health and in the Department of Child and Family Studies at the USF College of Behavioral & Community Sciences. She is a Co-Investigator for the National Institute on Drug Abuse grant USF Institute for Translational Research in Adolescent Substance Use. Dr. Hanson has over 30 years of experience as a research librarian and has published extensively in the research areas including behavioral health services, health and behavioral health policy, and health services research. Her research focus also includes language and social interaction; how language is used in everyday practice to negotiate claims and identities, particularly in how behavioral health policy is created and developed. Bruce Lubotsky Levin, DrPH, MPH is an Associate Professor in the Department of Child & Family Studies at the University of South Florida (USF) College of Behavioral & Community Sciences. He is also an Associate Professor & Head of the Behavioral Health Concentration (BHC) at the USF College of Public Health. He is Co-Principal Investigator and Director of Curriculum at the USF Institute for Translational Research in Adolescent Substance Use. This grant has been refunded for a third consecutive 5-year period by the National Institutes of Health, National Institute on Drug Abuse. Dr. Levin also currently serves as Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Behavioral Health Services & Research (JBHS&R), a quarterly scholarly journal that publishes articles on the organization, financing, delivery, dissemination and implementation, and outcomes of behavioral health (including alcohol, drug use, and mental health) services. The JBHS&R is the official publication of the National Council for Mental Wellbeing and is published by Springer Nature. He is Senior Editor of numerous textbooks and textbook chapters, including: Foundations of Behavioral Health (Springer, 2020); Introduction to Public Health in Pharmacy, Second Edition (Oxford University Press, 2018); and Mental Health Services: A Public Health Perspective, 3rd Edition (Oxford University Press, 2010). He is co-author (with Ardis Hanson) of Mental Health Informatics (Oxford University Press, 2013). | Students | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031582929 | Public Health | Gender and Health | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | /Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58293-6 | ||||||||||||||||||
15 | 978-3-031-60802-5 | Huber | Ludwig Huber | Ludwig Huber, University of Veterinary Medicine, Vienna, Vienna, Austria | The Rational Animal | In Search of Complex Cognition in Non-Human Animals | V, 510 p. 28 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 179.99 | 192.59 | 197.99 | 159.99 | 212.50 | 199.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 400 | JM | JM | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-07-01 | 2024-07-01 | 1 | 1. Historical Outline of the Basic Questions of Animal Cognition.- 2. Can Animals be Rational?.- 3. Tool use.- 4. Causal Understanding.- 5. Looking into the Future.- 6. Episodic Memory.- 7. Metacognition.- 8. Mind Reading.- 9. Do Animals Have Language?.- 10. Do Animals Have Consciousness?.- 11. How Do Animals Think? A Seven-point Summary.- . Epiligue.- . References.- . | In this book, the major and at the same time most difficult questions of comparative cognition research - here called the sextet of animal intelligence - are presented using good examples, discussed in all their facets and finally answered with due caution. Starting with the question of human rationality, which is illuminated historically at the beginning and presented as a framework concept, the latest research is dealt with, which either revises preferred interpretation schemes or calls for new ones. It is particularly important to critically question hastily conceived categorisations, often derived from research on the human species and from everyday psychological notions, and to consider so-called animal irrationality, a.k.a. (mis)performance, from the perspective of species-specific, natural requirements. Why is it at all important to know whether animals can act rationally, intentionally or consciously? The answer is because it is of both theoretical and practical relevance. Theoretical relevance is twofold: because it is good in itself to understand animals better, but this knowledge is then also of great importance for assessing ourselves. This brings up the practical relevance: we are not only surrounded by animals, we live with animals, we live from animals. Yet we see ourselves as separate from them in important ways. Consciousness, language and rationality are essential characteristics with which we justify our human uniqueness and thus our superiority and ultimately our right to dominate and use animals in many ways. If an animal can feel pain, we feel obliged to avoid inflicting unnecessary pain on it. But yet we do not accord it the special inherent value and dignity associated with consciousness and rationality. This has far-reaching consequences for human action and the coexistence of humans and animals. | In this book, the major and at the same time most difficult questions of comparative cognition research - here called the sextet of animal intelligence - are presented using good examples, discussed in all their facets and finally answered with due caution. Starting with the question of human rationality, which is illuminated historically at the beginning and presented as a framework concept, the latest research is dealt with, which either revises preferred interpretation schemes or calls for new ones. It is particularly important to critically question hastily conceived categorisations, often derived from research on the human species and from everyday psychological notions, and to consider so-called animal irrationality, a.k.a. (mis)performance, from the perspective of species-specific, natural requirements. Why is it at all important to know whether animals can act rationally, intentionally or consciously? The answer is because it is of both theoretical and practical relevance. Theoretical relevance is twofold: because it is good in itself to understand animals better, but this knowledge is then also of great importance for assessing ourselves. This brings up the practical relevance: we are not only surrounded by animals, we live with animals, we live from animals. Yet we see ourselves as separate from them in important ways. Consciousness, language and rationality are essential characteristics with which we justify our human uniqueness and thus our superiority and ultimately our right to dominate and use animals in many ways. If an animal can feel pain, we feel obliged to avoid inflicting unnecessary pain on it. But yet we do not accord it the special inherent value and dignity associated with consciousness and rationality. This has far-reaching consequences for human action and the coexistence of humans and animals. | Discusses the most controversial question in biology and comparative psychology: the problem of animal consciousnessPresents in detail and discusses the cognitive abilities of non-human animals in relation to human rationalityDescribes the design, methods, rationale, controls, and results of recent studies on animal cognition | Ludwig Huber is a Professor of Comparative Cognition, as well as of the Natural Science Foundations of Animal Ethics and Human-Animal Interactions at the Messerli Research Institute, an interdisciplinary institute of the University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna, the Medical University of Vienna, and the University of Vienna. His research focuses on animal cognition in a broad, comparative manner, including such diverse species as humans, marmosets, dogs, kea, cockatoos, pigeons, tortoises, lizards, poison frogs and archer fish. He has (co-)authored ca. 200 research articles, 40 book chapters and 3 books about these topics (including, as co-editor, The Evolution of Cognition, MIT Press, 2000). | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031608025 | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | Comparative Psychology | Animal Cognition | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-60803-2 | ||||||||||||||||||
16 | 978-3-031-58044-4 | Hutson | James Hutson; Piper Hutson; Morgan Harper-Nichols | James Hutson, Lindenwood University, St Charles, MO, USA; Piper Hutson, Lindenwood University, St Charles, MO, USA; Morgan Harper-Nichols, Lindenwood University, St Charles, MO, USA | Sensemaking and Neuroaesthetics | Neuroarts and the Spectrum of Neurodiverse Experiences | X, 238 p. 30 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 119.99 | 165.50 | 159.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 281 | JMR | JMC | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-06-04 | 2024-06-04 | 1 | Part I: Foundations.- Chapter 1. Introduction: The Nexus of Neuroarts, Neuroscience, and Technology.- Part II: Understanding Sensory Experiences.- Chapter 2. Integrating Sensory Modalities and Technologies in Artistic Contexts.- Part III: Toward Personalization.- Chapter 3. Sensory Profiles and Technological Deficits: Classification, Relevance, and Gaps.- Chapter 4. Diagnostics in Neurotribe Identification: Case Studies.- Part IV: The Future of NeuroArts.- Chapter 5. Conclusion: Future Applications, Technologies, and Directions. | This book investigates the complex interrelationships between neuroscience, arts, technical design, and the spectrum of neurodivergent conditions, introducing the emerging topic of neuroarts. It underscores the efficacy of art and technology as multisensory instruments that aid neurodivergent individuals in identifying sensory predilections and enable neurotypical persons to enhance their perception of the universe by experiencing varied sensory realities. Leveraging the principles of enactivism, which suggest that cognitive functions are moulded by the reciprocal interaction between an organism and its surroundings, the authors explore the utility of novel technologies and advance a fresh paradigm for delineating 'neurotribes' in relation to sense engagement and corporeality. As a critical contribution to the discourse on neuroaesthetics and neurodiversity, art therapy, clinical psychology, and neurodiversity-focused medical practice, this work also benefits cultural entities aiming to craft inclusive experiences for neurodiverse audiences and tech professionals working with AI, augmented reality, and sensory technologies. James Hutson is Professor of Art History and Visual Culture at Lindenwood University (USA). He specializes in multidisciplinary research that encompasses AI, neurohumanities, neurodiversity, and immersive realities. His scholarly portfolio includes several books on the application of artificial intelligence in education and cultural heritage, including Inclusive Smart Museums (Palgrave McMillan, 2024). Piper Hutson is an art curator and instructor with over sixteen years of experience in galleries across the United States. Her expertise lies in 19th-century British art, art education, and inclusivity in cultural heritage collections for neurodiverse populations, and she currently serves as both a Corporate Art Curator and an instructor in higher education at Lindenwood University (USA). Morgan Harper-Nichols is an Atlanta, GA-based neurodivergent artist committed to mental well-being, accessibility, and a deeper understanding of neurodiversity in the arts. She is currently pursuing an MFA in Interdisciplinary Media Arts at Lindenwood University, where she studies interactive art and games, AI, as well as the intersection of neurodiversity, art, and its impact at a sensory level. | This book investigates the complex interrelationships between neuroscience, arts, technical design, and the spectrum of neurodivergent conditions, introducing the emerging topic of neuroarts. It emphasizes the power of art and technologies as a multisensory tool for helping neurodivergent individuals discover their sensory preferences, and for neurotypical individuals to broaden their understanding of the world by simulating different sensory experiences. Drawing on the enactivism theory, which posits that cognitive processes are inherently shaped through the dynamic interplay between an organism and its environmental context, the authors discuss the applications of emerging technologies and propose a new theory to discuss and identify ‘neurotribes’ based on their relation to sense making or the body. A timely and well-needed resource for scholars in the fields of neuroaesthetics and neurodiversity, as well as art therapists, clinical psychologists, and medical practitioners specializing in neurodiversity and sensory perception disorders, this book can also serve cultural institutions developing inclusive experiences for a neurodiverse public, and professionals in the tech industry focusing on AI, augmented reality, and sensory technology. | Explores the complex interrelationships among neurodiversity, neuroarts, and varying neurotypesPresents a ground-breaking diagnostic method, rooted in enactivism, to assist individuals identify their neurotribeCombines theory and empirical data, using case studies to discuss the role sensory modalities play in art experiences | James Hutson is Professor of Art History and Visual Culture at Lindenwood University (USA). He specializes in multidisciplinary research that encompasses artificial intelligence, neurohumanities, neurodiversity, immersive realities, and the gamification of education. His scholarly portfolio includes several books on the application of artificial intelligence in education and cultural heritage, including Inclusive Smart Museums (Palgrave McMillan, 2024). Piper Hutson is an art curator and instructor with over sixteen years of experience in galleries across the United States. Her expertise lies in 19th-century British art, art education, and inclusivity in cultural heritage collections for neurodiverse populations, and she currently serves as both a Corporate Art Curator for Wells Fargo and an instructor in higher education at Lindenwood University (USA). Morgan Harper-Nichols is an Atlanta, GA-based neurodivergent artist (autistic/ADHD/sensory processing disorder), with a client roster that includes Google, Meta, Apple, Adobe, and Starbucks. She is currently pursuing an MFA in Interdisciplinary Media Arts at Lindenwood University, where she studies interactive art and games, AI, as well as the intersection of neurodiversity, art, and its impact at a sensory level. Committed to mental well-being, accessibility, and a deeper understanding of neurodiversity in the arts, her aim is to create engaging, sensory-inclusive interactive experiences and contribute to interdisciplinary media arts education. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Monograph (P6) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031580444 | Cognitive Psychology | Developmental Disabilities | Behavioral Neuroscience | Mental Health | Arts | Science, Technology and Society | /Cognitive Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58045-1 | |||||||||||||||
17 | 978-3-031-58660-6 | Jeffrey | David Ian Jeffrey | David Ian Jeffrey, University of Worcester, MALVERN, UK | How Shakespeare Inspires Empathy in Clinical Care | VII, 145 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 34.99 | 47.50 | 44.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Brief/Pivot | Book | 0 | English | 129 | MMJ | MQC | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-06-02 | 2024-06-02 | 1 | Chapter 1. Introduction: The play’s the thing.- Chapter 2.What is empathy?.- Chapter 3. Shakespeare in medical education.- Chapter 4. Investigating the experience of empathy.- Chapter 5. Psychosocial perspectives of Shakespeare’s empathy.- Chapter 6. Shakespeare and emotional empathy.- Chapter 7. Empathy, the Performed Self and Shakespeare’s Language.- Chapter 8. Shakespeare’s empathic imagination.- Chapter 9. Shakespeare’s empathy and ethics.- Chapter 10. Epilogue. | This book investigates new insights into the factors influencing empathy in medical students examining how a study of Shakespeare’s plays may enhance empathy in doctors, nurses, and other healthcare professionals. Addressing the widely perceived empathy gap in teaching and medical practice that emerged after the Covid-19 pandemic, the book presents a new study into the psychosocial elements of human interactions. It offers invaluable insight into how students and practitioners may be supported in dealing appropriately with their emotions as well as with those of their patients, thereby facilitating more humane medical care. Fostering an empathic patient-doctor relationship, the author explores the emotional, cognitive and moral dimensions of care and describes how Shakespeare studies can be realistically incorporated into the medical curriculum through group reflections, workshops and special study modules. David Jeffrey is Senior Lecturer in the new Three Counties Medical School at the University of Worcester, UK. With experience as general practitioner, consultant in palliative medicine, and academic mentor, his research explores empathy in medical students. He has published widely on palliative care and medical ethics, including Exploring Empathy with Medical Students (2019) and Empathy-Based Ethics: A Way to Practice Humane Medicine (2020), both with Palgrave Macmillan. | This book investigates how a study of Shakespeare’s plays may enhance empathy in doctors, nurses, and other healthcare professionals. Addressing the widely perceived empathy gap in teaching and medical practice that emerged after the Covid-19 pandemic, the book presents a new study into the psychosocial elements of human interactions. It offers invaluable insights into how students and practitioners may be supported in dealing appropriately with their emotions as well as with those of their patients, thereby facilitating more humane medical care. Fostering an empathic patient-doctor relationship, the author explores the emotional, cognitive and moral dimensions of care and describes how Shakespeare studies can be realistically incorporated into the medical curriculum through group reflections, workshops and special study modules. | Addresses the empathy gap in clinical care, enhancing patient care and medical practiceArgues for greater involvement of the humanities and literature in medical education Helps develop an empathic patient-doctor relationship which embraces emotional, cognitive and moral dimensions of care | David Ian Jeffrey is Senior Lecturer in the new Three Counties Medical School at the University of Worcester, UK. With experience as general practitioner, consultant in palliative medicine, and academic mentor, his research explores empathy in medical students. He has published widely on palliative care and medical ethics, including Exploring Empathy with Medical Students (2019) and Empathy-Based Ethics: A Way to Practice Humane Medicine (2020), both with Palgrave Macmillan. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031586606 | Clinical Psychology | Medical Ethics | Emotion | Work and Organizational Psychology | Medical Education | Medical Humanities | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58661-3 | ||||||||||||||||
18 | 978-981-97-2214-3 | Kanth | D. Barani Kanth; J. Indumathy; S. Kadhiravan; G. Nagasubramaniyan; P. Padma Sri Lekha | D. Barani Kanth, Pondicherry University, Kalapet, India; J. Indumathy, Rajiv Gandhi National Institute of Youth Development, Sriperumbudur, India; S. Kadhiravan, Periyar University, Salem, India; G. Nagasubramaniyan, National Institute of Technology Tiruchirappalli, Tiruchirappalli, India; P. Padma Sri Lekha, Reva University, Bengaluru, India | Measuring Couples and Family Dynamics in India | Cultural Adaptations and Validations | X, 240 p. 20 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 119.99 | 165.50 | 159.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 152 | JMS | JMH | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 0 | In production | 2024-06-19 | 2024-06-19 | 1 | Introduction.- Chapter 1: Conceptual Introduction to Cultural Adaptations and Validation of Measurement Instruments.- Section I: Measurements in Couple relationships.- Chapter 2: Communication Patterns Questionnaire.- Chapter 3: Dyadic Coping Inventory.- Chapter 4: Interpersonal Emotion Regulation Questionnaire.- Chapter 5: Relationship Assessment Scale.- Section II: Measurements in Family Dynamics.- Chapter 6: Attachment Style Questionnaire.- Chapter 7: Alabama Parenting Questionnaire.- Chapter 8: Family Connectedness Scale.- Chapter 9: Revised Family Communication Patterns Instrument.- Chapter 10: Self-disclosure Index.- Section III: Measurement in Premarital Romantic and Sexual Relationships.- Chapter 11: Romantic Inclination Scale.- Chapter 12: Peer Influence on Romantic Relationships.- Chapter 13: Media Influence on Romantic Relationships.- Chapter 14: Sexual attitudes scale.- Chapter 15: Interpersonal Attraction Scale.- Section IV: Measurement Related to Interpersonal Relationship Functioning.- Chapter 16.- Network of Relationship Inventory.- Chapter 17: Rejection Sensitivity Inventory.- Chapter 18: Individualism-Collectivism Scale.- Conclusion. | This book provides a cross-cultural validation for 18 important questionnaires widely used in family research in India. It addresses the issue of cross-cultural validity by presenting analytical procedures and evidences for the validity of these scales in the Indian cultural context. Additionally, it offers valuable methods and procedures involved in the translation, adaptation and cross-cultural validation of scales in family research. The book also discusses essential nuances in data analysis, including Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA), Measurement Invariance (MI), and constructs validity while developing and validating scales used in social science research. It is an ideal companion for any researcher or practitioner looking for scales validated in the Indian cultural context in family psychology. It is also suitable for students interested in learning the practical aspects of psychometric methods and the validation of scales. | This book provides a cross-cultural validation for 18 important questionnaires widely used in family research in India. It addresses the issue of cross-cultural validity by presenting analytical procedures and evidences for the validity of these scales in the Indian cultural context. Additionally, it offers valuable methods and procedures involved in the translation, adaptation and cross-cultural validation of scales in family research. The book also discusses essential nuances in data analysis, including Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA), Measurement Invariance (MI), and constructs validity while developing and validating scales used in social science research. It is an ideal companion for any researcher or practitioner looking for scales validated in the Indian cultural context in family psychology. It is also suitable for students interested in learning the practical aspects of psychometric methods and the validation of scales. | Offers a comprehensive guide for researchers and practitioners to ensure instrument validity across culturesPresents practical methods for cross-cultural validation of psychology instrumentsValidates 18 measurement instruments used in the family and social psychology with cross-cultural data | D. Barani Kanth is an associate professor of Applied Psychology at Pondicherry University, India. He was the recipient of the UGC Raman fellowship to conduct post-doctoral research at the Department of Psychological Sciences, Kent State University, Ohio, USA. His primary research interest includes couple and family psychology and quantitative methods in psychology with a cross-cultural perspective. He is currently serving the editorial board of leading journals in family relationship research such as Marriage and Family Review and Interpersonal. He is also a member of Scientific Committee on Cross-cultural Psychology of the Division 52 of American Psychological Association. He is a member of International Association for Relationship Research (IARR). J. Indumathy J is an assistant professor of Applied Psychology at Rajiv Gandhi National Institute of Youth Development, India. She completed her doctorate in Applied Psychology from Pondicherry University. Her primary areas of interest are Family Psychology, Psychometrics, and Counselling Psychology. S. Kadhiravan is a professor and Head of the Department of Psychology, Periyar University, Salem, Tamil Nadu, India. He has more than two decades of research experience, published more than 90 research articles in peer-reviewed journals and developed 15 psychological instruments. He is a life member of National Academy of Psychology, India, and a member of Australian and New Zealand Mental Health Association, Australia. G. Nagasubramaniyan is a professor in the Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, National Institute of Technology, Tiruchirappalli. His area of interest in research includes Psychology of Entrepreneurship and quantitative methods. He regularly teaches courses on Entrepreneurship, Organization Behavior, and Industrial Economics at graduate and post-graduate levels. P. Padma Sri Lekha is Assistant Professor at REVA University, Bengaluru. She has completed her Master’s from Pondicherry University in Applied Psychology. Her research interests include cultural aspects of mental health and well-being. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9789819722143 | Social Psychology | Cross-Cultural Psychology | /Social Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-97-2215-0 | |||||||||||||||||||
19 | 978-3-031-57509-9 | Lang | Frieder R. Lang; Stephan Lessenich; Klaus Rothermund | Frieder R. Lang, University of Erlangen-Nurnberg, Nürnberg, Germany; Stephan Lessenich, Goethe-Universität Frankfurt am Main, Frankfurt am Main, Germany; Klaus Rothermund, Friedrich-Schiller-Universität Jena, Jena, Germany | Ageing as Future | A Study by the Volkswagen Foundation | XV, 150 p. 35 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | final | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 34.99 | 47.19 | 49.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 150 | JMC | MJX | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-05 | 2024-07-05 | 1 | Chapter 1: No future? Age and ageing in the 'ageing society'.- Chapter 2: Procedure and Data Basis.- Chapter 3: Views on Ageing.- Chapter 4: Future action and ageing preparation.- Chapter 5: Time structures of aging: Acting old age between everyday abundance of time and biographical time poverty.- Chapter 6: Age(ing) as Future - Future of Age(ing). | Contemporary societies are aging – but what does that mean? Is this something bad? And can societies age as a whole? By bringing together psychological, gerontological, and sociological findings, this open access book opens up a hitherto unique, multifaceted, and realistic view of the phenomenon of old age and the process of aging. The volume is based on the results of the project “Ageing as Future”, a long-term project network (2007-2021) involving a total of more than 30 scientists worldwide. The focus of the project was threefold: A first issue was concerned with how views on aging influence development in old age; secondly, the project analyzed determinants and consequences of provision for old age; and thirdly, it investigated the different ways in which aging is shaped by managing time in old age. For more than a decade, the authors conducted quantitative and qualitative studies, involving large samples from three different continents. The results show that one-sided views of old age – whether negative stereotypes or positive exaggerations – do not do justice to the complexity of the experience of aging. Based on these results, the authors plead for individual and societal acceptance of the social fact of aging – and for the right to live an autonomous and dignified life in old age just as in other phases of life. Ageing as Future: A study by the Volkswagen Foundation presents findings from a unique large international study that are of interest to aging researchers around the world: academically, socio-politically, practically, and personally. Whether old or young, the book encourages one to question one's own views of aging. When reading this book, it becomes obvious that old age is a highly diverse experience, depending on a host of societal and individual factors. | Contemporary societies are aging – but what does that mean? Is this something bad? And can societies age as a whole? By bringing together psychological, gerontological, and sociological findings, this open access book opens up a hitherto unique, multifaceted, and realistic view of the phenomenon of old age and the process of aging. The volume is based on the results of the project “Ageing as Future”, a long-term project network (2007-2021) involving a total of more than 30 scientists worldwide. The focus of the project was threefold: A first issue was concerned with how views on aging influence development in old age; secondly, the project analyzed determinants and consequences of provision for old age; and thirdly, it investigated the different ways in which aging is shaped by managing time in old age. For more than a decade, the authors conducted quantitative and qualitative studies, involving large samples from three different continents. The results show that one-sided views of old age – whether negative stereotypes or positive exaggerations – do not do justice to the complexity of the experience of aging. Based on these results, the authors plead for individual and societal acceptance of the social fact of aging – and for the right to live an autonomous and dignified life in old age just as in other phases of life. Ageing as Future: A study by the Volkswagen Foundation presents findings from a unique large international study that are of interest to aging researchers around the world: academically, socio-politically, practically, and personally. Whether old or young, the book encourages one to question one's own views of aging. When reading this book, it becomes obvious that old age is a highly diverse experience, depending on a host of societal and individual factors. | Presents psychological, gerontological and sociological findings relevant to ageing researchersBased on a long-term project network involving more than 30 scientists worldwide for more than a decadeProvides a unique, multifaceted and realistic view of the phenomenon of old age and the process of ageingThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access | Dr. Frieder R. Lang is Professor of Psychology and Gerontology at Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg (FAU), Germany, and Director of the Institute of Psychogerontology at the FAU. In his research and publications, he works on issues related to aging well, and on influences of future-oriented thinking and preventive action strategies on the course of aging. Dr. Stephan Lessenich is Professor of Social Theory and Social Research at Goethe University Frankfurt am Main, Germany, and Director of the Institute for Social Research. His research focuses on social inequality research and the sociology of aging. Dr. Klaus Rothermund is Professor of Psychology at the Friedrich Schiller University Jena, Germany. His research focuses on aging research, in particular on the role of views of aging and age norms for development and age discrimination. He is spokesperson for the project 'Ageing as Future' and a member of the board of directors of the Center for Ageing Research (ZAJ) at Friedrich Schiller University in Jena. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 1 | 9783031575099 | Developmental Psychology | Gerontology | Aging Population | Sociology of Family, Youth and Aging | /Developmental Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-57507-5 | |||||||||||||||||
20 | 978-3-031-57506-8 | Lang | Frieder R. Lang; Stephan Lessenich; Klaus Rothermund | Frieder R. Lang, University of Erlangen-Nurnberg, Nürnberg, Germany; Stephan Lessenich, Goethe-Universität Frankfurt am Main, Frankfurt am Main, Germany; Klaus Rothermund, Friedrich-Schiller-Universität Jena, Jena, Germany | Ageing as Future | A Study by the Volkswagen Foundation | XV, 150 p. 35 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 66.68 | 59.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 150 | JMC | MJX | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-05 | 2024-07-05 | 1 | Chapter 1: No future? Age and ageing in the 'ageing society'.- Chapter 2: Procedure and Data Basis.- Chapter 3: Views on Ageing.- Chapter 4: Future action and ageing preparation.- Chapter 5: Time structures of aging: Acting old age between everyday abundance of time and biographical time poverty.- Chapter 6: Age(ing) as Future - Future of Age(ing). | Contemporary societies are aging – but what does that mean? Is this something bad? And can societies age as a whole? By bringing together psychological, gerontological, and sociological findings, this open access book opens up a hitherto unique, multifaceted, and realistic view of the phenomenon of old age and the process of aging. The volume is based on the results of the project “Ageing as Future”, a long-term project network (2007-2021) involving a total of more than 30 scientists worldwide. The focus of the project was threefold: A first issue was concerned with how views on aging influence development in old age; secondly, the project analyzed determinants and consequences of provision for old age; and thirdly, it investigated the different ways in which aging is shaped by managing time in old age. For more than a decade, the authors conducted quantitative and qualitative studies, involving large samples from three different continents. The results show that one-sided views of old age – whether negative stereotypes or positive exaggerations – do not do justice to the complexity of the experience of aging. Based on these results, the authors plead for individual and societal acceptance of the social fact of aging – and for the right to live an autonomous and dignified life in old age just as in other phases of life. Ageing as Future: A study by the Volkswagen Foundation presents findings from a unique large international study that are of interest to aging researchers around the world: academically, socio-politically, practically, and personally. Whether old or young, the book encourages one to question one's own views of aging. When reading this book, it becomes obvious that old age is a highly diverse experience, depending on a host of societal and individual factors. | Contemporary societies are aging – but what does that mean? Is this something bad? And can societies age as a whole? By bringing together psychological, gerontological, and sociological findings, this open access book opens up a hitherto unique, multifaceted, and realistic view of the phenomenon of old age and the process of aging. The volume is based on the results of the project “Ageing as Future”, a long-term project network (2007-2021) involving a total of more than 30 scientists worldwide. The focus of the project was threefold: A first issue was concerned with how views on aging influence development in old age; secondly, the project analyzed determinants and consequences of provision for old age; and thirdly, it investigated the different ways in which aging is shaped by managing time in old age. For more than a decade, the authors conducted quantitative and qualitative studies, involving large samples from three different continents. The results show that one-sided views of old age – whether negative stereotypes or positive exaggerations – do not do justice to the complexity of the experience of aging. Based on these results, the authors plead for individual and societal acceptance of the social fact of aging – and for the right to live an autonomous and dignified life in old age just as in other phases of life. Ageing as Future: A study by the Volkswagen Foundation presents findings from a unique large international study that are of interest to aging researchers around the world: academically, socio-politically, practically, and personally. Whether old or young, the book encourages one to question one's own views of aging. When reading this book, it becomes obvious that old age is a highly diverse experience, depending on a host of societal and individual factors. | Presents psychological, gerontological and sociological findings relevant to ageing researchersBased on a long-term project network involving more than 30 scientists worldwide for more than a decadeProvides a unique, multifaceted and realistic view of the phenomenon of old age and the process of ageingThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access | Dr. Frieder R. Lang is Professor of Psychology and Gerontology at Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg (FAU), Germany, and Director of the Institute of Psychogerontology at the FAU. In his research and publications, he works on issues related to aging well, and on influences of future-oriented thinking and preventive action strategies on the course of aging. Dr. Stephan Lessenich is Professor of Social Theory and Social Research at Goethe University Frankfurt am Main, Germany, and Director of the Institute for Social Research. His research focuses on social inequality research and the sociology of aging. Dr. Klaus Rothermund is Professor of Psychology at the Friedrich Schiller University Jena, Germany. His research focuses on aging research, in particular on the role of views of aging and age norms for development and age discrimination. He is spokesperson for the project 'Ageing as Future' and a member of the board of directors of the Center for Ageing Research (ZAJ) at Friedrich Schiller University in Jena. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 1 | 9783031575068 | Developmental Psychology | Gerontology | Aging Population | Sociology of Family, Youth and Aging | /Developmental Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-57507-5 | |||||||||||||||||
21 | 978-3-031-61968-7 | Lorenz | Tierney Lorenz; Deb Hope; Kathryn Holland | Tierney Lorenz, University of Nebraska–Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA; Deb Hope, University of Nebraska–Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA; Kathryn Holland, University of Nebraska–Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA | Gender Resilience, Integration and Transformation | X, 230 p. 1 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Nebraska Symposium on Motivation | 70 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 230 | JM | JMAN | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-07-31 | 2024-08-03 | 1 | Chapter 1. Centering resilience, wellbeing and pleasure in gender and sexuality science.- Chapter 2. Identity Shifting as Resilience for Black Women in STEM.- Chapter 3. “Comfortable in My Skin”: Cozy Actualization as a Mitigating Factor in the Link Between Gendered Racism and Sexual Development for Black Women and Femmes.- Chapter 4. A reconsideration of sexual freedom: How anarchist principles of ‘freedom to’ and ‘freedom from’ can reshape understandings of women’s sexual liberation.- Chapter 5. Beyond gendered/sexed sexual response: debunking essentialism, revisiting experience, and centering women’s sexual pleasure.- Chapter 6. Resilience in Transgender and Nonbinary Communities: Adapting Conceptual Frameworks and Addressing Measurement Challenges.- Chapter 7. Bringing psychology into the 21st century: Research on gender resilience, integration, and transformation. | There has been a surge in research on gender and sexuality in the last decade, which has predominantly focused on discrimination, dysphoria, and disparities. And much of what we hear in the news about issues relating to gender and sexuality is deeply negative, with seemingly endless attacks on people who are marginalized by their gender and/or sexuality—attacks that are both physical and political. While such issues are extremely important, this one-sided focus casts the experience of minoritized people as intrinsically negative. A deficit model implies the best one can hope for is to avoid negative outcomes, which limits the possibilities of authentic gender and sexual identity and expression, intimate connection, and personal and professional success. We need more nuanced and methodologically rigorous approaches to understanding resiliency and wellbeing within minoritized groups, including women, queer (e.g., lesbian, gay, bisexual, pansexual, asexual, demisexual), and transgender and gender diverse people. If all we ever hear about the experiences of minoritized people is pain, we diminish the strength of these communities and the richness of their humanity. When we expand our view to include the positive, we reclaim humanity—not to mention, strengthen our science by developing theories and conducting research that address the incredible range of human experience around gender and sexuality. The 70th Annual Nebraska Symposium on Motivation focused on understanding resiliency, joy, pleasure and well-being in women, queer folks and gender-diverse people. In bringing together a diverse international and interdisciplinary group of scholars and scientists, we created a space to explore joy, to break with narratives of deficiency, and honor wellbeing with the same scientific vigor and rigor as we give to pain. The chapters of this volume represent this effort, all centered on the question: What would it look like if your field of study—the study of gender and sexuality—truly centered wellbeing and resilience as the foundation of theory and research? | There has been a surge in research on gender and sexuality in the last decade, which has predominantly focused on discrimination, dysphoria, and disparities. And much of what we hear in the news about issues relating to gender and sexuality is deeply negative, with seemingly endless attacks on people who are marginalized by their gender and/or sexuality—attacks that are both physical and political. While such issues are extremely important, this one-sided focus casts the experience of minoritized people as intrinsically negative. A deficit model implies the best one can hope for is to avoid negative outcomes, which limits the possibilities of authentic gender and sexual identity and expression, intimate connection, and personal and professional success. We need more nuanced and methodologically rigorous approaches to understanding resiliency and wellbeing within minoritized groups, including women, queer (e.g., lesbian, gay, bisexual, pansexual, asexual, demisexual), and transgender and gender diverse people. If all we ever hear about the experiences of minoritized people is pain, we diminish the strength of these communities and the richness of their humanity. When we expand our view to include the positive, we reclaim humanity—not to mention, strengthen our science by developing theories and conducting research that address the incredible range of human experience around gender and sexuality. The 70th Annual Nebraska Symposium on Motivation focused on understanding resiliency, joy, pleasure and well-being in women, queer folks and gender-diverse people. In bringing together a diverse international and interdisciplinary group of scholars and scientists, we created a space to explore joy, to break with narratives of deficiency, and honor wellbeing with the same scientific vigor and rigor as we give to pain. The chapters of this volume represent this effort, all centered on the question: What would it look like if your field of study—the study of gender and sexuality—truly centered wellbeing and resilience as the foundation of theory and research? | International panel of experts on gender and sexualityFocus on resiliency science and research on the positive aspects of gender and sexualityInterdisciplinary with research in psychology, gender studies, and neuroscience | Tierney Lorenz (she/they) is an Associate Professor in the Department of Psychology and the Center for Brain, Biology and Behavior at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln. They received their Ph.D. in clinical psychology from the University of Texas at Austin in 2013 after completing an internship at the University of Washington School of Medicine. They completed their postdoctoral work at the Kinsey Institute and the Center for the Integrative Study of Animal Behavior at Indiana University. Dr. Lorenz's research examines the interaction between mental, physical and sexual health in women and gender-diverse people. Their lab investigates the ways that sexual behavior impacts immune and endocrine function, as well as ways to help patients with mental and physical health conditions have happy, healthy sexual lives. They also focus on helping survivors of sexual trauma through basic science and clinical research. Deb Hope received her Ph.D. in clinical psychology from the University at Albany-State University of New York in 1990 and joined UNL in the same year. Her current research interests follow two broad themes: (a) assessment and treatment of anxiety disorders (particularly social anxiety disorder) and (b) the impact of stigma and discrimination on mental health and health services, particularly for individuals who identify as transgender, lesbian, gay, or bisexual. Her work on psychopathology emphasizes information processing models that describe the role of attention and memory in social anxiety disorder and the impact of these cognitive processes on interpersonal functioning. Dr. Hope also has ongoing research on both the outcome and process of psychotherapy, with a most recent emphasis on using technology to make evidence-based treatment more available, especially in underserved rural areas. The LGBT line of research is examining how stigma and discrimination impact mental health. Her current major collaborative effort is Trans Collaborations, a community-based participatory research group focused on reducing health disparities for individuals who identify as transgender or gender diverse and reside in areas with few specialty resources. Kathryn Holland (she/her) is an Associate Professor of Psychology and Women’s & Gender Studies at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln. She earned her Ph.D. in Psychology and Women’s Studies from the University of Michigan in 2017 and her B.A. in Applied Psychology from the University of Illinois at Chicago in 2008. Her research investigates how people’s health and wellbeing are influenced by their social environments, with a focus on formal support systems, interpersonal processes, and social norms. She is primarily interested in well-being related to people’s experiences of sexual assault and sexual health, particularly for those who are marginalized by gender and/or sexuality (e.g., women and LGBTQ+ communities). For example, she studies the implementation, use, and effectiveness of formal support systems for sexual assault in higher education. She also examines how social norms around gender and sexuality affect women’s sexual health. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031619687 | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | Positive Psychology | Psychology of Gender and Sexuality | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-61969-4 | |||||||||||||||||
22 | 978-3-031-19966-0 | Matson | Johnny L. Matson | Johnny L. Matson, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA, USA | Handbook of Applied Behavior Analysis | Integrating Research into Practice | XI, 1337 p. In 2 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | 2023 | final | 549.99 | 588.49 | 604.99 | 499.99 | 649.00 | 599.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Autism and Child Psychopathology Series | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Handbook | Book | 0 | English | 1337 | JMC | MMH | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-05-01 | 2024-04-30 | 2024-04-30 | 1 | History of Applied Behavior Analysis.- Ethics and Legal Issues.- Social Reinforcers.- Tangible Reinforcers: Conceptual Overview and Considerations for Practice.- Automatic Reinforcement.- Reinforcer Thinning: General Approaches and Considerations for Maintaining Skills and Mtigating Relapse.- Behavioral Momentum Theory.- Differential Reifnorcement Procedures.- Prompts and Prompt-Fading Procedures.- Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing.- Psychological Modeling and the Treatment of Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders.- Conditional Discrimination: What’s in a Name?.- Auditory-Visual Discriminations: Stimulus Control, Teaching Procedures, and Considerations.- Instructive Feedback: Applications in Applied Behavior Analysis.- Generalization.- Response Interruption and Redirection.- Error Correction Procedures.- Tact and Mand Training for Children with Language Impairment.- Essentials of Observing Behavior.- Single Case Designs.- Stimulus Preference Assessments.- Establishing Performance Criteria for Skill Mastery.- Evaluating Physical Activity Levels.- Treatment Integrity.- Social Validation.- Experimental Functional Analysis.- Standard Tests and Interviews for Functional Assessment.- Quantifying Outcomes in Applied Behavior Analysis through Visual and Statistical Analysis: A Synthesis.- Precursor Behaviors to Severe Challenging Behaviors.- Function-Based Treatment.- Token Economies.- Discrete Trial Instruction.- Group-Based Instruction.- Caregiver Training.- Staff Training.- Enhanced Dental Care.- Self-Care Skills.- Preschool Life Skills and the Prevention of Problem Behavior.- Treating Mealtime Difficulties in Children.- Telehealth and Applied Behavior Analysis: An Overview and Examples of Application.- Smoking Cessation.- Safety Training.- Mobile Devices in the Context of Applied Behavior Analysis: A Multipurpose Tool.- Teaching Musical Skills and Developing Music Therapy Interventions.- Behavior Analysis and Sports Performance Fitness.- The Good Behavior Game.- Compliance Training.- On-Task Behavior.- Teaching Play Skills.- Teaching Social Skills.- Applied Behavior Analysis to Teach Academic Skills.- Technology to Increase Vocalizations and Speech.- Remembering and Cognition.- Picture Based Communication.- Teaching Foreign Language.- Teaching Verbal Behavior.- Vocational Skills for Individuals with Autism and/or Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: Implications for Behavior Analysts.- A Review of Behavioral Intervention for Treating Tics Stereotypy.- Self-Injurious Behavior.- Assessment and Treatment of Toe Walking.- Using Reinforcement to Prevent Challenging Behaviors.- Autism Substance Abuse.- People with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities.- Behavioral Gerontology.<div> </div> | <div>This book provides comprehensive coverage of applied behavioral analysis (ABA). It examines the history and training methods of ABA as well as related ethical and legal issues. The book discusses various aspects of reinforcement, including social reinforcers, tangible reinforcers, automatic reinforcement, thinning reinforcers, and behavioral momentum. It addresses basic training strategies, such as prompts and fadings, stimulus fading, and stimulus pairing and provides insights into auditory/visual discrimination, instructional feedback, generalization, error correction procedures, and response interruption. In addition, the book addresses the use of ABA in education and explores compliance training, on-task behavior, teaching play and social skills, listening and academic skills, technology, remembering and cognitions, picture-based instruction, foreign language instruction, teaching verbal behavior, public speaking, and vocational skills. In addition, the book covers treatmentsfor tics, trichotillomania, stereotypies, self-injurious behavior, aggression, and toe walking. It also addresses ABA for special populations, including individuals with autism, ADHD, substance abuse, and intellectual disabilities.</div><div> </div><div>Featured areas of coverage include:</div><div>Basic assessment methods, such as observing behavior, treatment integrity, social validation, evaluating physical activity, measuring sleep disturbances, preference assessment, and establishing criteria for skill mastery.Functional assessment, including how to quantify outcomes and evaluate results, behaviors that precede and are linked to target behaviors, and treatments.Treatment methods, such as token economies, discrete trial instruction, protective equipment, group-based and parent training as well as staff training and self-control procedures.Health issues, including dental and self-care, life skills, mealtime and feeding, telehealth, smoking reduction and cessation, and safety training.Leisure and social skills, such as cellphone use, gambling, teaching music, sports and physical fitness. </div><div>The Handbook of Applied Behavior Analysis is a must-have reference for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians, therapists, and other professionals in clinical child and school psychology, child and adolescent psychiatry, social work, behavioral therapy and rehabilitation, special education, developmental psychology, pediatrics, nursing, and all interrelated disciplines. </div> | This book provides comprehensive coverage of applied behavioral analysis (ABA). It examines the history and training methods of ABA as well as related ethical and legal issues. The book discusses various aspects of reinforcement, including social reinforcers, tangible reinforcers, automatic reinforcement, thinning reinforcers, and behavioral momentum. It addresses basic training strategies, such as prompts and fadings, stimulus fading, and stimulus pairing and provides insights into auditory/visual discrimination, instructional feedback, generalization, error correction procedures, and response interruption. In addition, the book addresses the use of ABA in education and explores compliance training, on-task behavior, teaching play and social skills, listening and academic skills, technology, remembering and cognitions, picture-based instruction, foreign language instruction, teaching verbal behavior, public speaking, and vocational skills. In addition, the book covers treatments for tics, trichotillomania, stereotypies, self-injurious behavior, aggression, and toe walking. It also addresses ABA for special populations, including individuals with autism, ADHD, substance abuse, and intellectual disabilities.Featured areas of coverage include:Basic assessment methods, such as observing behavior, treatment integrity, social validation, evaluating physical activity, measuring sleep disturbances, preference assessment, and establishing criteria for skill mastery.Functional assessment, including how to quantify outcomes and evaluate results, behaviors that precede and are linked to target behaviors, and treatments.Treatment methods, such as token economies, discrete trial instruction, protective equipment, group-based and parent training as well as staff training and self-control procedures.Health issues, including dental and self-care, life skills, mealtime and feeding, telehealth, smoking reduction and cessation, and safety training.Leisure and social skills, such as cellphone use, gambling, teaching music, sports and physical fitness.The Handbook of Applied Behavior Analysis is a must-have reference for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians, therapists, and other professionals in clinical child and school psychology, child and adolescent psychiatry, social work, behavioral therapy and rehabilitation, special education, developmental psychology, pediatrics, nursing, and all interrelated disciplines. | Examines the history and training methods of applied behavioral analysis (ABA)Discusses ethical and legal issues of applied behavioral analysisExplores ABA assessment, treatment, and health issues | Johnny L. Matson, Ph.D., is Professor and Distinguished Research Master in the Department of Psychology at LSU. He has served as major professor for 71 doctoral students during a 43-year career and he has more than 850 publications, including 51 books. He is founding editor for the Review Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031199660 | School Psychology | Psychiatry | Clinical Social Work | Special and Gifted Education | Developmental Disabilities | /Educational Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/School Psychology/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-19964-6 | ||||||||||||||
23 | 978-3-031-14967-2 | Miller | Erez C. Miller; Efrat Kass | Erez C. Miller, Achva Academic College, Arugot, Israel; Efrat Kass, Mofet Institute, Tel Aviv, Israel | Self-Efficacy and Success: Narratives of Adults with Disabilities | XXXI, 238 p. | 1 | 2023 | final | 119.99 | 128.39 | 131.99 | 109.99 | 142.00 | 129.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 238 | JN | JMC | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Available | 2024-04-11 | 2024-04-10 | 2024-04-10 | 1 | Chapter 1: Success.- Chapter 2: Self-efficacy as a source of success.- Chapter 3: Designing and implementing the study.- Chapter 4: Formal education.- Chapter 5: Support from Professionals Outside the Educational System.- Chapter 6: Parents' contribution: Parental effects, parents’ dedication, efficacy enhancing messages.- Chapter 7: Coping with social challenges and loneliness.- Chapter 8: Academic challenges of pupils with disabilities and effective inclusive practices.- Chapter 9: Inner strengths: The importance of self-efficacy, character strengths, and unique traits.- Chapter 10: Challenges and supports.- Chapter 11: Challenges that people with disabilities face regarding employment and career development.- Chapter 12: Developing a successful career among people with disabilities. | <div>Based on the analysis of eighteen authentic and inspiring personal stories, this book illustrates how people with severe childhood disabilities achieved extraordinary career success. Growing up, the people surrounding them and environmental conditions helped them develop their self-efficacy. </div><div> </div><div>The book is divided into four parts. It begins by discussing the elusive essence of success, especially for people with disabilities. The authors then discuss selfefficacy, and how it pertains to occupations of people with disabilities. Part two (school years) and part three (higher education) address some of the challenges experienced by students with disabilities. It shows how parents and educational figures helped them enhance their self-efficacy. Part two also discusses current and future trends in inclusive education, and recommendations for practitioners. Part three pays attention to some of the unique traits that helped them overcome obstacles. Finally, the authors focus on employment of people with disabilities and explore some of the consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic in light of this. It includes messages of hope to parents, professionals and individuals with disabilities.Erez C. Miller is a senior lecturer at Achva Academic College in Israel. He works with children with disabilities and their families as a licensed school psychologist. He published several articles on the narratives of adults with disabilities, and on the self-efficacy of teachers and adults with disabilities.Efrat Kass is an expert in the domains of teachers’ self-efficacy, teacher training, and bibliotherapy. She has published three books (in Hebrew) and many articles and has presented her scientific work at many conferences around the world. She is married, a mother, grandmother, and an artist.</div> | <div>Based on the analysis of eighteen authentic and inspiring personal stories, this book illustrates how people with severe childhood disabilities achieved extraordinary career success. Growing up, the people surrounding them and environmental conditions helped them develop their self-efficacy. </div><div> </div><div>The book is divided into four parts. It begins by discussing the elusive essence of success, especially for people with disabilities. The authors then discuss selfefficacy, and how it pertains to occupations of people with disabilities. Part two (school years) and part three (higher education) address some of the challenges experienced by students with disabilities. It shows how parents and educational figures helped them enhance their self-efficacy. Part two also discusses current and future trends in inclusive education, and recommendations for practitioners. Part three pays attention to some of the unique traits that helped them overcome obstacles. Finally, the authors focus on employment of people with disabilities and explore some of the consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic in light of this. It includes messages of hope to parents, professionals and individuals with disabilities. </div> | Presents the narratives of a group of adults with successful careers who overcame a variety of disabilitiesBased on an in-depth qualitative study and written with the needs of education professionals in mindExplores the factors which shape the development of individuals with disabilities | Erez Miller, Ph.D is a senior lecturer at Achva Academic College in Israel. He works with children with disabilities and their families as a licensed school psychologist. He published several articles on the narratives of adults with disabilities, and on the self-efficacy of teachers and adults with disabilities.Efrat Kass, Associate Professor is an expert in the domains of teachers’ self-efficacy, teacher training, and bibliotherapy. She has published three books (in Hebrew) and many articles and has presented her scientific work at many conferences around the world. She is married, a mother, grandmother, and an artist. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Monograph (P6) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031149672 | Education and Disability | Inclusive Education | Development across Lifespan | Social Psychology | Positive Psychology | Educational Psychology | /Education and Disability/Inclusive Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-14965-8 | |||||||||||||||
24 | 978-3-031-29166-1 | Nielsen | Kristopher Nielsen | Kristopher Nielsen, Te Herenga Waka - Victoria University of Wellington, Wellington, New Zealand | Embodied, Embedded, and Enactive Psychopathology | Reimagining Mental Disorder | XV, 250 p. 3 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 119.99 | 165.50 | 159.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Palgrave Studies in the Theory and History of Psychology | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 250 | JMP | MMJ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Available | 2024-04-26 | 2023-04-24 | 2024-04-25 | 2024-04-25 | 1 | Chapter 1- Conceptualization as a Core Scientific Task.- Chapter 2- Current Conceptual Models.- Chapter 3- Previous Enactive Views of Mental Disorder.- Chapter 4- The Bones of a New Perspective.- Chapter 5- 3e Psychopathology: A New Perspective and Questions of Classification.- Chapter 6- How Then Should We Explain?.- Chapter 7- How Then Should We (Begin to) Treat?.- Chapter 8- Summing Up and Moving Forward. | <div> </div><div><div> </div><div><div> </div><div> </div></div></div> | Embodied, Embedded, and Enactive Psychopathology presents a new way of thinking about mental disorder that is holistic yet critically minded, biologically plausible yet value-inclusive, and scientific yet deeply compassionate. Grounded in an embodied, embedded, and enactive (3e) view of human functioning, this book presents a novel conceptual framework for the study and treatment of mental disorders and explores implications for the tasks of classification, explanation, and treatment. Chapters one to three argue for the central role of conceptualization in the study and treatment of mental disorders. Popular conceptual models are critiqued, including other recent enactive frameworks. Chapters four to seven then present 3e Psychopathology and explore its implications. This includes analysis of both research-based efforts to explain mental disorders, and methods for formulating individual-level explanations in clinical practice. New answers are presented for important questionssuch as: are mental disorders things we do or get? Are mental disorders defined in nature or are they socially constructed? Are mental disorders the same things across different cultures? And, are mental disorders located in our brains, bodies, or environments? This engaging work offers fresh insights that will appeal to clinicians, researchers, and those with an interest in the philosophy of psychiatry. | Examines how mental disorders can best be understood, moving forward current debatesUtilises the embodied, embedded, and enactive view of human functioningConsiders the implications of this perspective for the classification, explanation, and treatment of mental disorder | Kristopher Nielsen, MSc, PhD, is a clinical psychologist based in Aotearoa-New Zealand. He is associated with Te Herenga Waka, Victoria University of Wellington. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Monograph (P6) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031291661 | Psychopathology | Mental Health | Psychiatry | Philosophy of Mind | Epistemology | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Psychopathology/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-29164-7 | |||||||||||||
25 | 978-3-031-27486-2 | Rapoff | Michael A. Rapoff; Christina Duncan; Cynthia Karlson | Michael A. Rapoff, University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, KS, USA; Christina Duncan, West Virginia University, Morgantown, WV, USA; Cynthia Karlson, University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, MS, USA | Adherence to Pediatric Medical Regimens | XVII, 275 p. 28 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 3 | 2023 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Issues in Clinical Child Psychology | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 275 | JMC | MMH | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-04-11 | 2023-04-10 | 2024-04-11 | 2024-04-11 | 1 | ,978-1-4419-0571-0,978-1-4419-0569-7,978-1-4419-8143-1,978-1-4419-0570-3 | Chapter 1. Definitions of Adherence, Types of Adherence Problems, and Adherence Rates.- Chapter 2. Consequences of Nonadherence and Correlates of Adherence.- Chapter 3. Adherence Theories: Review, Critique, and Clinical Implications.- Chapter 4. Developmental Aspects Related to Assessing and Improving Adherence.- Chapter 5. Methods for Assessing Adherence and Methodological Issues.- Chapter 6. Assessing Disease and Health Status.- Chapter 7. Strategies for Improving Adherence to Pediatric Medical Regimens.- Chapter 8. Review of Adherence Intervention Studies.- Chapter 9. Top Ten (or Fifteen or Twenty) Ways to Advance Pediatric Medical Adherence.- Chapter 10. Cultural, Ethical and Legal Issues Related to Adherence: Clinical and Research Activities. | The third edition of this book provides comprehensive coverage of pediatric medical adherence, including such important topics as the extent of nonadherence and medical consequences, predictors of adherence, theories about adherence and clinical applications, and assessment strategies for adherence and health outcomes. In addition, chapters describe strategies for improving adherence, review research studies on improving adherence, and address ways to improve research on adherence for children and adolescents with chronic diseases. The new edition also examines the developmental aspects of adherence assessment and intervention as well as cultural, ethical, and legal issues in adherence research and practice.Key areas of coverage include:Consequences of nonadherence and correlates of adherence.Developmental aspects related to assessing and improving pediatric medical adherence.Assessing pediatric disease and health status.Cultural, ethical, and legal issues related to pediatric medical adherence.Adherence to Pediatric Medical Regimens, Third Edition, is an essential reference for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians, therapists, and other practitioners in developmental, clinical child and school psychology, child and adolescent psychiatry, pediatrics and pediatric psychology, social work, public health, health psychology, and all interrelated fields. | The third edition of this book provides comprehensive coverage of pediatric medical adherence, including such important topics as the extent of nonadherence and medical consequences, predictors of adherence, theories about adherence and clinical applications, and assessment strategies for adherence and health outcomes. In addition, chapters describe strategies for improving adherence, review research studies on improving adherence, and address ways to improve research on adherence for children and adolescents with chronic diseases. The new edition also examines the developmental aspects of adherence assessment and intervention as well as cultural, ethical, and legal issues in adherence research and practice. Key areas of coverage include: Consequences of nonadherence and correlates of adherence. Developmental aspects related to assessing and improving pediatric medical adherence. Assessing pediatric disease and health status.Cultural, ethical, and legal issues related to pediatric medical adherence. Adherence to Pediatric Medical Regimens, Third Edition, is an essential reference for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians, therapists, and other practitioners in developmental, clinical child and school psychology, child and adolescent psychiatry, pediatrics and pediatric psychology, social work, public health, health psychology, and all interrelated fields. | Examines predictors of pediatric adherence and medical consequences of nonadherenceOffers strategies for promoting medical adherence among children and adolescents with chronic diseasesAddresses cultural, ethical, and legal issues in pediatric adherence research and practice | Michael Rapoff, Ph.D., is well known for his research on pediatric medical adherence. For 38 years, he was a Professor in the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Kansas Medical Center, where he did research, taught psychology to medical students and pediatric residents, and saw patients in both outpatient and inpatient clinical settings. The first and second editions of his book, Adherence to Pediatric Medical Regimens, have been quoted frequently in the literature and have been used as a textbook by professors in the United States and other countries. In 2003, Dr. Rapoff received the Distinguished Scholar Award from the Association of Rheumatology Health Professionals, a division of the American College of Rheumatology. Also in 2003, Dr. Rapoff was elected as a Fellow in the Society of Pediatric Psychology. During 2018, he served as President of the Society of Pediatric Psychology (Division 54 of the American Psychological Association). He became board certified in Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology by the American Board of Professional Psychology in 2015. Christina Duncan, Ph.D., is a Professor in the Department of Psychology and an Adjunct Clinical Professor in the Department of Pediatrics at West Virginia University. For more than 20 years, she has had a consistent record of publishing and garnering extramural funding to support her program of research on adherence in pulmonary disorders. Dr. Duncan is active in the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, having been appointed to the Clinical Research Committee (grant review panel), Data Safety and Monitoring Board, and conference program planning committee. She served two consecutive terms as secretary for the Society of Pediatric Psychology. Dr. Duncan has received awards for her scholarly productivity as well as her clinical and professional service. Cynthia Karlson, Ph.D., is an Associate Professor of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology and Psychiatry and Human Behavior at the University of Mississippi Medical Center. Dr. Karlson’s clinical interests focus on psychosocial adjustment to pediatric chronic medical conditions. Her research program focuses on chronic pain and sleep disturbance in children with cancer and sickle cell disease. She has published on developmental and biopsychosocial models of pediatric chronic pain and long-term pain in survivors of childhood cancer. Dr. Karlson is active as a Behavioral Science Member on Children’s Oncology Group clinical trial protocols as well as in local and national clinical trials in pediatric sickle cell disease. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031274862 | Developmental Psychology | Child and Adolescence Psychology | Pediatrics | School Psychology | Clinical Social Work | Public Health | /Developmental Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-27484-8 | ||||||||||||
26 | 978-3-031-26202-9 | Searight | H. Russell Searight | H. Russell Searight, Lake Superior State University, Sault Sainte Marie, MI, USA | Covid-19: Health Disparities and Ethical Challenges Across the Globe | VII, 256 p. | 1 | 2023 | final | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 69.99 | 94.50 | 89.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 256 | JM | MBNH9 | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Available | 2024-04-10 | 2023-04-09 | 2024-04-09 | 2024-04-09 | 1 | Chapter 1: COVID-19 ‘s Worldwide Impact and a History of Epidemics.- Chapter 2: The Pre-Existing Conditions Influencing COVID-19’s Impact.- Chapter 3: COVID-19’s Impact on the World’s Population.- Chapter 4: Health Care During COVID 19: Systems and New Developments.- Chapter 5: Disparities, Discrimination and Advocacy.- Chapter 6: Healthcare Disparities: Vulnerable and Marginalized Populations.- Chapter 7: The Ethical Challenges of COVID-19.- Chapter 8: Vaccines: A History and COVID-19 Controversies.- Chapter 9: COVID-19 Testing, Preventive Measures, and Ethical Issues.- Chapter 10: COVID-19: Where are We Now? What Have We Learned?. | Internationally, marginalized populations, including indigenous people, refugees fleeing both war and the effects of climate change and people-of-color, have borne a disproportionate share of serious COVID 19 illnesses and deaths. Each contributor has a background in public health, applied psychology, and international issues, bringing a unique perspective and a valuable lens through which to view these issues. Additionally, the authors are members of the COVID-19 Ethics and Legal Issues Task Force within Division 52 (International Psychology) of the American Psychological Association. The task force has spent the last two years describing how COVID-19 has highlighted pre-existing health disparities within the U.S. and internationally. The topics investigated include strategies to manage the pandemic employed by governments in various countries as well as models of medical ethics guiding healthcare decision-making. | Internationally, marginalized populations, including indigenous people, refugees fleeing both war and the effects of climate change and people-of-color, have borne a disproportionate share of serious COVID 19 illnesses and deaths. Each contributor has a background in public health, applied psychology, and international issues, bringing a unique perspective and a valuable lens through which to view these issues. Additionally, the authors are members of the COVID-19 Ethics and Legal Issues Task Force within Division 52 (International Psychology) of the American Psychological Association. The task force has spent the last two years describing how COVID-19 has highlighted pre-existing health disparities within the U.S. and internationally. The topics investigated include strategies to manage the pandemic employed by governments in various countries as well as models of medical ethics guiding healthcare decision-making. | Considers a diverse and marginalized populationInterdisciplinary approach uniting public health and psychologyEvaluates international approaches to responding to the pandemic | <div>Dr. H. Russell Searight received his Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from Saint Louis University. He later received a master’s in public health (MPH) from Saint Louis University’s School of Public Health. He has been on the faculty of Saint Louis University, Southern Illinois University-Edwardsville, St Louis University School of Medicine, Algoma University in Sault Ste Marie, Ontario, and most recently, at Lake Superior State University in Sault Ste Marie, Michigan, where he is currently Professor of Psychology. Dr. Searight has published on the practice of psychology in primary medical care, family therapy, medical education, medical ethics, and issues in undergraduate psychology education. In 2011, Dr. Searight received the Distinguished Teacher award from Lake Superior State University. </div> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031262029 | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | Health Psychology | Public Health | Clinical Psychology | Medical Ethics | Nursing | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-26200-5 | ||||||||||||||
27 | 978-3-031-58537-1 | Seshadri | Gita Seshadri; Dumayi Gutierrez | Gita Seshadri, Alliant International University, Sacramento, CA, USA; Dumayi Gutierrez, Alliant International University, San Diego, CA, USA | Interracial, Intercultural, and Interfaith Couples and Families Across the Life Cycle | A Clinician’s Guide | X, 160 p. 7 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 59.00 | 49.99 | Soft cover | 0 | AFTA SpringerBriefs in Family Therapy | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Brief/Pivot | Book | 0 | English | 121 | MMJT | MMJT | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | In production | 2024-06-10 | 2024-06-10 | 1 | Chapter 1 Introduction to an Interracial Relationship: Where Do We Situate Ourselves? .- Chapter 2 Who am I? Who are You? Self of Therapist Exploration.- Chapter 3 What is This Attraction to Difference?.- Chapter 4 Interracial and Intercultural Dating and Couple Formation: How Can We Negotiate Our Differences? .- Chapter 5 Interracial and Intercultural Cohabitation: How Do We Share Space Emotionally and Physically?.- Chapter 6 Exploring the “Rules” of Interracial Relationships: Marriage, Non-Monogamy, and Children.- Chapter 7 Navigating the Decades: Retirement and Expectations .- Chapter 8 Hot-button Topics: Can We Talk About Sex, Politics, and Religion?. | This book examines issues of intersectionality and multicultural competency, humility, and sensitivity necessary to work with interracial, intercultural, and interfaith couples. It describes a therapeutic approach that combines a social constructionist framework with ecological systems theory using an intersectional lens. Chapters explore key issues relevant to interracial, intercultural, and interfaith couples across the lifespan, including attraction and dating, cohabitation, marriage and polyamory, children, retirement as well as such potentially challenging topics as sex, politics, and religion. Featured areas of coverage include: How to apply ecological systems theory and social constructionism to guide self of the therapist reflections and clinical interventions that address the nuances of intersectionality among interracial, intercultural, and interfaith couples across the lifespan. Attention to intersectionality between therapists and clients. Strategies for addressing challenging issues within the current political environment in which diversity is debated and may become divisive. Case applications and extended reflections Interracial, Intercultural, and Interfaith Couples and Families Across the Life Cycle: A Clinician’s Guide is an essential resource for clinicians, therapists, and practitioners as well as researchers, professors, and graduate students in family studies, clinical psychology, and public health, as well as all interrelated disciplines. | Examines the intersectionality between therapists and Interracial / intercultural families and couplesExplores the immigration process and how it may influence Interracial / intercultural families across the lifespanAddresses challenging issues within the political environment in which diversity is debated and may become divisive | Gita Seshadri, Ph.D. LMFT, is an Associate Professor in the Couple and Family Therapy Program at Alliant International University, Sacramento, CA and online. She currently serves as the Branch Director at the Sacramento campus. Her research, publications, and presentations focus on interracial/intercultural/interreligious (secular) couples and families, diversity, intersectionality constructs, qualitative research, gender perspectives of power within culture, grief, anger management, relapse prevention, and sexuality. She works with diverse clinical populations and maintains a private practice. Her integrative approach focuses on support and empowerment through the lens of postmodern and modern theories. Dumayi Gutierrez, Ph.D. LMFT, is an Assistant Professor in the Couple and Family Therapy Program at Alliant International University (San Diego, California and online). Dr. Gutierrez is devoted to working with marginalized communities. She has published and presented nationally on minority stress, intersectionality constructs of self and family systems, couple support systems, resiliencies of sexually marginalized and gender expansive Latinx populations, intersectional, culturally competent care, and women of color in higher education. She uses a narrative, experiential, and feminist approach, incorporating techniques of advocacy and empowerment. In addition, Dr Gutierrez has served as clinical coordinator and family therapist for the LGBTQ Counseling Clinic in Iowa, and The Gender & Family Project at the Ackerman Institute for the Family in New York City. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031585371 | Psychotherapy | Systems or Family Therapy | Clinical Psychology | Public Health | Clinical Social Work | Counseling Psychology | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/Psychotherapy/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58538-8 | |||||||||||||||
28 | 978-3-031-59550-9 | Sneijder | Petra Sneijder; Annette Klarenbeek | Petra Sneijder, University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, Utrecht, The Netherlands; Annette Klarenbeek, University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, Utrecht, The Netherlands | Interventions in Health Care Interaction | Approx. 215 p. 6 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 149.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Palgrave Studies in Discursive Psychology | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 279 | JMS | MBNH9 | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 1 | In production | 2024-07-23 | 2024-07-23 | 1 | 1.Introduction: Interventions in Health Care Interaction.- 2. RealTalk resources for clinical trainers: Embedding naturalistic recordings and conversation analytic evidence into existing practice in communication training.- 3. Contextualizing empathy: Training resources for responding to hopelessness in crisis helpline communication.- 4. Using real-time recordings to design communication training on how physicians discuss code status.- 5. Analysing and Evaluating Patient–Practitioner Interaction About Chronic Pain: A Workshop for Pain Rehabilitation Practitioners.- 6. Reflective sexual health communication: Training oncology healthcare professionals to handle the delicacy associated with talking about sexuality.- 7. Training and supervising mental health clinicians using Reflective Interventionist Conversation Analysis (RICA).- 8. Leveraging Reflective Interventionist Conversation Analysis to Advance Racial Health Equity.- 9. Concluding remarks. | This edited collection presents the latest work on the application of discursive psychology and conversation analysis to sensitive interactions and interventions in healthcare. While all interactions in healthcare settings can be challenging for both patients and practitioners, this book pays particular attention to topics that are likely to be especially sensitive, such as communication around sexual health, palliative care, suicide prevention, medically unexplained symptoms, or chronic pain. Across nine chapters authors discuss how discursive psychology and conversation analysis can help us understand what people actually do in conversations, hence providing a strong basis for developing and testing training methods that support health professionals to reflect on their interactions with patients. Addressing both practical and theoretical challenges in the development and implementation of such training sessions, this volume establishes the state-of-the-art in this area and offers a valuable tool for academics and researchers in discourse analytical fields, practitioners working to improve communication in health, as well as meeting facilitators in education or work settings related to healthcare. Petra Sneijder is Associate Professor at the University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, the Netherlands. As part of the Communication in Digital Transition research group, she analyses societal issues using a discursive psychological perspective. She is specifically interested in translating findings into practical implementation, using (digital) interventions. Annette Klarenbeek is Professor of Applied Sciences and part of the Communication in Digital Transition research group at the University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, the Netherlands. Her work takes an interactional perspective on communication with an emphasis on conversational communities. | This edited collection presents the latest work on the application of discursive psychology and conversation analysis to sensitive interactions and interventions in healthcare. While all interactions in healthcare settings can be challenging for both patients and practitioners, this book pays particular attention to topics that are likely to be especially sensitive, such as communication around sexual health, palliative care, suicide prevention, medically unexplained symptoms, or chronic pain. Across nine chapters authors discuss how discursive psychology and conversation analysis can help us understand what people actually do in conversations, hence providing a strong basis for developing and testing training methods that support health professionals to reflect on their interactions with patients. Addressing both practical and theoretical challenges in the development and implementation of such training sessions, this volume establishes the state-of-the-art in this area and offers a valuable tool for academics and researchers in discourse analytical fields, practitioners working to improve communication in health, as well as meeting facilitators in education or work settings related to healthcare. | Presents the latest innovations in the application of discursive psychology to health careUses discursive psychology and conversation analysis to inform sensitive interactions in health care contextsOffers insights to improve interactions about sensitive topics in health care | Petra Sneijder is Associate Professor at the University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, the Netherlands. As part of the Communication in Digital Transition research group, she analyses societal issues using a discursive psychological perspective. She is specifically interested in translating findings into practical implementation, using (digital) interventions. Annette Klarenbeek is Professor of Applied Sciences and part of the Communication in Digital Transition research group at the University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, the Netherlands. Her work takes an interactional perspective on communication with an emphasis on conversational communities. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031595509 | Social Psychology | Health Psychology | Applied Linguistics | Health Care | Health Sciences | Mental Health | /Social Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-59551-6 | |||||||||||||||
29 | 978-3-031-59143-3 | Sonmez | Fatih Sonmez | Fatih Sonmez, Mus Alparslan University, Mus, Türkiye | Fostering Consumer Well-Being | Theory, Evidence, and Policy | X, 406 p. 1 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 159.99 | 171.19 | 175.99 | 139.99 | 201.00 | 159.99 | Hard cover | 0 | International Series on Consumer Science | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Collected works | Book | 0 | English | 406 | JM | KJS | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-01 | 2024-07-01 | 1 | Chapter 1 Introduction to the Volume.- Part 1 Demographic & Socioeconomic Issues.- Chapter 2 Older Consumer Wellbeing: A Life Course Perspective.- Chapter 3 Gender and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 4 Socioeconomic Status and Wellbeing.- Chapter 5 Disadvantaged Consumers, Market Access, and Consumer Wellbeing.- Part 2 Developmental & Environmental Issues.- Chapter 6 Young Consumers, Media, Marketing Communications, and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 7 Culture, Values, and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 8 Natural Environment, Sustainability, and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 9 Built Environment, Housing, and Consumer Wellbeing: The Case of Older Consumers.- Chapter 10 Technology and Consumer Wellbeing.- Part 3 Social & Behavioral Issues.- Chapter 11 The Self, Consumption, and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 12 Belongingness and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 13 Social Comparison, Social Media, and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 14 Consumption Attitudes and Behaviors and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 15 Consumer Activism, Prosocial Behavior, and Consumer Wellbeing.- Part 4 Cognitive & Affective Issues.- Chapter 16 Consumption-Related Affect and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 17 Impulsive and Compulsive Shopping, Self-Regulation, and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 18 Hedonic Shopping, Retail Therapy, Affect Regulation, and Consumer Wellbeing.- Chapter 19 Consumer Wellbeing in Judgment and Decision Making. | This book brings together, in one source, a psychologically framed view of consumer well-being. Featuring chapters authored by expert scholars in the field, and encompassing both research and theory, it provides a comprehensive framework for understanding this important area. Each chapter contains a review of theories and evidence, as well as future research directions and policy recommendations. The intended audience for the book includes professionals in a range of areas, including academia, economics, business, media, and government. This widespread relevance will have an impact on the well-being of consumers and society as a whole. | This book brings together, in one source, a psychologically framed view of consumer well-being. Featuring chapters authored by expert scholars in the field, and encompassing both research and theory, it provides a comprehensive framework for understanding this important area. Each chapter contains a review of theories and evidence, as well as future research directions and policy recommendations. The intended audience for the book includes professionals in a range of areas, including academia, economics, business, media, and government. This widespread relevance will have an impact on the well-being of consumers and society as a whole. | Emphasizes consumer well-being, as opposed to consumer welfareReviews the theory and evidence and offers directions for policy and future researchComprehensive coverage including social, behavioral, cognitive, affective aspects | Fatih Sonmez is an Assistant Professor of Marketing. He holds a BSc in Economics and MSc and PhD degrees in Marketing. His work has mainly focused on consumer behavior and well-being. He is currently a visiting postdoctoral researcher at the Positive Psychology Center at the University of Pennsylvania. His goal is to develop a positive psychological perspective on consumer well-being. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031591433 | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | Consumer Behavior | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-59144-0 | ||||||||||||||||||
30 | 978-3-031-54707-2 | Subbotsky | Eugene Subbotsky | Eugene Subbotsky, Lancaster University, Croydon, UK | The Magic of Living Consciousness | The Wonders of the Mundane | X, 198 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99.99 | 130.00 | 119.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 224 | MMJ | HPJ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-04 | 2024-07-04 | 1 | Part I: Living Consciousness in Communication and Education.-Chapter 1. Living Consciousness: Introduction.- Chapter 2. Living Consciousness and the Cultural-historical Method: Limits of Applicability.- Chapter 3. Magical Thinking and Experience as Dimensions of Living Consciousness.- Part II: Living Consciousness and the Universe.-Chapter 4. Man in the Mirror of Nature: Science and Living Consciousness.- Chapter 5. Is Living Consciousness a Simulation? Children’s and Adults’ Reactions to the ‘Person is a simulation’ Hypothesis.- Chapter 6. Living Consciousness in Historical Context.- Part III: Living Consciousness in Modern Life and Society.-Chapter 7. Reason in the Cobweb: Magical Manipulation of Living Consciousness.- Chapter 8. Fake-reality: Cheating on Living Consciousness on a Mass Scale.- Chapter 9. Totalitarian Media Narratives: Living Consciousness in Captivity.- Chapter 10. Golem: Living Consciousness without the Brain.-The Mysteries of the Mundane: Epilogue and summary. | This book demystifies the notion of living consciousness and aims to show that, far from being a mere accompaniment to brain functions, living consciousness defines the features of both physical objects and human artifacts. The distinction is between living consciousness, which includes subjective experiences ‘here and now’ (e.g., perceptions, feelings, imagination, and creative thinking) and conforms to the laws of magic, versus objectified consciousness that comprises physical (e.g., computers) and symbolic (e.g., languages and concepts) human artifacts and conforms to the laws of nature and formal logic.The magnificent success of science in the modern world has plunged many scientists into the illusion that magical events are ancient history and exist today only in art and night dreams. The illusion reached its pinnacle in the middle of the 20th century, when nuclear power stations, flights to the Moon, early computers, genetic engineering and other wonders of science made some scientists believe that there is nothing in the world that cannot be explained by science. But there was a price to pay for this scientific optimism – the scientists became blind to their living consciousness. They began looking at the world as if nature and objectified consciousness were the only things that mattered, with living consciousness being viewed as a mundane thing that accompanies brain processes but has no causal powers. This book examines how our living consciousness works, and how our understanding of this work helps in solving key problems of modern life, such as facilitating creativity, protecting from magical manipulation with minds, fighting certain kinds of crime, managing fake reality, preventing misuses in psychotherapy and other psychological practices, comprehending controversial issues in science, and tracing origins of totalitarian media narratives that trigger hatred and wars. Eugene Subbotsky is a Reader Emeritus in Developmental Psychology at the University of Lancaster, UK. He is known internationally for research on children’s moral development, the development of children’s metaphysical reasoning, and the development of consciousness and magical thinking over life span. | This book demystifies the notion of living consciousness and aims to show that, far from being a mere accompaniment to brain functions, living consciousness defines the features of both physical objects and human artifacts. The distinction is between living consciousness, which includes subjective experiences ‘here and now’ (e.g., perceptions, feelings, imagination, and creative thinking) and conforms to the laws of magic, versus objectified consciousness that comprises physical (e.g., computers) and symbolic (e.g., languages and concepts) human artifacts and conforms to the laws of nature and formal logic.The magnificent success of science in the modern world has plunged many scientists into the illusion that magical events are ancient history and exist today only in art and night dreams. The illusion reached its pinnacle in the middle of the 20th century, when nuclear power stations, flights to the Moon, early computers, genetic engineering and other wonders of science made some scientists believe that there is nothing in the world that cannot be explained by science. But there was a price to pay for this scientific optimism – the scientists became blind to their living consciousness. They began looking at the world as if nature and objectified consciousness were the only things that mattered, with living consciousness being viewed as a mundane thing that accompanies brain processes but has no causal powers.This book examines how our living consciousness works, and how our understanding of this work helps in solving key problems of modern life, such as facilitating creativity, protecting from magical manipulation with minds, fighting certain kinds of crime, managing fake reality, preventing misuses in psychotherapy and other psychological practices, comprehending controversial issues in science, and tracing origins of totalitarian media narratives that trigger hatred and wars. | Examines the distinction between living consciousness and objective consciousnessDetails the promotion of living consciousness to enhance creativity and improve memoryTracks changes in our understanding of living consciousness from the Renaissance period | Eugene Subbotsky is a Reader Emeritus in Developmental Psychology at the University of Lancaster, UK. He is known internationally for research on children’s moral development, the development of children’s metaphysical reasoning, and the development of consciousness and magical thinking over life span. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Monograph (P6) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031547072 | Clinical Psychology | Ontology | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | Philosophy of Science | Psychology of Religion and Spirituality | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-54708-9 | ||||||||||||||||
31 | 978-3-031-54592-4 | Vanderheiden | Elisabeth Vanderheiden; Claude-Hélène Mayer | Elisabeth Vanderheiden, Global Institute for Transcultural Research, Römerberg, Germany; Claude-Hélène Mayer, University of Johannesburg, Johannesburg, South Africa | Shame and Gender in Transcultural Contexts | Resourceful Investigations | X, 360 p. 7 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 333 | JMAN | JMH | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-07-19 | 2024-07-19 | 1 | Gender-Specific Facets of Shame as a Resource Within and Between Cultures .- PART 1 Structural Dimensions of Gender-Specific Facets of Shame. Is Shame a Female Emotion? The Role of Social Power .- Body Shame and Gender . Political Use of Negative Affects: Positivity of Shame in Intersectional Feminism .- Women's Experience of Shame, Poverty and Gender. An Empirical Investigation .- The Key to the Lock of Shame,Shame in Educational Contexts as Resource for Women’s Empowerment. PART 2 Gender-Specific Facets of Shame Within Specific Cultural Contexts. Experiences of Shame and Gender in the Cultural Contact Zones of Morocco, Portugal and Spain .- Female Activism, Tribalism and Shame in the Arabian Gulf J.- Izzat: Analysis of the Concept as a Category of Positive Psychology .- “Sexual Carrions' Multiple Jeopardy of Stigma, Shame, and Pollution .- Exploring the Gender Dimension of Shame in India - An Empirical Study of Shame and Its Gender Implications in the Indian Cultural Context .- “Trans”-ness and Shaming: A Thematic Analysis of Shame Among South Asian Transmen/ Transmasc ..- Reconstructing Shame by the Wearing of Hijab: Experience of New Muslim Converts In Malaysia Ainurliza .- Gender Differences, Cancel Culture, and Shame as Resource.- PART 3 Gender-Specific Facets of Shame in Health Contexts.Shame, Men, and Addictions Recovery: Possibilities for Transformation .- South African Women’s Experience of Giving Birth – Guilt, Shame, Resilience, and Culture Related To The ‘Goddess Myth’. .- Gender Facets of Organisational Shame as Transformational Resource for Health and Well-being in the Fifth Industrial Revolution. | This volume is envisioned as a primary reference in research, studies and concepts on shame through the lens of gender and from transdisciplinary, cultural and transcultural perspectives. It sheds light on the state of the art regarding shame and its meaning in the context of gender from theoretical, conceptual, and empirical perspectives from the standpoint of positive psychology. Since the experience of shame, the expression of shame as well as the individual or collective handling of shame depends in a special way on cultural factors, special importance has been given in the chapters to the consideration of cultural framework conditions. This volume is founded on the editors' first three publications on shame from positive psychology perspectives and an upcoming work on shame and ageing. | This volume is envisioned as a primary reference in research, studies and concepts on shame through the lens of gender and from transdisciplinary, cultural and transcultural perspectives. It sheds light on the state of the art regarding shame and its meaning in the context of gender from theoretical, conceptual, and empirical perspectives from the standpoint of positive psychology. Since the experience of shame, the expression of shame as well as the individual or collective handling of shame depends in a special way on cultural factors, special importance has been given in the chapters to the consideration of cultural framework conditions. This volume is founded on the editors' first three publications on shame from positive psychology perspectives and an upcoming work on shame and ageing. | Gives an overview and new insights into relevance of shame as a resource in the context of genderTakes into account cultural aspects as well as positive psychology and resource-orientated conceptsContextualizes gender and shame in the current processes of social upheaval and transformation | Elisabeth Vanderheiden is a pedagogue, theologian, intercultural mediator. She is the CEO of the Global Institute for Transcultural Research and the President of Catholic Adult Education in Germany as well as the managing director of Catholic Adult Education Rhineland-Palatinate.. Her publishing activities focus not only on pedagogy, in particular on the further education of teachers and trainers in adult education, but also on the challenges and opportunities for digitalisation. She has edited books on intercultural and transcultural issues. Her most recent publications deal with shame as a resource, and with mistakes, errors and failures and their hidden potential in the context of culture and positive psychology. Her current research projects deal with love in transcultural contexts, life crises, and humour in the context of Positive Psychology 2.0. Other foci of her work are design thinking in transcultural contexts as well as Ikigai. Her work has received numerous awards,including the William B. Gudykunst Outstanding Book Award from the International Academy for Intercultural Research in July 2023 for the International Handbook of Love: Transcultural and Transdisciplinary Perspectives, co-edited with Claude-Hélène Mayer. Claude-Hélène Mayer is a Professor in Industrial and Organisational Psychology at the Department of Industrial Psychology and People Management at the University of Johannesburg. She is a Semester at Sea Alumni (SASFA22) and a Board member of the International Academy of Intercultural Research. Further, she is an Associate Editor for Frontiers in Psychology (Positive Psychology) and for the International Journal of Cross-Cultural Management. She holds doctoral degrees in psychology, Management and Cultural Anthropology. Her Venia Legendi is in psychology with a focus on work, organisational and cultural psychology from Europa Universität, Viadrina, Germany. Her research areas include transcultural mental health, salutogenesis, transcultural conflict management and mediation, women in leadership, shame and love across cultures, the Fourth Industrial Revolution, and psychobiography. Her teaching areas are cross-cultural psychology, mental health, organizational theory, systems and design thinking, coaching, positive psychology, organizational behaviour and transcultural conflict management and mediation. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031545924 | Positive Psychology | Cross-Cultural Psychology | Gender Studies | Cultural Studies | /Positive Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-54593-1 | |||||||||||||||||
32 | 978-3-031-58637-8 | Wendt | Alexander Nicolai Wendt | Alexander Nicolai Wendt, Heidelberg, Germany | Phenomenological Psychology as Rigorous Science | Approx. 100 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 83.00 | 49.99 | Soft cover | 0 | SpringerBriefs in Theoretical Advances in Psychology | Behavioral Science and Psychology | Brief/Pivot | Book | 0 | English | 114 | JM | JMS | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | In production | 2024-06-06 | 2024-06-06 | 1 | Chapter 1 How philosophy can contribute to psychology.- Chapter 2 Types of phenomenological psychology.- Chapter 3 Methodological challenges. | Experimental psychology depends on theoretical and methodological foundations. Addressing these foundations is not always trivial and requires a shift in epistemological perspective. Phenomenology can provide a framework that helps to discuss the possibilities and challenges of the discipline. This book provides a historical overview of the phenomenological movement as well as a systematic introduction to the research approaches that are known as ‘phenomenological psychology’. The central claim is that the phenomenological discourse can increase the conceptual, descriptive, and methodological rigor in psychology. The purpose of the book is to facilitate the dialogue between phenomenology and cognitive sciences. It is meant to be a guide for interested scholars but also offers new ideas for experts in the field. | One of the only European takes on phenomenological psychology in the recent decadesWritten for psychologists with experimental research interest, not only for philosophersAn integrated view of all available phenomenological approaches that supports pluralism instead of giving preference to one of the contesting alternatives | Alexander Nicolai Wendt, PhD, is a postdoctoral researcher of psychology at the Sigmund Freud University Viena as well as at the Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg. His work focuses on psychology of thought, theoretical psychology, and philosophy of science. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41168 | Behavioral Science and Psychology | 0 | 0 | 9783031586378 | Behavioral Sciences and Psychology | Theoretical Psychology | Social Psychology | Cognitive Psychology | Philosophy | /Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58638-5 | |||||||||||||||||
33 | 978-3-031-57510-5 | Aagaard | Annabeth Aagaard | Annabeth Aagaard, Aarhus University, Aarhus V, Denmark | Business Model Innovation | Game Changers and Contemporary Issues | Approx. 250 p. 30 illus. | 1 | 2024 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 66.68 | 59.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 285 | KJM | KJ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 0 | In production | 2024-06-23 | 2024-06-23 | 1 | Chapter 1 : Introducing business model innovation and the game changers of tomorrow.- Chapter 2: Business model innovation capability: A game changer for sustaining a firm’s edge.- Chapter 3: New Venues for Collaborative Business Model Innovation through Ecosystems.- Chapter 4: Platformizers, Orchestrators, and guardians: Three Types of B2B Platform Business Models.- Chapter 5: The Catalytic Role of Sustainability Transitions for Business Models.- Chapter 6: Sustainable Business Model Innovation: A Triple Bottom Line Canvas to achieve effective mission integration.- Chapter 7: Circular business model innovation – new avenues and game changers.- Chapter 8: The Twin Advantage: Leveraging Digital for Sustainability in Business Models.- Chapter 9: Business model theory and the becoming of new mobile communications technologies.- Chapter 10: AI-Driven Business Model Innovation: Pioneering New Frontiers in Value Creation. | In the contemporary business landscape, the imperative for innovative approaches to business model innovation (BMI) is more pronounced than ever, especially given the pressing grand challenges, technological disruptions, digital transformation, and pressing environmental and social concerns of our era. The prevailing discourse in business model and BMI scholarship predominantly revolves around established frameworks and methodologies, thereby not fully capturing the burgeoning opportunities and transformative forces redefining BMI's future trajectory. This open access volume aims to fill the gap in scholarly discourse by offering a theory-rich exploration into the innovative pathways of business model innovation. Crafted for a global readership, this text serves as an invaluable resource for academic institutions, their faculty, students, and practitioners within both expansive corporations and medium-sized enterprises. A key contribution of this edited book is the introduction of groundbreaking models and theoretical insights within the BMI domain, enhancing the comprehension of how entities—ranging from individual organizations to expansive networks—can innovate, execute, and capitalize on BMI in the forthcoming landscape. Furthermore, this book elucidates the multifaceted nature of business model innovation across diverse contexts, illustrating the myriad ways BMI can be conceptualized and operationalized to achieve varying objectives, benefits, and results contingent upon the specific scenario. Lastly, this volume is dedicated to invigorating and equipping both nascent startups and entrenched firms to seize emergent BMI opportunities, fostering an environment where leveraging networks and platforms becomes a cornerstone for future business model innovation. Annabeth Aagaard is Professor of Digital and Sustainable Business Development at the Department of Management, Aarhus University, Denmark. She has co-/authored eighteen academic textbooks and 200+ papers on innovation management, sustainable and digital business model innovation. She is also heavily involved in research projects on ESG, sustainable and digital business development, sponsored by industrial foundations. Finally, she is a public speaker and columnist, and has been a strategic advisor to the industry on digital and sustainable topics for 20 years. | In the contemporary business landscape, the imperative for innovative approaches to business model innovation (BMI) is more pronounced than ever, especially given the pressing grand challenges, technological disruptions, digital transformation, and pressing environmental and social concerns of our era. The prevailing discourse in business model and BMI scholarship predominantly revolves around established frameworks and methodologies, thereby not fully capturing the burgeoning opportunities and transformative forces redefining BMI's future trajectory. This open access volume aims to fill the gap in scholarly discourse by offering a theory-rich exploration into the innovative pathways of business model innovation. Crafted for a global readership, this text serves as an invaluable resource for academic institutions, their faculty, students, and practitioners within both expansive corporations and medium-sized enterprises. A key contribution of this edited book is the introduction of groundbreaking models and theoretical insights within the BMI domain, enhancing the comprehension of how entities—ranging from individual organizations to expansive networks—can innovate, execute, and capitalize on BMI in the forthcoming landscape. Furthermore, this book elucidates the multifaceted nature of business model innovation across diverse contexts, illustrating the myriad ways BMI can be conceptualized and operationalized to achieve varying objectives, benefits, and results contingent upon the specific scenario. Lastly, this volume is dedicated to invigorating and equipping both nascent startups and entrenched firms to seize emergent BMI opportunities, fostering an environment where leveraging networks and platforms becomes a cornerstone for future business model innovation. | Fresh BMI perspectives: Addresses societal and digital shifts with innovative strategiesResearch catalyst: Opens avenues for further exploration in BMI landscapesVIP author insights: Features contributions from leading experts in the field of BMIThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access | Annabeth Aagaard is Professor of Digital and Sustainable Business Development at the Department of Management, Aarhus University, Denmark. She has co-/authored eighteen academic textbooks and 200+ papers on innovation management, sustainable and digital business model innovation. She is also heavily involved in research projects on ESG, sustainable and digital business development, sponsored by industrial foundations. Finally, she is a public speaker and columnist, and has been a strategic advisor to the industry on digital and sustainable topics for 20 years. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 1 | 9783031575105 | Management | Business and Management | Entrepreneurship | /Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-57511-2 | ||||||||||||||||||
34 | 978-3-031-57513-6 | Aagaard | Annabeth Aagaard | Annabeth Aagaard, Aarhus University, Aarhus V, Denmark | Business Model Innovation | Game Changers and Contemporary Issues | Approx. 250 p. 30 illus. | 1 | 2024 | final | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 34.99 | 47.19 | 49.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 285 | KJM | KJ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 0 | In production | 2024-06-23 | 2024-06-23 | 1 | Chapter 1 : Introducing business model innovation and the game changers of tomorrow.- Chapter 2: Business model innovation capability: A game changer for sustaining a firm’s edge.- Chapter 3: New Venues for Collaborative Business Model Innovation through Ecosystems.- Chapter 4: Platformizers, Orchestrators, and guardians: Three Types of B2B Platform Business Models.- Chapter 5: The Catalytic Role of Sustainability Transitions for Business Models.- Chapter 6: Sustainable Business Model Innovation: A Triple Bottom Line Canvas to achieve effective mission integration.- Chapter 7: Circular business model innovation – new avenues and game changers.- Chapter 8: The Twin Advantage: Leveraging Digital for Sustainability in Business Models.- Chapter 9: Business model theory and the becoming of new mobile communications technologies.- Chapter 10: AI-Driven Business Model Innovation: Pioneering New Frontiers in Value Creation. | In the contemporary business landscape, the imperative for innovative approaches to business model innovation (BMI) is more pronounced than ever, especially given the pressing grand challenges, technological disruptions, digital transformation, and pressing environmental and social concerns of our era. The prevailing discourse in business model and BMI scholarship predominantly revolves around established frameworks and methodologies, thereby not fully capturing the burgeoning opportunities and transformative forces redefining BMI's future trajectory. This open access volume aims to fill the gap in scholarly discourse by offering a theory-rich exploration into the innovative pathways of business model innovation. Crafted for a global readership, this text serves as an invaluable resource for academic institutions, their faculty, students, and practitioners within both expansive corporations and medium-sized enterprises. A key contribution of this edited book is the introduction of groundbreaking models and theoretical insights within the BMI domain, enhancing the comprehension of how entities—ranging from individual organizations to expansive networks—can innovate, execute, and capitalize on BMI in the forthcoming landscape. Furthermore, this book elucidates the multifaceted nature of business model innovation across diverse contexts, illustrating the myriad ways BMI can be conceptualized and operationalized to achieve varying objectives, benefits, and results contingent upon the specific scenario. Lastly, this volume is dedicated to invigorating and equipping both nascent startups and entrenched firms to seize emergent BMI opportunities, fostering an environment where leveraging networks and platforms becomes a cornerstone for future business model innovation. Annabeth Aagaard is Professor of Digital and Sustainable Business Development at the Department of Management, Aarhus University, Denmark. She has co-/authored eighteen academic textbooks and 200+ papers on innovation management, sustainable and digital business model innovation. She is also heavily involved in research projects on ESG, sustainable and digital business development, sponsored by industrial foundations. Finally, she is a public speaker and columnist, and has been a strategic advisor to the industry on digital and sustainable topics for 20 years. | In the contemporary business landscape, the imperative for innovative approaches to business model innovation (BMI) is more pronounced than ever, especially given the pressing grand challenges, technological disruptions, digital transformation, and pressing environmental and social concerns of our era. The prevailing discourse in business model and BMI scholarship predominantly revolves around established frameworks and methodologies, thereby not fully capturing the burgeoning opportunities and transformative forces redefining BMI's future trajectory. This open access volume aims to fill the gap in scholarly discourse by offering a theory-rich exploration into the innovative pathways of business model innovation. Crafted for a global readership, this text serves as an invaluable resource for academic institutions, their faculty, students, and practitioners within both expansive corporations and medium-sized enterprises. A key contribution of this edited book is the introduction of groundbreaking models and theoretical insights within the BMI domain, enhancing the comprehension of how entities—ranging from individual organizations to expansive networks—can innovate, execute, and capitalize on BMI in the forthcoming landscape. Furthermore, this book elucidates the multifaceted nature of business model innovation across diverse contexts, illustrating the myriad ways BMI can be conceptualized and operationalized to achieve varying objectives, benefits, and results contingent upon the specific scenario. Lastly, this volume is dedicated to invigorating and equipping both nascent startups and entrenched firms to seize emergent BMI opportunities, fostering an environment where leveraging networks and platforms becomes a cornerstone for future business model innovation. | Fresh BMI perspectives: Addresses societal and digital shifts with innovative strategiesResearch catalyst: Opens avenues for further exploration in BMI landscapesVIP author insights: Features contributions from leading experts in the field of BMIThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access | Annabeth Aagaard is Professor of Digital and Sustainable Business Development at the Department of Management, Aarhus University, Denmark. She has co-/authored eighteen academic textbooks and 200+ papers on innovation management, sustainable and digital business model innovation. She is also heavily involved in research projects on ESG, sustainable and digital business development, sponsored by industrial foundations. Finally, she is a public speaker and columnist, and has been a strategic advisor to the industry on digital and sustainable topics for 20 years. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 1 | 9783031575136 | Management | Business and Management | Entrepreneurship | /Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-57511-2 | ||||||||||||||||||
35 | 978-3-031-17865-8 | Adeola | Ogechi Adeola; Kojo Kakra Twum; Paul Katuse | Ogechi Adeola, Pan-Atlantic University, Lagos, Nigeria; Kojo Kakra Twum, Presbyterian University College, Abetefi, Ghana; Paul Katuse, Skyline University College, Sharjah, United Arab Emirates | Public Sector Marketing Communications, Volume II | Traditional and Digital Perspectives | XXIII, 288 p. 8 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 159.99 | 171.19 | 175.99 | 139.99 | 189.00 | 179.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Palgrave Studies of Public Sector Management in Africa | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 288 | KJS | JPP | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-05-05 | 2024-05-04 | 2024-05-04 | 1 | Part 1: Traditional and Digital Perspectives on Public Sector Marketing Communications.- Chapter 1: Traditional and Digital Perspectives on Public Sector Marketing Communications.- Part 2: Advertising and Direct Marketing.- Chapter 2: Public Service Advertising and Celebrity endorsement in Ghana.- Chapter 3: Direct Marketing in the Kenyan Public Sector.- Part 3: Digital and Social Media Marketing. - Chapter 4: Using Social Media by Ghanaian district Assemblies.- Chapter 5: Digital technology and emergency risk communication of African governments: experiences and lessons from Covid-19.- Chapter 6: Optimising social media and marketing communication strategies for voter education: A way forward for Independent National Electoral Commission (INEC) in Nigeria.- Chapter 7: Social Media Adoption in Public Sector Communication: Current practices, opportunities and challenges in Public Sector Organisations.- Part 4: Conclusions.- Chapter 8: Providing a Roadmap for Effective Public Sector Marketing Communications in Africa. | “Appropriate market communication tools will always be essential to maintaining a good public image. This book provides a deep understanding of the application of these tools to the public sector.” - Odunayo O. Bamodu, mni, Deputy Chief Registrar, National Industrial Court of Nigeria. Building public sector image and trust in Africa requires judicious use of appropriate marketing communications tools and platforms. Contributing authors to this second volume of a two-volume work offer insights into how the selection and strategic utilisation of marketing tools will facilitate interactions between the government and the citizens, improve inter-governmental and inter-agency collaboration, and boost a citizen-oriented public sector. Traditional marketing communications tools continue to play a key role in citizen and public sector relationships; however, given mega-trends of demographic change, urbanisation, and digitalisation in Africa, it is important to consider how public institutions, including government agencies, local government, universities, and football associations, respond and adapt to these changes. The digital revolution presents an opportunity for public sector institutions to align their communication plans with new technologies, particularly leveraging social media platforms. Together with the first volume, which focuses on public relations and brand communication perspectives, this collection fills an existing information gap evident in Africa’s public sector literature. The text serves as a decision making, teaching, and learning guide for practitioners, faculty, and students interested in applying state-of-the-art marketing principles and practices to the public sector. Ogechi Adeola is an Associate Professor of Marketing and Head of the Department of Operations, Marketing, and Information Systems at the Lagos Business School, Pan-Atlantic University, Nigeria. Kojo Kakra Twum is the Head of Department of Business Administration at Presbyterian University College, Ghana. Paul Katuse is an Associate Professor of Management at the Skyline University College (SUC) School of Business, Sharjah, UAE. | Building public sector image and trust in Africa requires judicious use of appropriate marketing communications tools and platforms. Contributing authors to this second volume of a two-volume work offer insights into how the selection and strategic utilisation of marketing tools will facilitate interactions between the government and the citizens, improve inter-governmental and inter-agency collaboration, and boost a citizen-oriented public sector. Traditional marketing communications tools continue to play a key role in citizen and public sector relationships; however, given mega-trends of demographic change, urbanisation, and digitalisation in Africa, it is important to consider how public institutions, including government agencies, local government, universities, and football associations, respond and adapt to these changes. The digital revolution presents an opportunity for public sector institutions to align their communication plans with new technologies, particularly leveraging social media platforms.Together with the first volume, which focuses on public relations and brand communication perspectives, this collection fills an existing information gap evident in Africa’s public sector literature. The text serves as a decision making, teaching, and learning guide for practitioners, faculty, and students interested in applying marketing principles and practices to the public sector. | Discusses the use of traditional and digital communication tools to support Africa’s citizen-oriented public sectorHighlights drivers of and challenges to social media adoption by Africa’s public sector organisationsProvides recommendations for effective marketing communications | Ogechi Adeola is an Associate Professor of Marketing and Head of the Department of Operations, Marketing and Information Systems at the Lagos Business School, Pan-Atlantic University, Nigeria. Her research interests include marketing communications and brand management, tourism and hospitality marketing, strategic marketing and digital marketing in sub-Saharan Africa. She is a Visiting International Fellow at the Open University Business School, Milton Keynes, United Kingdom (2016) and a 2017 Paul R Lawrence Fellow, USA. She has co-authored four academic books, edited over five others, and published academic papers in top scholarly journals, including Annals of Tourism Research, Journal of Business Research, Industrial Marketing Management, Psychology and Marketing, and International Marketing Review. Her co-authored papers won Best Paper Awards at international conferences in 2016-2019, consecutively. She is Series editor of Palgrave Studies of Marketing in Emerging Economies (Palgrave Macmillan). Kojo Kakra Twum is a Lecturer at Presbyterian University College, Department of Business Administration and Economics, and a doctoral student at the University of Cape Coast, Department of Marketing and Supply Chain Management. As a marketing academic, he has been involved in training public sector organisations in adopting marketing strategies to enhance their effectiveness. He has publications in the areas of service marketing, political marketing, and public organisation marketing. He is co-Editor of Responsible Management (2021, Palgrave Macmillan).Paul Katuse is an Associate Professor of business administration in the SUC School of Business in Sharjah UAE. Paul is a strategy and leadership expert trainer. He is an experienced academic who has worked in several countries in Asia, Africa and the middle east. He has consulted with the public sector and the private sector in Kenya and his main interests are in global issues and their impacts on organizations in developing economies, organizational responses to change and reforms, globalization and the management of change in organizations. He has of late taken a keen interest in the way organisations and society interact and especially the linkages between an organization's strategic issues, their core businesses and the society's welfare. He believes in the concept of Corestra that is consulting, researching and training so as to bring an impact into the concerned party. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031178658 | Marketing | Public Management | African Business | /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-17863-4 | ||||||||||||||||
36 | 978-3-031-58911-9 | Adisa | Toyin Ajibade Adisa | Toyin Ajibade Adisa, University of East London, London, UK | HRM 5.0 | Unpacking the Digitalisation of Human Resource Management | Approx. 200 p. 20 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 149.99 | 200.50 | 199.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 226 | KJMV2 | KJ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-07-23 | 2024-07-23 | 1 | Chapter 1: Introduction – Industry 5.0: From Digitisation to Digitalisation.- Chapter 2: Technology and Human Resource Management.- Chapter 3: Artificial Intelligence in People Management: A Critical Review.- Chapter 4: Algorithmic Human Resource Management.- Chapter 5: Digitalisation of Personnel Recruitment and Selection.- Chapter 6: Digital Human Resource and Employee Wellbeing: A Case for Responsible Digital Work Engagement in Nigeria.- Chapter 7: The Clout of Digitalisation and Work-life Balance.- Chapter 8: Digitalisation, Platform Workers, and Workers’ Voice.- Chapter 9: Demystifying People Analytics Adoption: Insights from Italy.- Chapter 10: Digitalisation and the Future of HRM. | Technology has affected almost all organisations in terms of process, procedures, and management and many organisations now seek technologically minded people to run their business at every level. It has also created new realms of employment, such as platform and virtual work, where HRM must play a part if employee wellbeing is to be preserved. This book sheds light on the current reality and future expectations of digital HRM and fills a gap in the existing literature of empirical studies into the forefront of HRM around the world. It will cover topics on algorithmics, artificial intelligence, and digitalisation of HRM practices and will be of great value to academics, international and domestic business organisations, policy makers, and undergraduate and postgraduate students. Toyin Ajibade Adisa is an Associate Professor in Human Resource Management and Organisational Behaviour at the University of East London, UK. He teaches and researches issues in comparative human resource management, employment relations and reforms in emerging and developing economies. He is a Senior Fellow of Higher Education Academy, a fellow of the Chartered Institute of Personnel Development (CIPD), and a fellow of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI). He is also the co-editor of Work-Life Interface, HRM in the Global South, Employee Voice [in the Global South and Global North] and Managing HRM in Africa. | Technology has affected almost all organisations in terms of process, procedures, and management and many organisations now seek technologically minded people to run their business at every level. It has also created new realms of employment, such as platform and virtual work, where HRM must play a part if employee wellbeing is to be preserved. This book sheds light on the current reality and future expectations of digital HRM and fills a gap in the existing literature of empirical studies into the forefront of HRM around the world. It will cover topics on algorithmics, artificial intelligence, and digitalisation of HRM practices and will be of great value to academics, international and domestic business organisations, policy makers, and undergraduate and postgraduate students. | Brings HRM up to date with the latest technological developments, including AI and algorithmicsIncludes empirical studies, case studies and interviews, as well as conceptual analysisExplores the impact of digital HRM on employee wellbeing, work-life balance, employee voice and engagement | Toyin Ajibade Adisa is an Associate Professor in Human Resource Management and Organisational Behaviour at the University of East London, UK. He teaches and researches issues in comparative human resource management, employment relations and reforms in emerging and developing economies. He is a Senior Fellow of Higher Education Academy, a fellow of the Chartered Institute of Personnel Development (CIPD), and a fellow of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI). He is also the co-editor of Work-Life Interface, HRM in the Global South, Employee Voice [in the Global South and Global North] and Managing HRM in Africa. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031589119 | Human Resource Management | Innovation and Technology Management | /Human Resource Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58912-6 | |||||||||||||||||||
37 | 978-981-97-2707-0 | Akbari | Mohammadreza Akbari | Mohammadreza Akbari, James Cook University, Townsville | The Road to Outsourcing 4.0 | Next-Generation Supply Chain | XV, 200 p. 15 illus., 14 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 66.68 | 59.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 200 | KJMV8 | KJQ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Singapore | 0 | Available | 2024-04-29 | 2024-04-29 | 2024-05-16 | 2024-05-16 | 1 | Chapter 1: Introduction.- Part 1: Recognising relationships between adversity, trauma and crime.- Chapter 2: Adversity and trauma: realising the basics.- Chapter 3: Recognising the relationships between trauma and offending.- Chapter 4: Recognising the significance of the past: developmental and intergenerational trauma.- Part II: Trauma-informed responses in the criminal justice system.- Chapter 5: Trauma-informed criminal justice responses: Being “sweet, nice and kind”?.- Chapter 6: Trauma-informed responses to victims of crime.- Chapter 7: Responding to secondary traumatisation in the criminal justice system.- Part 3: Responding to traumatised defendants: trauma-informed sentencing.- Chapter 8: Trauma-informed sentencing.- Chapter 9: Trauma-informed sentencing in South Australia (A case study).- Chapter 10: Sentencing First Nations defendants: resisting re-traumatisation.- Chapter 11: Conclusion. | This book provides valuable insights and guidance for firms looking to improve their operations in the face of disruption and uncertainty. It contributes to the body of knowledge in logistics and supply chain disciplines which will be useful to both industry practitioners and academics. With this, the book first emphasizes the road to outsourcing 4.0 by providing updated information and perspectives on these trends, given that outsourcing has evolved significantly over the years and new technologies, such as artificial intelligence (AI), cloud computing, Internet of Things (IoT), and machine learning are changing the way outsourcing is done. In addition, the book also explores new models such as third-party logistics (3PL) providers and crowdsourcing which have changed the landscape of outsourcing. Lastly, the book includes updated best practices for outsourcing, including how to choose outsourcing partners, manage outsourcing relationships, and minimize risks in the post-COVID-19 recovery period. Each chapter in the book goes through concepts, development histories, benefits, risks and challenges, and includes recent case studies. Dr. Mohammadreza Akbari (“Reza”) is an MBA Academic Director (JCUS), Course Coordinator (BBus, BCom), and Senior Lecturer (Supply Chain Management) at James Cook University, College of Business, Law, Governance. He has a Doctor of Business Administration (DBA) from Victoria University (Melbourne), a Master of Business Administration (MBA) from University Putra Malaysia (Serdang), a Graduate Certificate in Tertiary Teaching and Learning from RMIT University (Melbourne), and a certificate of Teaching in Higher Education from Harvard University BOK Centre (Cambridge). | This book provides valuable insights and guidance for firms looking to improve their operations in the face of disruption and uncertainty. It contributes to the body of knowledge in logistics and supply chain disciplines which will be useful to both industry practitioners and academics. With this, the book first emphasizes the road to outsourcing 4.0 by providing updated information and perspectives on these trends, given that outsourcing has evolved significantly over the years and new technologies, such as artificial intelligence (AI), cloud computing, Internet of Things (IoT), and machine learning are changing the way outsourcing is done. In addition, the book also explores new models such as third-party logistics (3PL) providers and crowdsourcing which have changed the landscape of outsourcing. Lastly, the book includes updated best practices for outsourcing, including how to choose outsourcing partners, manage outsourcing relationships, and minimize risks in the post-COVID-19 recovery period. Each chapter in the book goes through concepts, development histories, benefits, risks and challenges, and includes recent case studies | Dives into emerging technologies and their impact on traditional outsourcingProvides updated best practices for outsourcing before and after COVID-19Introduces outsourcing 4.0 as a trend going forward, as well as its benefits and implementation challenges | Dr. Mohammadreza Akbari (“Reza”) is an MBA Academic Director (JCUS), Course Coordinator (BBus, BCom), and Senior Lecturer (Supply Chain Management) at James Cook University, College of Business, Law, Governance. He has a Doctor of Business Administration (DBA) from Victoria University (Melbourne), a Master of Business Administration (MBA) from University Putra Malaysia (Serdang), a Graduate Certificate in Tertiary Teaching and Learning from RMIT University (Melbourne), and a certificate of Teaching in Higher Education from Harvard University BOK Centre (Cambridge). | Professionals | Palgrave Business US (P2) | Palgrave Business ( P2) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789819727070 | Supply Chain Management | Business Process Management | Business IT Infrastructure | /Supply Chain Management/Operations Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-97-2708-7 | ||||||||||||||||
38 | 978-3-031-59226-3 | Altamira | Maria Altamira | Maria Altamira, UBI Business School, Brussels, Belgium | Chinese Firms in the Global Market | Understanding the Development of Capabilities of Chinese Multinationals | Approx. 200 p. 15 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Palgrave Macmillan Asian Business Series | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 229 | KJK | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-06-24 | 2024-06-24 | 1 | CHAPTER 1. Introduction.- CHAPTER 2. China's transition to a market economy. Past, present, and future trends.- CHAPTER 3. China´s institutional framework, capabilities, and internationalisation strategies of Chinese multinationals.- CHAPTER 4. A narrative Inquiry strategy to analyse capabilities of Chinese multinationals.- CHAPTER 5. A narrative analysis of Chinese managers´ personal experiences.- CHAPTER 6. A framework to understand the development of capabilities of Chinese multinationals.- CHAPTER 7. Contributions of the study.- Chapter 8. Practical implications in today´s business context and concluding remarks. | This book critically analyses how home institutional elements influence the design and development of Chinese firms' capabilities at home, and questions if and how these capabilities are applicable in a different business environment. Reflecting on timely issues in today’s business environment, in which China faces several challenges in domestic and international markets, the author provides an in-depth understanding of Chinese firms’ business strategies, objectives and competitive advantages at home and abroad in different environments. In doing so, the book enhances our understanding about the Chinese business environment and how it influences the development of relevant capabilities. The author does this by presenting a study based on a narrative inquiry strategy and a narrative analysis of Chinese managers’ perspectives and understanding of the capabilities from three different types of firms with international experience (State Owned Enterprises (SOEs), National Champions (NC), and Private Firms (PF)). An insightful resource for academics, practitioners and policymakers, the book furthers our understanding of the rapid rise of Chinese multinationals inside and outside China. Dr Maria Altamira is Postgraduate Studies and MSc Programme Director and Lead of International Partnerships at UBI Business School. She received her PhD from the University of Warwick. Her area of expertise is internationalization and innovation strategies of Chinese multinationals, as well as new technologies and international business. Dr Maria Altamira started her professional career at Accenture in 2007 where she was a Strategic Consultant specializing in Customer Relationship Management, Strategic Marketing, and Innovation in the high technology industry. In 2011 she started to be professionally involved in business in China in both academic and leadership roles. She is currently developing her professional career in higher education with a focus on international strategy and business development. She is Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy. | This book critically analyses how home institutional elements influence the design and development of Chinese firms' capabilities at home, and questions if and how these capabilities are applicable in a different business environment. Reflecting on timely issues in today’s business environment, in which China faces several challenges in domestic and international markets, the author provides an in-depth understanding of Chinese firms’ business strategies, objectives and competitive advantages at home and abroad in different environments. In doing so, the book enhances our understanding about the Chinese business environment and how it influences the development of relevant capabilities. The author does this by presenting a study based on a narrative inquiry strategy and a narrative analysis of Chinese managers’ perspectives and understanding of the capabilities from three different types of firms with international experience (State Owned Enterprises (SOEs), National Champions (NC), and Private Firms (PF)). An insightful resource for academics, practitioners and policymakers, the book furthers our understanding of the rapid rise of Chinese multinationals inside and outside China. | Analyses the home business environment and how it influences the development of capabilities of Chinese multinationalsProvides novel insights for practitioners, managers and policy makers involved in doing business with ChinaAnalyses personal experiences from Chinese managers, senior managers, and government officials | Dr Maria Altamira is Postgraduate Studies and MSc Programme Director and Lead of International Partnerships at UBI Business School. She received her PhD from the University of Warwick. Her area of expertise is internationalization and innovation strategies of Chinese multinationals, as well as new technologies and international business. Dr Maria Altamira started her professional career at Accenture in 2007 where she was a Strategic Consultant specializing in Customer Relationship Management, Strategic Marketing, and Innovation in the high technology industry. In 2011 she started to be professionally involved in business in China in both academic and leadership roles. She is currently developing her professional career in higher education with a focus on international strategy and business development. She is Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Monograph (P6) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031592263 | Asian Business | /Asian Business/International Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-59227-0 | ||||||||||||||||||||
39 | 978-3-031-60708-0 | Andrades | Lidia Andrades; Carlos Romero-Dexeus; Enrique Martínez-Marín | Lidia Andrades, University of Extremadura, Badajos, Spain; Carlos Romero-Dexeus, SEGITTUR, Madrid, Spain; Enrique Martínez-Marín, SEGITTUR, Madrid, Spain | The Spanish Model for Smart Tourism Destination Management | A Methodological Approach | X, 370 p. 16 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 66.68 | 59.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Tourism, Hospitality & Event Management | Business and Management | Handbook | Book | 0 | English | 307 | KNS | KJQ | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | In production | 2024-07-22 | 2024-07-22 | 1 | Part 1: The context: the need for Smart Tourism Management.- 1. Tourism Trends: Current Challenges for Tourism Destinations Management.- 2. Origin of the Spanish Smart Tourism Destinations program.- Part 2: The Method: The Spanish Model for Smart Tourism Destination Management.- 3. Methodological framework of the Spanish Smart Tourism Destinations Model.- 4. The pillar of Governance in the Spanish Smart Tourism Destinations (DTI) Model.- 5. The Innovation pillar in the Spanish Smart Tourism Destination (DTI) Model.- 6. The Technology pillar of the Spanish Smart Tourism Destination (DTI) Model.- 7. The pillar of Sustainability in the Spanish Smart Tourism Destination (DTI) Model..- 8. The pillar of Accessibility in the Spanish Smart Tourism Destinations (DTI) Model.- Part III: Conclusions: Smart Tourism Management in practice.- 9. The DTI Model experience: Best practices on smart destination management.- 10. The Spanish Smart Tourism Destination Network: a nudge to boost the adoption of national tourism policies.- 11. The Spanish Smart Tourism Destinations Model: Final considerations and future lines of work. | This is an open access handbook that guides destinations on their journey to becoming Smart Tourism Destinations (STDs). Developed by SEGITTUR, a distinguished Spanish State company, and aligned with academia represented by Professor Lidia Andrades, who has brought together recognized international academics with SEGITTUR experts in the field of tourism management to write this groundbreaking book, it offers practical insights and strategies for success. Explore the characteristics and implications of smart destinations, across the five dimensions which structure them: destination governance, accessibility, technology, innovation and sustainability, navigate the transition from traditional tourism management to the innovative smart managerial paradigm, and overcome challenges encountered during the transformative process. Equipping destination managers with essential tools and strategies, this handbook showcases real-life examples of Spanish destinations embracing the smart tourism paradigm. Drawing on SEGITTUR's proven methodology, it provides precise guidance, checklists, and expert recommendations for effective implementation. An invaluable resource for destination managers, tourism professionals, and researchers, it unlocks the full potential of smart tourism destinations. | This is an open access handbook that guides destinations on their journey to becoming Smart Tourism Destinations (STDs). Developed by SEGITTUR, a distinguished Spanish State company, and aligned with academia represented by Professor Lidia Andrades, who has brought together recognized international academics with SEGITTUR experts in the field of tourism management to write this groundbreaking book, it offers practical insights and strategies for success. Explore the characteristics and implications of smart destinations, across the five dimensions which structure them: destination governance, accessibility, technology, innovation and sustainability, navigate the transition from traditional tourism management to the innovative smart managerial paradigm, and overcome challenges encountered during the transformative process. Equipping destination managers with essential tools and strategies, this handbook showcases real-life examples of Spanish destinations embracing the smart tourism paradigm. Drawing on SEGITTUR's proven methodology, it provides precise guidance, checklists, and expert recommendations for effective implementation. An invaluable resource for destination managers, tourism professionals, and researchers, it unlocks the full potential of smart tourism destinations. | This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessPresents a model for smart tourism destination based on the Spanish experienceReviews the academic literature to explain and support the structure of each axis of the modelAddresses the main threats and current challenges for the tourism sector | Lidia Andrades, Ph.D., is an Associate Professor at the University of Extremadura, Spain. She is an expert in strategic planning and management. Her research interests focus on tourism destination competitiveness management from a dual perspective: demand and supply-side approaches. Additionally, in recent years, she has been cooperating with SEGITTUR in the field of smart tourism destination planning and management. Her main academic contributions have been published in journals such as Tourism Management, the Journal of Travel Research, and the Journal of Sustainable Tourism, among others. These publications mostly address topics such as tourism destination competitiveness and sustainability, as well as the qualification of tourism professionals as a means to achieve competitiveness in the tourism sector. Lidia has also co-authored a book on tourism management in Russia and contributed chapters to several books on topics such as tourism value co-creation and research methods for tourism. Finally, she has extensive experience in designing, managing, and coordinating multidisciplinary teams as a leader of EU-funded projects. Mr. Carlos Romero-Dexeus is the Director of Research, Development, and Innovation at SEGITTUR (the Spanish State Company for the Management of Tourism Innovation and Technologies). With a background in Economic Sciences and Tourism Business Management, he has over 10 years of experience in the tourism sector. He has managed international and national projects, specializing in measuring the economic impacts of tourism and tourism policy. With previous positions at the World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) and the Spanish Institute for Tourism Studies (IET), he brings valuable expertise to his role. Mr. Enrique Martínez-Marín is the President of SEGITTUR. With a background in political science and public management, he has extensive experience in smart territories and digital transformation. He has held advisory roles and coordinated national plans for smart territories. His professional career includes positions in government agencies and organizations related to the industry, telecommunications, and postal sectors. As President of the Technical Committee for Standardization 178 of UNE1, he plays a significant role in shaping smart city standards. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 1 | 9783031607080 | Tourism Management | IT in Business | Branding | Sustainability | /Tourism Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Industries/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-60709-7 | ||||||||||||||||
40 | 978-3-031-24649-4 | Arraiano | Irene Guia Arraiano; Belén Díaz; Mara Del Baldo; René Schmidpeter; Samuel O. Idowu | Irene Guia Arraiano, Lisbon Accounting and Business School, Lisbon, Portugal; Belén Díaz, University of Cantabria, Santander, Spain; Mara Del Baldo, University of Urbino Carlo Bo, Urbino, Italy; René Schmidpeter, BFH, Bern, Switzerland; Samuel O. Idowu, London Metropolitan University, London, UK | Corporate Social Responsibility in a Dynamic Global Environment | Sustainable Management in Challenging Times | XXVII, 405 p. 38 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 159.99 | 171.19 | 175.99 | 139.99 | 189.00 | 179.99 | Soft cover | 1 | CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & Governance | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 405 | KJR | KJG | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-04-22 | 2023-04-20 | 2024-04-21 | 2024-04-21 | 1 | Part I. Business and Society.- Chapter 1. Women: Beyond Social Responsibility and Toward Social Innovation for a Sustainable Society. Lesson From the Past.- Chapter 2. Higher Professional Technical Course in Portugal: The Case Study of the Polytechnic Institute of Guarda.- Chapter 3. A Study on Management Supporting Employment of Disabled in Japan.- Chapter 4. Staying Legitimate in a Changing Climate: A Framework for Studying Corporate Climate Change Communication.- Chapter 5. Sustainable and Smart Living Versus Unworthy Conditions in Portugal.- Chapter 6. Institutional Roles in Promoting Corporate Social Responsibility in Tanzania.- Chapter 7. Implications of Fluidity in Compliance Regime for India's Compulsory CSR Law.- Part II. CSR Experiences in Different Industries.- Chapter 8. Promoting Decent Work in Global Production – Lessons Learnt from the Jordanian Garment Industry.- Chapter 9. CSR Activities of Retail Chains Operating in Poland.- Chapter 10. University Social Responsibility (USR): From the Perspectives of Top 10 Universities in Japan.- Chapter 11. Institutionalization of CSR Practices in Nutrition.- Chapter 12. Do the ESG Factors Affect a Bank Insolvency? A Study Applied to Spanish Credit Cooperatives (Cajas Rurales) Between 2010 and 2015.- Chapter 13. Relation Between Internal Social Responsibility and Job Satisfaction in Serbian Service Companies.- Part III. Corporate Governance.- Chapter 14. The Evolution of Chinese Corporate Governance.- Chapter 15. The Core Capital Approach to Board: A Case Study of People's Credit Banks in Indonesia.- Chapter 16. Lessons in Financial Governance from Bowen’s Family Systems Model.- Part IV. CSR and Performance: Reporting and Evaluation.- Chapter 17. Mandatory Non-financial Disclosures: The State of Art.- Chapter 18. Towards a Novel Approach to Companies-stakeholder Relationship: Modelling IBEX35 Long Run Value Creation.- Chapter 19. Communication Professionals as Social Change Agents in Times of Crisis.- Chapter 20.Determining the Environmental Information Disclosure Level. | This book highlights the latest research on responsible business and its practical implications for the economy, society, academia, and politics. It presents selected contributions from respected scholars and experts who have conducted international research on corporate social responsibility, sustainability, ethics, corporate governance, finance, and responsible investing. The book examines the spreading and enhancement of CSR and sustainability at the micro, meso, and macro levels, especially in light of their increased relevance following the recent pandemic.Taken together, the results of the empirically and theoretically based contributions offer a unique and multi-faceted perspective on current global trends and expected developments in this area. They cover a wide range of contexts and situations, helping readers expand their knowledge and drive effective change to tap their organizations’ full potential. | This book highlights the latest research on responsible business and its practical implications for the economy, society, academia, and politics. It presents selected contributions from respected scholars and experts who have conducted international research on corporate social responsibility, sustainability, ethics, corporate governance, finance, and responsible investing. The book examines the spreading and enhancement of CSR and sustainability at the micro, meso, and macro levels, especially in light of their increased relevance following the recent pandemic. Taken together, the results of the empirically and theoretically based contributions offer a unique and multi-faceted perspective on current global trends and expected developments in this area. They cover a wide range of contexts and situations, helping readers expand their knowledge and drive effective change to tap their organizations’ full potential. | Provides a comprehensive overview of multi-faced theoretical and empirical approaches to CSRIncludes case studies from developed and emerging countries and different types of organizationsSupports practitioners in adopting and operationalizing sustainable business models | Irene Guia Arraiano is a Professor in the Business Department at Lisbon Accounting and Business School, Polytechnic Institute (ISCAL) in Portugal. She currently teaches Operational Research and Finance and is also the Erasmus coordinator in business courses. She is a member of the CEFAGE - Research Centre of Évora University (Portugal). Her research interests predominantly focus on the interaction between finance, corporate social responsibility, and socially responsible investment. She is part of the Academic Advisory Committee of the Global Corporate Governance Institute (USA) and a member of the Editorial Board of International Journal of Corporate Social Responsibility. Irene Arraiano actively participates as a member of the Organizing Committee and Scientific Board of International Scientific events.Belen Díaz is Associate Professor of Finance at the University of Cantabria (Spain) and Academic Director at Santander Financial Institute (SANFI). Previously, she has been Vice-Dean of the Faculty of Economics and Business Administration and Director of Campus and Social Development at the University of Cantabria. The quality of her research was recognized with the 'Sanchis Alcover Award', awarded by the Scientific Association of Economy and Management. She is currently part of the academic advisory committee in the Global Corporate Governance Institute (USA). Her main research interests include, among others: CSR, corporate governance, sustainable finance, mergers and acquisitions, companies’ valuation. She is author of more than 50 publications. Mara Del Baldo is Associate Professor of Business Administration and Accounting Studies at the University of Urbino where she teaches Financial Accounting and Economics of Sustainability and Accountability. She has been a visiting professor in several European Universities, received invitations to international conferences and is a member of different international and Italian scientific networks, including the academic advisory committee in the Global Corporate Governance Institute (USA), the Centre for Social and Environmental Accounting Research (CSEAR), the SPES Institute and the European Business Ethics Network (EBEN). Her main research interests include, among others: entrepreneurship and small business, CSR and business ethics, financial, social and integrated reporting, accounting and gender, benefit corporation and economy of communion companies. She is board member and serves as a reviewer of several international journals. She published in several Italian and international journals as well as in books of the Springer Series on CSR, Ethics and Governance.René Schmidpeter is Research Professor at BFH Bern (Switzerland) and guest professor/lecturer in Germany, Austria, China, USA, India, Australia and England. He is series editor for Springer’s CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & Governance book series, editor of the Encyclopedia of Sustainable Management (ESM) as well as editor of the Dictionary of Corporate Social Responsibility (DCSR). His research and teaching activities focus on sustainable business transformation, international perspectives on sustainability, social innovation and sustainable entrepreneurship with special focus on the relationship between business and society. René serves as an expert in many academic, economic and political steering committees as well as sustainability advisory boards. He is Vice President of the Global Corporate Governance Institute (GCGI) and Founder of M3TRIX / TETRANOMICS in Cologne and Munich, Germany. Samuel O. Idowu is a senior lecturer at London Metropolitan University(UK). He is a fellow member of the Chartered Governance Institute, a fellow of the Royal Society of Arts, a Liver | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031246494 | Corporate Governance | Business Ethics | International Business | Corporate Environmental Management | Sustainability | Development Economics | /Corporate Governance/Accounting/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-24647-0 | ||||||||||||
41 | 978-3-031-58838-9 | Berezina | Katerina Berezina; Lyndon Nixon; Aarni Tuomi | Katerina Berezina, University of Mississippi, University, MS, USA; Lyndon Nixon, MODUL University Vienna, Vienna, Austria; Aarni Tuomi, Haaga-Helia University of Applied Sciences, Helsinki, Finland | Information and Communication Technologies in Tourism 2024 | ENTER 2024 International eTourism Conference, Izmir, Türkiye, January 17-19 | XIX, 454 p. 98 illus., 68 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 66.68 | 59.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Springer Proceedings in Business and Economics | Business and Management | Proceedings | Book | 0 | English | 454 | KNS | UYQ | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | Available | 2024-05-04 | 2024-05-21 | 2024-05-21 | 1 | For more than 30 years, Information and Communication Technology (ICT) has been revolutionizing travel, tourism, and hospitality, and as we look to the next 30 years, the change of pace does not seem to be diminishing. This open-access book provides an extensive overview of the latest developments of ICTs in the tourism and hospitality industry. Featuring papers presented at the International Federation for IT and Travel & Tourism’s (IFITT) 31st annual ENTER International eTourism Conference (ENTER24) held in Izmir, Turkey, this book presents research on topics such as artificial general intelligence (AGI) in tourism and hospitality; emerging technologies in tourism education; virtual reality; technologies for sustainability, health and wellbeing; big data and analytics, among others. This is an open access book. | For more than 30 years, Information and Communication Technology (ICT) has been revolutionizing travel, tourism, and hospitality, and as we look to the next 30 years, the change of pace does not seem to be diminishing. This open-access book provides an extensive overview of the latest developments of ICTs in the tourism and hospitality industry. Featuring papers presented at the International Federation for IT and Travel & Tourism’s (IFITT) 31st annual ENTER International eTourism Conference (ENTER24) held in Izmir, Türkiye, this book presents research on topics such as artificial general intelligence (AGI) in tourism and hospitality; emerging technologies in tourism education; virtual reality; technologies for sustainability, health and wellbeing; big data and analytics, among others. This is an open access book. | This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited accessExplores the ways in which information and communication technologies in tourism drive innovationFeatures special sections on artificial intelligence in tourism and technologies in tourism education | Katerina Berezina is an Associate Professor in the Department of Nutrition and Hospitality Management and Director of the Hospitality Management Program at the University of Mississippi (USA). Dr. Berezina’s research interests are in the areas of information technology in hospitality and tourism, electronic distribution, and revenue management. She serves as Managing Editor of the Journal of Hospitality and Tourism Technology (JHTT). Lyndon Nixon is an Assistant Professor in the School of Applied Data Science at Modul University Vienna (Austria). His research interests cover the visual classification of photography to automatically extract the touristic destination image from social networks such as Instagram; the use of deep learning for predictive analytics in open domains such as predicting the next trending topic in online channels; and the extraction and modelling of knowledge about events in graph structures and their combination withneural networks to improve computational understanding of the world. Aarni Tuomi is a Senior Lecturer in Experience Economy at Haaga-Helia University of Applied Sciences (Helsinki, Finland). His research interest lies in the use of emerging technologies to improve and increase human capabilities in service business. His research has explored digital labor platforms, service robotics, artificial intelligence, UX design, service innovation, immersive technologies (XR, AR, VR) and food technology. Dr. Tuomi’s work has been published in trade magazines and top academic journals. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 1 | 9783031588389 | Tourism Management | Artificial Intelligence | IT in Business | Corporate Environmental Management | /Tourism Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Industries/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58839-6 | ||||||||||||||||
42 | 978-3-658-39972-6 | Birrer | Thomas K. Birrer; Dennis Amstutz; Patrick Wenger | Thomas K. Birrer, Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Rotkreuz, Switzerland; Dennis Amstutz, Rotkreuz, Switzerland; Patrick Wenger, Rotkreuz, Switzerland | Decentralized Finance | From Core Concepts to DeFi Protocols for Financial Transactions | XV, 190 p. 53 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 59.00 | 54.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Financial Innovation and Technology | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 190 | KFF | KNST | Springer | Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden | 0 | Worldwide | Available | 2024-04-09 | 2023-04-08 | 2024-04-08 | 2024-04-08 | 1 | 1 Introduction.- 2 Economical and Historical Context.- 3 New Technological Developments and Opportunities.- 4 Toolkit for Getting Started.- 5 Make use of Decentralized Finance.- 6 Concluding Remarks.- A Blockchain Applications.- B Token Classification Example – Bitcoin.- Index.- Bibliography. | This book addresses the main concepts of Decentralized Finance (DeFi) and the well-known economic problem of inflation within traditional financial systems (TradFi). The authors discuss how both systems are connected and describe how they influence each other. Furthermore, new technological developments in the finance sector are considered and explained. The book provides not only a theoretical background to understand how money has evolved over time but also many practical cases and advise to navigate the digital money era. While digitalization and innovation are evolving rapidly, this book aims to be time-independent in its content and in its focus on concepts. The book appeals not only to an academic audience but also to professionals working in the field. | This book addresses the main concepts of Decentralized Finance (DeFi) and the well-known economic problem of inflation within traditional financial systems (TradFi). The authors discuss how both systems are connected and describe how they influence each other. Furthermore, new technological developments in the finance sector are considered and explained. The book provides not only a theoretical background to understand how money has evolved over time but also many practical cases and advise to navigate the digital money era. While digitalization and innovation are evolving rapidly, this book aims to be time-independent in its content and in its focus on concepts. The book appeals not only to an academic audience but also to professionals working in the field. | Explains the most important concepts of Decentralized Finance (DeFi)Analyses the relationship between DeFi and inflationProvides historical background about the evolution of money and capital markets | Prof. Dr. Thomas K. Birrer is Professor for Corporate Finance at the Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts (Switzerland). He studied business economics at the Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts and earned his doctorate at the University of Basel (Switzerland). His research focuses on financial technology and innovation, financial markets and financial risk management. <div>Dennis Amstutz, holds a BSc and an MSc in Banking and Finance from Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts (Switzerland). After previously having worked for the Swiss bank Credit Suisse, he has wide-ranging start-up experience and a broad network in Switzerland. He is a passionate crypto investor and an independent crypto fund manager.Patrick Wenger, holds a BSc in Business Engineering and an MSc in Banking and Finance from Lucerne University of Applied Sciences and Arts (Switzerland). He has an extensive network in private and public sectors of Paraguay and implemented a proof-of-concept mining business in the country.</div> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783658399726 | Financial Technology and Innovation | Financial Services | Financial Economics | Innovation and Technology Management | /Corporate Finance/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Financial Technology and Innovation/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-658-39872-9 | |||||||||||||
43 | 978-3-031-50721-2 | Burgess | Andrew Burgess | Andrew Burgess, Greenhouse Intelligence Ltd, London, UK | The Executive Guide to Artificial Intelligence | Cutting through the hype - how to get the most from AI in your organization | Approx. 200 p. | 2 | 2024 | approx. | 37.99 | 40.65 | 41.79 | 32.99 | 45.00 | 44.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | General interest | Book | 0 | English | 177 | KJ | UYQ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Worldwide | In production | 2024-06-14 | 2024-06-14 | 1 | 2018 | ,978-3-319-63819-5,978-3-319-63820-1,978-3-319-63821-8,978-3-319-87645-0,978-3-030-84836-1 | 1. Don’t Believe the Hype.- 2. Why Now?.- 3. AI Capabilities Framework.- 4. Associated Technologies.- 5. AI in Action.- 6. Starting an AI Journey.- 7. AI Prototyping.- 8. What Could Possibly Go Wrong?.- 9. Industrialising AI.- 10. Living with AI.- 11. Where Next for AI?. | This book, now in a thoroughly revised and updated second edition, takes a pragmatic and hype–free approach to explaining artificial intelligence and how it can be utilised by businesses today. At the book's core is a framework which describes, in nontechnical language, the nine core capabilities of Artificial Intelligence (AI). Each of these capabilities, ranging from image recognition, through prediction, to Generative AI, is explained using real–life examples and how they can be applied in a business environment. The advent of Large Language Models has put AI front and centre of Board discussions. AI has the ability to deliver step–change benefits to organisations and enables forward–thinking business leaders to rethink their business models or create completely new businesses. But most of the real value of AI is hidden behind marketing hyperbole, confusing terminology, inflated expectations and dire warnings of ‘robot overlords’. Any business executive who wants to know how to exploit AI in their business today is left confused and frustrated. As an advisor in AI, Andrew Burgess regularly comes face–to–face with business executives who are struggling to cut through the AI and LLM hype. The knowledge and experience he has gained in advising them has provided him with the skills to help business executives understand what AI is and how they can exploit its many benefits. Through the distilled knowledge included in this book, business leaders will be able to take full advantage of this most disruptive of technologies and create substantial competitive advantage for their companies. A management consultant, author and speaker with over 30 years’ experience, Andrew is considered an authority on Artificial Intelligence. Through his business, GreenhouseAI, he advises organisations on their AI strategy, its application in business and its ethics, and is regularly invited to speak at conferences on these subjects. He is Visiting Senior Fellow in AI at Loughborough University and Expert-in-Residence for AI at Imperial College’s Enterprise Lab. He is a member of the AI Committee at the British Standards Institute. | This book, now in a thoroughly revised and updated second edition, takes a pragmatic and hype–free approach to explaining artificial intelligence and how it can be utilised by businesses today. At the book's core is a framework which describes, in nontechnical language, the nine core capabilities of Artificial Intelligence (AI). Each of these capabilities, ranging from image recognition, through prediction, to Generative AI, is explained using real–life examples and how they can be applied in a business environment. The advent of Large Language Models has put AI front and centre of Board discussions. AI has the ability to deliver step–change benefits to organisations and enables forward–thinking business leaders to rethink their business models or create completely new businesses. But most of the real value of AI is hidden behind marketing hyperbole, confusing terminology, inflated expectations and dire warnings of ‘robot overlords’. Any business executive who wants to know how to exploit AI in their business today is left confused and frustrated. As an advisor in AI, Andrew Burgess regularly comes face–to–face with business executives who are struggling to cut through the AI and LLM hype. The knowledge and experience he has gained in advising them has provided him with the skills to help business executives understand what AI is and how they can exploit its many benefits. Through the distilled knowledge included in this book, business leaders will be able to take full advantage of this most disruptive of technologies and create substantial competitive advantage for their companies. | Provides up-to-date knowledge and experience on practitioner level for business executivesAdvises business leaders on how to exploit artificial intelligence to achieve positive resultsThoroughly updated to include generative AI and Large Language Models like Chat GPT | Andrew Burgess: A management consultant, author and speaker with over 30 years’ experience, Andrew is considered an authority on Artificial Intelligence. Through his business, GreenhouseAI, he advises organisations on their AI strategy, its application in business and its ethics, and is regularly invited to speak at conferences on these subjects. He is Visiting Senior Fellow in AI at Loughborough University and Expert-in-Residence for AI at Imperial College’s Enterprise Lab. He is a member of the AI Committee at the British Standards Institute. | Trade | Palgrave Trade US (P1) | Palgrave Trade (P1) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031507212 | Innovation and Technology Management | Business and Management | Artificial Intelligence | /Innovation and Technology Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-50722-9 | |||||||||||||||
44 | 978-3-031-52267-3 | Byrd | Marilyn Y. Byrd; Chaunda L. Scott | Marilyn Y. Byrd, University of Oklahoma, Huntsville, TX, USA; Chaunda L. Scott, Oakland University, Southfield, MI, USA | The Palgrave Handbook of Antiracism in Human Resource Development | Approx. 500 p. 30 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 179.99 | 236.00 | 219.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Handbook | Book | 0 | English | 614 | KJMV2 | KJMV2 | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 1 | In production | 2024-07-23 | 2024-07-23 | 1 | Part I: Historical Foundations of Racism.- 1. De-silencing Anti-Black Racism and Countering the Master Narrative in Human Resource Development and Beyond. By Marilyn Y. Byrd.- 2. Foundational Concepts of Racism and Anti-Black Racism in the United States for HRD Practitioners and Scholars. By Abbie Salcedo.- 3. Historical Foundations of Racism in the U.S. Society and its Impact on Human Resources and Human Potential. By Lisa Bass, Angela gae audre, Jennifer Jarrett.- 4. Original Sins: Indigenous America and U.S. Systemic Racism. By Ried E. Mackay and Joe Feagin.- 5. The Troubling Case of Richard Swanson’s Legacy: Racial, Gendered, and Ableist Discourse and Antipathy to Diversity in the Foundations of Human Resource Development. By Jeremy W. Bohonos, Juanita Johnson-Bailey, Lauren Gerken.- 6. From Racism to Racial Terror. By Marilyn Y. Byrd.- Part II: Lived Experiences of Racism.- 7. The Lived Racial Experience of One Black Man in the USA: Nomad Racial Syndrome, a Dilemmaof Duality and Difference. By Robert A. Martin.- 8. Surthrival Skills: Surviving and Thriving When Academic White Spaces Fail at Anti-Racism. By Tina M. Harris Rockia Harris , Kyle Stanley.- 9. Telling My Story of Racism: Through The Lens of a Black Woman Leader. By Marilyn Y. Byrd.- Part III Anti-Racism Research and Theory.- 10. Workplace Socialization: Reproducing Racism? Or Challenging Discriminatory Standards?. By Jasmine T. Austin and Jeremy W. Bohonos.- 11. Theoretical, Philosophical, and Paradigmatic Foundations for Countering Racism: A Systems View. By Marilyn Y. Byrd.- Part IV: Anti-racism in Educational and Practical Settings.- 12. It Starts in Elementary School: Working to Dismantle Inequitable and Racist Practices in Formal Educational Spaces. By Danielle T. Ligocki.- 13. Racial Caste and Black Bodies in Higher Education Informing Antiracism Practices. By Thandi Sulé.- 14. Workplace Policy, Practices, & Procedures: Moving from a select “Anti- “ism” framework towards a Collective Approach. By Michael R. Williams.- 15. Taking a Public Stance OUT LOUD Against Racism: The #BlackLivesMatter Movement. By Chaunda L. Scott.- 16. Atmospheric and Seismic Turbulence in HRD. By Michael Baugh.- 17. White Women’s Work: Decentering Whiteness, Confronting Complicity, and Taking Action to Become More Inclusive Colleagues. By Holly Hutchins, Laura Bierema Julia Storberg-Walker, Julie Gedro, Carole Elliott.- Part V: Next Steps: Emerging Work in Anti-racism.- 18. Emerging Work in Anti-Asian Racism on a University Campus. By Tomoko Wakabayashi, Ambika Bhargava, Chaturi Edrisinha, & Ji-Eun Lee.- 19. HRD Scholar and Practitioner Anti-Racist Identity: Working Through and Beyond Challenges and Hesitations. By Julie A. Gedro.- 20. Challenges and Opportunities Facing Anti-Racist Educators in Higher Education. By A. Martin, Danielle Ligocki, Chaunda L. Scott, Jon Margerum-Leys.- 21. Racial Equality and Inclusivity in Academia: Perspectives and Strategies for Anti-Racism Outcomes. By Tribe Mkwebu.- Concluding Thoughts: Advancing Anti-racism Work in Human Resource Development and Beyond. By Marilyn Y. Byrd. | This handbook examines the development of antiracism, the antithesis of racism, in the field of Human Resource Development (HRD) and discusses its relevance to the workplace and higher education. Contributing authors from HRD and HRD-related fields present their perspectives on anti-racism and explain how their framing of anti-racism makes a contribution to HRD research, theory, and practice. Though antiracism is a critical, emerging topic, it has received limited attention in the literature. Its focus is the eradication of racism while delivering justice and emancipation. This collection advances the concept by highlighting ways that research, theory, and practice are shifting the conversation to dismantling and eliminating racism. It shows how racism has traumatized marginalized individuals, limited their participation in the workforce and society, and hindered their psychological well-being. This Handbook is divided into 4 sections: the historical foundations of racism; knowledge derived from research, theory, and lived experiences; practical application of antiracism in educational and workplace settings; and the future of antiracism research. Coming at a time of racial unrest and much discourse on race, this work provides scholars, professionals, and students with a body of research and practical examples that introduces and informs them on the concept of antiracism in HRD. Though the focus is on the US, the arguments put forth in this handbook are not localized, they are universal and can be applied in multiple contexts. Marilyn Y. Byrd is Associate Professor in the Department of Human Relations at the University of Oklahoma, USA. She is currently in the 2nd term as Editor-in-Chief of Advances in Developing Human Resources (2018–2024), one of the four journals sponsored by the Academy of Human Resource Development. In addition to her research on matters of social justice, Dr. Byrd’s research focuses on theorizing the leadership experiences of Black American women. In 2020, she received the Academy of Human Resource Development’s Critical HRD Scholar award. Chaunda L. Scott is Professor of Human Resource Development and Graduate Coordinator of the Human Diversity Inclusion and Social Justice Graduate Certificate Program in the Department of Organizational Leadership at Oakland University, USA. She is also a recognized workforce diversity expert. Her scholarly research and teaching interests are in human resource development, workforce diversity policies and practices, adult diversity education, eradicating societal racism and social justice practices. Dr. Scott is a recipient of the Academy of Human Resource Development’s prominent R. Wayne Pace Book of the Year Award in 2020. | This handbook examines the development of antiracism, the antithesis of racism, in the field of Human Resource Development (HRD) and discusses its relevance to the workplace and higher education. Contributing authors from HRD and HRD-related fields present their perspectives on anti-racism and explain how their framing of anti-racism makes a contribution to HRD research, theory, and practice. Though antiracism is a critical, emerging topic, it has received limited attention in the literature. Its focus is the eradication of racism while delivering justice and emancipation. This collection advances the concept by highlighting ways that research, theory, and practice are shifting the conversation to dismantling and eliminating racism. It shows how racism has traumatized marginalized individuals, limited their participation in the workforce and society, and hindered their psychological well-being. This Handbook is divided into 4 sections: the historical foundations of racism; knowledge derived from research, theory, and lived experiences; practical application of antiracism in educational and workplace settings; and the future of antiracism research. Coming at a time of racial unrest and much discourse on race, this work provides scholars, professionals, and students with a body of research and practical examples that introduces and informs them on the concept of antiracism in HRD. Though the focus is on the US, the arguments put forth in this handbook are not localized, they are universal and can be applied in multiple contexts. | First handbook on antiracism in any disciplineDiscusses the lived experiences of racism to highlight the cyclical, recursive nature of this social problemUses a variety of methods (qualitative, quantitative, autoethnographies, etc.) to explore antiracism comprehensively | Marilyn Y. Byrd is Associate Professor in the Department of Human Relations at the University of Oklahoma, USA. She is currently in the 2nd term as Editor-in-Chief of Advances in Developing Human Resources (2018–2024), one of the four journals sponsored by the Academy of Human Resource Development. In addition to her research on matters of social justice, Dr. Byrd’s research focuses on theorizing the leadership experiences of Black American women. In 2020, she received the Academy of Human Resource Development’s Critical HRD Scholar award. Chaunda L. Scott is Professor of Human Resource Development and Graduate Coordinator of the Human Diversity Inclusion and Social Justice Graduate Certificate Program in the Department of Organizational Leadership at Oakland University, USA. She is also a recognized workforce diversity expert. Her scholarly research and teaching interests are in human resource development, workforce diversity policies and practices, adult diversity education, eradicating societal racism and social justice practices. Dr. Scott is a recipient of the Academy of Human Resource Development’s prominent R. Wayne Pace Book of the Year Award in 2020. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031522673 | Human Resource Development | Diversity Management and Women in Business | Higher Education | Race and Ethnicity Studies | Social Justice | Organization | /Human Resource Development/Human Resource Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-52268-0 | ||||||||||||||||
45 | 978-3-031-58395-7 | Davis | Fred D. Davis; René Riedl; Jan vom Brocke; Pierre-Majorique Léger; Adriane B. Randolph; Gernot R. Müller-Putz | Fred D. Davis, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, TX, USA; René Riedl, University of Applied Sciences Upper Austria, Steyr, Austria & University of Linz, Linz, Austria; Jan vom Brocke, University of Münster, European Research Center for Information Systems (ERCIS), Münster, Germany; Pierre-Majorique Léger, HEC Montreal, Montréal, QC, Canada; Adriane B. Randolph, Kennesaw State University, Kennesaw, GA, USA; Gernot R. Müller-Putz, Graz University of Technology, Graz, Austria | Information Systems and Neuroscience | NeuroIS Retreat 2023, Vienna, Austria | I, 1 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99.99 | 130.00 | 119.99 | Soft cover | 0 | Lecture Notes in Information Systems and Organisation | 68 | Business and Management | Proceedings | Book | 0 | English | 402 | KJQ | PSAN | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-07 | 2024-07-07 | 1 | Even-related potentials (ERPs) reveal that trust and distrust differ between brands and political institutions.- RACE: A Real-time Architecture for Cognitive State Estimation, Development Overview and Study in Progress.- Exploring the Role of Post-hoc Explanations in Mitigating Algorithm Aversion in Identity-Based Consumption: An Eye-Tracking Study.- Take a Deep Breath and Tell Me All About It: An Experimental Study on the Effect of Breathing on Privacy Decisions.- etc. | This book presents the proceedings of the NeuroIS Retreat 2023, May 30–June 1, Vienna, Austria, reporting on topics at the intersection of information systems (IS) research, neurophysiology and the brain sciences. Readers will discover the latest findings from top scholars in the field of NeuroIS, which offer detailed insights on the neurobiology underlying IS behavior, essential methods and tools and their applications for IS, as well as the application of neuroscience and neurophysiological theories to advance IS theory. | This book presents the proceedings of the NeuroIS Retreat 2023, May 30–June 1, Vienna, Austria, reporting on topics at the intersection of information systems (IS) research, neurophysiology and the brain sciences. Readers will discover the latest findings from top scholars in the field of NeuroIS, which offer detailed insights on the neurobiology underlying IS behavior, essential methods and tools and their applications for IS, as well as the application of neuroscience and neurophysiological theories to advance IS theory. | Presents cutting-edge research in the field of NeuroISIncludes fundamentals and applicationsSummarizes the status quo in NeuroIS | Fred D. Davis is Professor and Bobby G. Stevenson Chair in Information Technology at Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas, USA. René Riedl is Professor of Digital Business and Innovation at the University of Applied Sciences Upper Austria and Associate Professor for Business Informatics at the University of Linz, Austria. Jan vom Brocke is Professor and Chair of Information Systems & Business Process Management at the University of Münster and Director of ERCIS – The European Research Center for Information Systems, Germany Pierre-Majorique Léger is Professor in the Department of Information Technologies at HEC Montréal, Québec, Canada, Director of the ERPsim Lab, and Co-Director of the Tech3Lab. Adriane B. Randolph is Professor of Information Systems in the Michael J. Coles College of Business at Kennesaw State University (KSU), Georgia, USA, and Executive Director of the KSU BrainLab. Gernot Müller-Putz is Professor of Semantic Data Analysis and Head of the Institute of Neural Engineering and its associated Laboratory of Brain-Computer Interfaces at Graz University of Technology, Austria. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031583957 | Business Information Systems | Neuroscience | Computer and Information Systems Applications | Neuropsychology | /Business Information Systems/IT in Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing/Business Informatics/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58396-4 | |||||||||||||||
46 | 978-3-031-59067-2 | Day | David V. Day | David V. Day, Claremont McKenna College, Claremont, CA, USA | Developing Leaders and Leadership | Principles, Practices, and Processes | XV, 329 p. 14 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 246 | KJC | KJM | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-06-10 | 2024-06-10 | 1 | 1 Overview and First Principles of Developing Leaders and Leadership.- 2 Developmental Systems.- 3 Individual Leader Development.- 4 Self-Views and Leader Development.- 5 Considering Adult Development in Leader Development.- 6 Developing a Collective Capacity for Leadership.- 7 Networks and Leadership Development.- 8 Advancing the Science of Developing Leaders and Leadership. | This book offers a unique perspective on the principles and developmental pathways (i.e., practices, and processes) associated with developing leaders and leadership. Unlike most offerings on the topic of leadership development, it adopts an evidence-based approach to the scientific study of developing leaders and leadership, including the underlying theories that support this study. Focused on the processes associated with development within and across levels, the author presents a comprehensive summary of what we know about the developmental pathways associated with developing leaders and leadership, practices that motivate effective processes, and the theoretical principles that guide the study and understanding how individuals and collectives develop (i.e., change over time) in ways that increase their respective capacities for leadership. This book will appeal to those interested in understanding how leaders develop and the differences between developing leaders and developing leadership. It draws from theory and research from management, psychology, sociology, and education. David V. Day holds appointments as Professor of Psychological Science and Academic Director of the Kravis Leadership Institute at Claremont McKenna College, USA. He is also the Steven L. Eggert ’82 P’15 Professor of Leadership and a George R. Roberts Research Fellow at the College. He has published more than 100 peer-reviewed journal articles, books, and book chapters. He serves on numerous editorial boards and is the past editor of The Leadership Quarterly Yearly Review. Day received the Walter F. Ulmer Research Award from the Center for Creative Leadership in 2010 for outstanding, career-long contributions to applied leadership research. | This book offers a unique perspective on the principles and developmental pathways (i.e., practices, and processes) associated with developing leaders and leadership. Unlike most offerings on the topic of leadership development, it adopts an evidence-based approach to the scientific study of developing leaders and leadership, including the underlying theories that support this study. Focused on the processes associated with development within and across levels, the author presents a comprehensive summary of what we know about the developmental pathways associated with developing leaders and leadership, practices that motivate effective processes, and the theoretical principles that guide the study and understanding how individuals and collectives develop (i.e., change over time) in ways that increase their respective capacities for leadership. This book will appeal to those interested in understanding how leaders develop and the differences between developing leaders and developing leadership. It draws from theory and research from management, psychology, sociology, and education. | Offers a scientific study and theoretical understanding of how leaders and leadership developPresents an evidence-based perspective on the scholarly field of leader and leadership developmentDevelops from a foundation of first principles of developing leaders to developing collective leadership capacity | David V. Day holds appointments as Professor of Psychological Science and Academic Director of the Kravis Leadership Institute at Claremont McKenna College, USA. He is also the Steven L. Eggert ’82 P’15 Professor of Leadership and a George R. Roberts Research Fellow at the College. He has published more than 100 peer-reviewed journal articles, books, and book chapters. He serves on numerous editorial boards and is the past editor of The Leadership Quarterly Yearly Review. Day received the Walter F. Ulmer Research Award from the Center for Creative Leadership in 2010 for outstanding, career-long contributions to applied leadership research. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Monograph (P6) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031590672 | Business Strategy and Leadership | Management | Human Resource Management | /Business Strategy and Leadership/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-59068-9 | ||||||||||||||||||
47 | 978-3-031-58703-0 | Del Val Núñez | María Teresa Del Val Núñez; Alba Yela Aránega; Domingo Ribeiro-Soriano | María Teresa Del Val Núñez, University of Alcalá, Alcalá de Henares, Spain; Alba Yela Aránega, University of Alcalá, Alcalá de Henares, Spain; Domingo Ribeiro-Soriano, University of Valencia, Valencia, Spain | Artificial Intelligence and Business Transformation | Impact in HR Management, Innovation and Technology Challenges | Approx. 200 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 159.99 | 171.19 | 175.99 | 139.99 | 189.00 | 179.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Contributions to Management Science | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 243 | KJ | KJMV2 | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-07-15 | 2024-07-15 | 1 | Part I: Business Transformation.- Chapter 1. New lines of Business Development: Artificial Intelligence in Business.- Chapter 2. Intelligent Transformations: Navigating the AI Revolution in Business and Technology.- Chapter 3. Artificial Intelligence and Circular Economy: What is New for Business Model Innovation?.- Chapter 4. Artificial Intelligence and Sustainability.- Chapter 5. Artificial Intelligence Usefulness Effect on Business Performance with Trust.- Chapter 6. Artificial Intelligence, Business Activity and Entrepreneurial Opportunities: The European case.- Chapter 7. Productivity Improvements Triggered by Robotization and Internationalization Processes: The Spanish Experience.- Part II Business Transformation.- Chapter 8. Artificial Intelligence in Operations Management: A Strategy to Make Organizations More Attractive.- Chapter 9. The Impact of Artificial Intelligence on HR practices.- Chapter 10. The Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Organizations and Managers: the Skills Needed for an Effective Leadership.- Chapter 11. Technologies and Team Management to Increase Productivity in a Digital Age.- Chapter 12. The Core Competencies of Future Leaders: Opportunities and Challenges of Artificial Intelligence for Business Schools.- Chapter 13. The Application of Artificial Intelligence in Recruitment, Training and Employee Onboarding HR Practices.- Chapter 14. The Behavioural Science of Using AI in HRM Decision-Making: When it Helps and When it Goes Wrong. | This book offers a current perspective on Artificial Intelligence in the context of an ever-changing and growing technological revolution in business management. It analyses how existing companies are adapting, new ones are emerging, and others are disappearing. Process re-engineering has made it possible to reshape organizational structures and create new departments and positions, all geared towards digitalization. The emergence of new business functions has led to new strategic thinking on e.g. companies’ structure, size, and core business – but also to the creation of new jobs, the need to cover digital skills, and the need for innovative team management. In short, it is a question of delving deeper into HR and the impact that digitalization has had on it, as the employee is one of the key figures to protect. The book initially focuses on providing a review of the current literature on the advancement of Artificial Intelligence and its impact on business transformation and the emergence of new management models. In turn, it addresses the diverse perspectives that currently dominate the business market, as well as the corporate transformations that have taken place in the post-pandemic era. Lastly, it equips employers with new tools to incorporate into their organizations, facilitating talent retention. In connection with HR, this digital transformation is reflected in new roles for change management and cultural transformation, including the use of digital technologies to improve the employee experience. In brief, the book offers a practical guide to business transformation, technological advances, and their application in human resources departments. | This book offers a current perspective on Artificial Intelligence in the context of an ever-changing and growing technological revolution in business management. It analyses how existing companies are adapting, new ones are emerging, and others are disappearing. Process re-engineering has made it possible to reshape organizational structures and create new departments and positions, all geared towards digitalization. The emergence of new business functions has led to new strategic thinking on e.g. companies’ structure, size, and core business – but also to the creation of new jobs, the need to cover digital skills, and the need for innovative team management. In short, it is a question of delving deeper into HR and the impact that digitalization has had on it, as the employee is one of the key figures to protect. The book initially focuses on providing a review of the current literature on the advancement of Artificial Intelligence and its impact on business transformation and the emergence of new management models. In turn, it addresses the diverse perspectives that currently dominate the business market, as well as the corporate transformations that have taken place in the post-pandemic era. Lastly, it equips employers with new tools to incorporate into their organizations, facilitating talent retention. In connection with HR, this digital transformation is reflected in new roles for change management and cultural transformation, including the use of digital technologies to improve the employee experience. In brief, the book offers a practical guide to business transformation, technological advances, and their application in human resources departments. | Provides practical advice on how to retain talent using AIExplains the application of digital methodologies to redesign a businessExamines current literature on AI | María Teresa del Val Núñez received a Ph.D. in Economics and Business Administration from the University of Alcalá, Spain, in 1993. She is currently a Full Professor of Business and Management at the University of Alcalá, General Director of FGUA, Alcalingua, and CRUSA. She has previously received a DAAD scholarship (1988–1990) and has worked as a collaborating researcher at the IfM Institut f��r Mittelstandsforschung in Bonn, Germany. She has actively participated in various EU, national, and international research projects. Her research has led her to participate in numerous national and international seminars. She is also the author of several books and articles published in national and international journals. She is an honorary member of the Alexander von Humboldt Association in Spain, and in 2014, she had the distinction of receiving a Silver Medal from the University of Alcalá. Alba Yela Aránega is a Ph.D. in Economics and Business Management at the University of Alcalá, Spain. She is currently Business Organisation and Management Assistant Professor at the University of Alcalá. She is a reviewer of some international reviews and handling editor in International Journals in SSCI-ranked journals. She has published widely on topics such as Mindfulness for Intraentreprenurship, Labour Integration of young people, Human Resources, and Training. Domingo Ribeiro-Soriano is a Professor of Business Administration at the Universitat de València, Spain. He is also the co-director of the “Entrepreneurship: from student to Entrepreneur” Chair. As a researcher, he has published more than 130 papers in SSCI-ranked journals. Throughout his career, he has edited and contributed to books, journals, and conferences and has delivered keynote speeches at international conferences. He has also led several EU-funded projects, and contracts with private companies. Before starting his career in academia, he worked as a consultant at EY (formerly Ernst & Young). | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031587030 | Innovation and Technology Management | Human Resource Management | Artificial Intelligence | Organization | Entrepreneurship | /Innovation and Technology Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58704-7 | |||||||||||||||
48 | 978-3-031-58966-9 | Dima | Alina Mihaela Dima; Sorin Vâlcea | Alina Mihaela Dima, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Bucharest, Romania; Sorin Vâlcea, Cleveland State University, Cleveland, OH, USA | Reshaping Power Dynamics Between Sustainable Growth and Technical Disruption | 6th International Conference on Economics and Social Sciences, ICESS 2023, Bucharest, Romania | Approx. 400 p. 50 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 179.99 | 260.00 | 219.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Springer Proceedings in Business and Economics | Business and Management | Proceedings | Book | 0 | English | 142 | KJQ | RNU | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-19 | 2024-07-19 | 1 | This book covers various topics related to economics and the social sciences, such as artificial intelligence, sustainability, ESG, and tax administration. The respective contributions provide insights and perspectives on the current challenges and opportunities in these fields, while also showcasing the latest research and innovations from scholars and practitioners around the world. The book is based on the papers presented at the 6th International Conference on Economics and Social Sciences, ICESS 2023, which was held in Bucharest, Romania. | This book covers various topics related to economics and the social sciences, such as artificial intelligence, sustainability, ESG, and tax administration. The respective contributions provide insights and perspectives on the current challenges and opportunities in these fields, while also showcasing the latest research and innovations from scholars and practitioners around the world. The book is based on the papers presented at the 6th International Conference on Economics and Social Sciences, ICESS 2023, which was held in Bucharest, Romania. | Explores the challenges to marketing managers of using artificial intelligence to improve the customer experienceHighlights strategies to incorporate the sustainability factor and the resulting challenges for financial performancePresents insights on how digitization is confronting taxpayers with the challenge of reorganizing their internal system | Alina Mihaela Dima is Professor at the Faculty of Business Administration in foreign languages at the Bucharest University of Economic Studies (Romania). She is Vice-Rector for Scientific Research, Development, and Innovation at the Bucharest University of Economic Studies, and previously, she was Director of the Department for Business Administration (UNESCO Chair). Her main research fields of interest are international business, competition policy, European integration, and higher education. She is Chief Editor of the journal 'Management & Marketing': Challenges for Knowledge Society (Sciendo/De Gruyter) indexed in ESCI-Clarivate and Scopus. She has edited several international books, coordinated national research projects, and authored various papers published by prestigious international journals. Sorin Vâlcea is Associate Professor in the Management and Labor Relations Department at Cleveland State University, USA. His research interests include leadership development, extra-role employee behaviors, working in teams, and employment interviews. He has published in journals such as Leadership Quarterly, Journal of Vocational Behavior, and the Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031589669 | IT in Business | Sustainability | Corporate Environmental Management | Quantitative Economics | Behavioral Economics | /IT in Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58967-6 | ||||||||||||||||
49 | 978-3-031-58972-0 | Dobrić Veiss | Suzana Dobrić Veiss; Elizabeth K. Hunt; Joshua D. Henson | Suzana Dobrić Veiss, Fresno Pacific University, Fresno, CA, USA; Elizabeth K. Hunt, University of Jamestown, Jamestown, ND, USA; Joshua D. Henson, Regent University, Virginia Beach, VA, USA | Biblical Cross-Cultural Leadership | Principles from the New Testament | XX, 180 p. 30 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Christian Faith Perspectives in Leadership and Business | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 202 | KJC | KJMV | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-06-28 | 2024-06-28 | 1 | Chapter 1. Calming the Storm: Principles for Handling Cross-Cultural Issues in Virtual Environments in Acts 15:1-32.- Chapter 2. Jesus’ Counter-Cultural Approach in the Gospel of Matthew.- Chapter 3. Men of Athens!: Cross-Cultural Leadership in Paul’s Speech to the Areopagus.- Chapter 4. Paul’s Adaptation of Cultural Agility in 1 Corinthians 9:19-23.- Chapter 5. Cross-Cultural Leadership and the Role of Mission and Superordinate Identity.- Chapter 6. Lessons from the Woman at the Well: A Cross-Cultural Analysis of Leadership in John 4.- Chapter 7. Unity in Diversity: An Analysis of 1 Corinthians 12:11-26.- Chapter 8. Cross-Cultural Leadership Complexities: A Study of the Ethiopian Eunuch and Philip’s Interaction in Acts 8:26-40.- Chapter 9. Lessons from the Precipice: Social Identity and Christ’s Scandalous Hometown Announcement in Luke 4.- Chapter 10. Cross-Cultural Leadership and the Role of Core Values: An Analysis of Ephesians 1.- Chapter 11. Cross-Cultural Influence on Spiritual Mentorship: An Analysis of 1 Timothy 4.- Chapter 12. Cross-Cultural Competence: The Sin Qua Non of Biblical Leadership in a Globalized World. | This volume centers on leadership through the lenses of cross-cultural dynamics and Biblical principles. Each chapter examines a distinct instance from a New Testament text, offering diverse Biblical applications. The text places an emphasis on understanding cultural awareness and cultural sensitivity, offering insights on integrating Biblical values into leadership approaches. Addressing a void in demonstrating the alignment of cross-cultural leadership with Biblical principles, this work makes a valuable contribution to the realms of cross-cultural studies and organizational leadership. Suzana Dobric Veiss is Assistant Professor of Business and a Program Director for the Master in Arts in Strategic and Organizational Leadership Program at Fresno Pacific University, USA. Elizabeth K. Hunt is Associate Professor of Communications and Director of Character in Leadership at the University of Jamestown in Jamestown, USA. Joshua Henson is an Associate Professor of Leadership at Southeastern University, Lakeland, FL and an Adjunct Professor at Regent University, Virginia Beach, VA | This volume centers on leadership through the lenses of cross-cultural dynamics and Biblical principles. Each chapter examines a distinct instance from a New Testament text, offering diverse Biblical applications. The text places an emphasis on understanding cultural awareness and cultural sensitivity, offering insights on integrating Biblical values into leadership approaches. Addressing a void in demonstrating the alignment of cross-cultural leadership with Biblical principles, this work makes a valuable contribution to the realms of cross-cultural studies and organizational leadership. | Explains how the New Testament informs cross-cultural leadership practices in contemporary organizationsAdvances scholarly discourses on values-based leadership through a thoughtful examination from a Biblical perspectiveProvides a broad range of perspectives and utilizes robust exegetical methodology | Suzana Dobrić Veiss is an Assistant Professor of Business and a Program Director for the Master in Arts in Strategic and Organizational Leadership Program at Fresno Pacific University, CA, USA. Elizabeth K. Hunt is the Executive Director of the Unruh School of Character in Leadership and Professor of Leadership at the University of Jamestown, Jamestown, ND, USA. Joshua D. Henson is an Associate Professor of Leadership at Southeastern University, Lakeland, FL and an Adjunct Professor at Regent University, Virginia Beach, VA, USA. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031589720 | Business Strategy and Leadership | Cross-Cultural Management | Human Resource Management | /Business Strategy and Leadership/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58973-7 | |||||||||||||||||
50 | 978-3-031-58794-8 | Ertz | Myriam Ertz; Urvashi Tandon; Shouheng Sun; Joan Torrent-Sellens; Emine Sarigöllü | Myriam Ertz, University of Quebec at Chicoutimi, Saguenay, QC, Canada; Urvashi Tandon, Chitkara University, Rajpura, India; Shouheng Sun, University of Science and Technology Beijing, Beijing, China; Joan Torrent-Sellens, Open University of Catalonia, Barcelona, Spain; Emine Sarigöllü, McGill University, Montreal, QC, Canada | The Palgrave Handbook of Sustainable Digitalization for Business, Industry, and Society | Approx. 425 p. 50 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 179.99 | 236.00 | 199.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Handbook | Book | 0 | English | 0 | KJM | RGB | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 1 | In production | 2024-08-07 | 2024-08-07 | 1 | 1. Introduction to the Handbook.- 2. Bounded perfection: Harnessing the power of technological advancement to spur sustainable transition.- PART I—SMART AGRICULTURE, FOOD PRODUCTION, AND CLEAN WATER FOR ALL.- 3. Digital and sustainable: Business ecosystem, digital platforms, and big data in the Norwegian livestock farming and food-producing industries.- 4. Digitalization, frugal innovation, and sustainable development in the Global South: Opportunities and challenges of a frugal smart water pump.- PART II—SMART INDUSTRY FOR A SUSTAINABLE PRODUCTION.- 5. Industry 4.0 at the service of product sustainability.- 6. Technology and sustainable development—(New) frontiers for the textile, clothing, leather, and footwear sectors and fashion branding.- PART III—SMART SERVICES AND SOCIAL WELL-BEING.- 7. A quantitative analysis of the factors affecting citizens’ intention to adopt smart mobility services.- 8. Co-creation mechanisms in digital service supply chains: A performance measurement approach.- 9. Telemedicine Interventions in India: Understanding Facilitators and Impediments.- PART IV—EDUTECH FOR LEARNING.- 10. Creating an engaging virtual classroom for learning SDG 11: A case study at Master in Management Program, Telkom University, Indonesia.- 11. Antecedents of usability to sustain users’ engagement in online learning.- PART V—DIGITALIZATION FOR THE ECOLOGICAL TRANSITION.- 12. Digital tools in climate adaptation governance in Malaysia.- 13. Impact of social media information on the adoption of sustainable behavior: A gender perspective.- 14. Fintech and Sustainability: A literature review.- PART VI—RISKS AND POTENTIAL NEGATIVE EXTERNALITIES OF DIGITALIZATION: STRATEGIES FOR A RESPONSIBLE DIGITALIZATION.- 15. Making the digital economy circular: End-of-life treatment of digital products and their implications for sustainable management of e-waste in African cities.- 16. Transfer Learning Application for an Electronic Waste Image Classification System.- 17. Impacts of Digitization: Assessing the Greenhouse Gas Emissions of Digital Initiatives.- 18. Surveillance capitalism; The transformation of raw online data into valuable assets by high-tech companies. Is AI governance a threat or a solution to our privacy concerns?. | “This book shows how vast the digital transformation concept can be. The different issues addressed present a diversity of research problems, society challenges and economic opportunities that can be analyzed from the technological perspective of the Fourth Industrial Revolution.” — Alejandro G. Frank, Professor & Director, Organizational Engineering Group, Industrial Engineering Department, Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul (UFRGS) “This Handbook on digitalization for sustainable development is an excellent work on the subject. It provides a broad vision of disruptive change, but at the same time delves into the key aspects of the global digitalization process in firms. The enjoyable reading of the document leads the reader to an easy understanding of the current route of the digital world and its sustainable development.” — Dario J. Quiroga-Parra, Professor, Universidad Cooperativa de Colombia (Cali, Colombia) This handbook conceptualizes sustainable digitalization and discusses the role of digitalization in addressing business and societal challenges. Divided into eight sections, the book opens by an introductory chapter examining the theoretical foundations of the field. Part 1 explores the first dimension of sustainable digitalization, namely digitalization for sustainability (DFS) or how digitalization could address several of the sustainable development goals. Part 2 addresses the second dimension of sustainable digitalization. Titled responsible digital (RD), it covers the potential risks of increased digitalization and outlines strategies for governing digitalization for sustainable development to avoid the risks summarized earlier in the book. Tying digitalization to such topics as smart agriculture, industry 4.0, education, ecological transition, climate, clean water, food production, and social well-being, this handbook provides a framework for the emerging field of sustainable digitalization. Myriam Ertz is Associate Professor of Marketing at the University of Quebec at Chicoutimi (UQAC), Canada. Urvashi Tandon is Associate Professor at Chitkara Business School, Chitkara University, India. Shouheng Sun is Assistant Professor at the University of Science and Technology Beijing (USTB), China. Joan Torrent-Sellens is Full Professor at the Economics and Business Studies Department of the Universitat Oberta de Catalunya (UOC), Spain. Emine Sarigöllü is Associate Professor of Marketing at Desautels Faculty of Management, McGill University, Canada. | This handbook conceptualizes sustainable digitalization and discusses the role of digitalization in addressing business and societal challenges. Divided into eight sections, the book opens by an introductory chapter examining the theoretical foundations of the field. Part 1 explores the first dimension of sustainable digitalization, namely digitalization for sustainability (DFS) or how digitalization could address several of the sustainable development goals. Part 2 addresses the second dimension of sustainable digitalization. Titled responsible digital (RD), it covers the potential risks of increased digitalization and outlines strategies for governing digitalization for sustainable development to avoid the risks summarized earlier in the book. Tying digitalization to such topics as smart agriculture, industry 4.0, education, ecological transition, climate, clean water, food production, and social well-being, this handbook provides a framework for the emerging field of sustainable digitalization. | First book to provide a framework for sustainable digitalization, an emerging fieldEngages SDGs 2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, and 15Integrates a broad range of contributions, including conceptualization, empirical work, and case studies | Myriam Ertz is Associate Professor of Marketing at the University of Quebec at Chicoutimi (UQAC), Canada. Urvashi Tandon is Associate Professor at Chitkara Business School, Chitkara University, India. Shouheng Sun is Assistant Professor at the University of Science and Technology Beijing (USTB), China. Joan Torrent-Sellens is Full Professor at the Economics and Business Studies Department of the Universitat Oberta de Catalunya (UOC), Spain. Emine Sarigöllü is Associate Professor of Marketing at Desautels Faculty of Management, McGill University, Canada. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031587948 | Management | Environmental Studies | Sustainability | IT in Business | Industries | /Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58795-5 | |||||||||||||||||
51 | 978-3-031-27570-8 | Eynaud | Philippe Eynaud; Genauto Carvalho de França Filho | Philippe Eynaud, University Paris 1 Panthéon Sorbonne, Paris, France; Genauto Carvalho de França Filho, Federal University of Bahia, Salvador-Bahia, Brazil | Solidarity and Organization | Toward New Avenues for Management | XIII, 256 p. 5 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 256 | KJU | KJJ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-04-13 | 2024-04-13 | 2024-04-13 | 1 | Introduction.- Chapter 1 - Solidarity: an unthought in organizational theory.- Chapter 2 - (Re)organizing solidarity.- Chapter 3 - (Re) Solidarizing organizations.- Chapter 4 – In search of solidarity-based management,- Conclusion.<div> . </div><div> </div> | Solidarity is an ‘unthought’ in the fields of organizational theory and management sciences. However, it is an increasingly important feature in the management of organizations. The contemporary world suffers from a double unsustainability: the abusive exploitation of natural resources endangers the balance of the climate and biodiversity, while growing inequalities condemn our ability to maintain a balanced society. These unsustainabilities are mutually reinforcing and call for the affirmation of a double solidarity, which unites humans among themselves, and links humans and nonhumans. Such an effort cannot be decreed. It must be organized.Based on numerous grassroots initiatives and citizens’ experimentations that are being invented every day around the world and on a historical and anthropological approach, this book explores different ways of combining solidarity and organization. Solidarity-based management, governance of the commons, and Buen Vivir approaches are some of the perspectives analyzed in the context of a North-South dialogue in order to formulate the conceptual framework and practical steps of a social and environmental transition. It offers both theoretical background and living examples to students, professors and researchers to better understand and better teach new avenues for management. | Creates a new conceptual framework for understanding social enterpriseBrings a critical eye to the current mainstream management literature on the social economyAddresses the crucial need for transition studies and new lenses on sustainable management research | Philippe Eynaud is Full Professor at Sorbonne Business School, University Paris 1 Panthéon Sorbonne, France, and a researcher in the lab of IAE Paris-Sorbonne Business School. He has experience in the studies of civil society organizations, nonprofit management, social innovation, democratic governance, alternative digital platforms, solidarity-based economy, governance of the commons, and new forms of solidarity. He has published widely and is a board member of the international research networks EMES on social enterprise. Genauto Carvalho de França Filho is Full Professor at School of Administration of Federal University of Bahia, UFBA, Brazil, where he is coordinator of the Post-Graduate Center of Administration (NPGA-UFBA) and coordinator of the Tecnological Incubateur of Solidatity Economy (ITES/UFBA). He has experience in organizational studies, civil society and social management and his research is on the themes of solidarity-based economy, democratic governance, social and complementary currencies, social management, solidarity finance, social innovation and new forms of solidarity. He has published widely. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Monograph (P6) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031275708 | Organization | Corporate Environmental Management | Business Ethics | /Organization/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-27568-5 | ||||||||||||||||||
52 | 978-3-031-61260-2 | Goerigk | Marc Goerigk; Michael Hartisch | Marc Goerigk, University of Passau, Passau, Germany; Michael Hartisch, Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Erlangen, Germany | An Introduction to Robust Combinatorial Optimization | Concepts, Models and Algorithms for Decision Making under Uncertainty | X, 390 p. 54 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 119.99 | 128.39 | 131.99 | 109.99 | 142.00 | 129.99 | Hard cover | 0 | International Series in Operations Research & Management Science | 361 | Business and Management | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Book | 0 | English | 390 | KJT | PBU | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-20 | 2024-07-20 | 1 | 1. Introduction.- 2. Basic Concepts.- 3. Robust Problems.- 4. General Reformulation Results.- 5. General Solution Methods.- 6. Robust election Problems.- 7. Robust Shortest Path Problems.- 8. Robust Spanning Tree Problems.- 9. Other Combinatorial Problems.- 10. Other Models for Robust Optimization.- 11. Open Problems. | This book offers a self-contained introduction to the world of robust combinatorial optimization. It explores decision-making using the min-max and min-max regret criteria, while also delving into the two-stage and recoverable robust optimization paradigms. It begins by introducing readers to general results for interval, discrete, and budgeted uncertainty sets, and subsequently provides a comprehensive examination of specific combinatorial problems, including the selection, shortest path, spanning tree, assignment, knapsack, and traveling salesperson problems. The book equips both students and newcomers to the field with a grasp of the fundamental questions and ongoing advancements in robust optimization. Based on the authors’ years of teaching and refining numerous courses, it not only offers essential tools but also highlights the open questions that define this subject area. | This book offers a self-contained introduction to the world of robust combinatorial optimization. It explores decision-making using the min-max and min-max regret criteria, while also delving into the two-stage and recoverable robust optimization paradigms. It begins by introducing readers to general results for interval, discrete, and budgeted uncertainty sets, and subsequently provides a comprehensive examination of specific combinatorial problems, including the selection, shortest path, spanning tree, assignment, knapsack, and traveling salesperson problems. The book equips both students and newcomers to the field with a grasp of the fundamental questions and ongoing advancements in robust optimization. Based on the authors’ years of teaching and refining numerous courses, it not only offers essential tools but also highlights the open questions that define this subject area. | Provides a comprehensive overview of basic results and state-of-the-art knowledge on robust combinatorial optimizationContains numerous examples and exercises with solutionsIncludes a collection of open problems in the field | Marc Goerigk is a Professor and Chair of Business Decisions and Data Science at the University of Passau, Germany. He has previously held positions at the Universities of Siegen, Lancaster (UK), Kaiserslautern, and Göttingen, where he pursued his studies in mathematics. Marc has a keen interest in optimization under uncertainty. Michael Hartisch currently serves as a temporary professor of Analytics & Mixed-Integer Optimization at Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany. Prior to this role, he was acting chair of Network and Data Science Management at the University of Siegen, Germany. His academic journey began with studies in mathematics at Friedrich Schiller University Jena, Germany. Michael’s primary focus is on optimization under uncertainty. | Students | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031612602 | Operations Research and Decision Theory | Discrete Optimization | Operations Research, Management Science | /Operations Research and Decision Theory/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-61261-9 | ||||||||||||||||
53 | 978-3-031-59542-4 | Goldbarsht | Doron Goldbarsht; Louis de Koker | Doron Goldbarsht, Macquarie University, Macquarie Park, NSW, Australia; Louis de Koker, La Trobe Law School, Bundoora, VIC, Australia | Financial Crime and the Law | Identifying and Mitigating Risks | X, 202 p. 5 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 149.99 | 201.00 | 169.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice | 115 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 261 | KFF | LB | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-07-03 | 2024-07-03 | 1 | .- 1 Financial Crime and The Law: Identifying and Mitigating Risks. .- 2 The Crime-Crypto Nexus: Nuancing Risk across Crypto-Crime Transactions. .- 3 Financing Environmental Crime: Financial Sector Complicity in Global Deforestation and Opportunities for Regulatory Intervention. .- 4 Weeding Out Dirty Money: Cannabis Regulations and Financial Crime. .- 5 Application of the Risk-Based Approach (RBA) for Financial Crime Risk Management by Banks. .- 6 The FATF’s Combating of Financing of Proliferation Standards: Private Sector Implementation Challenges. .- 7 Dancing in the Dark: Terrorist Financing via the Dark Web. .- 8 Biases in FATF Mutual Evaluation Results. .- 9 Combating Money Laundering in Southeast Asian and Australian Casinos. .- 10 FATF’s Risk-Based Approach: Has the Pendulum Swung Too Far. | Dive into the intricate realm of modern financial crime combating with this latest collection. Edited by global experts and featuring contributions from leading international scholars, the collection spans a spectrum of financial crimes, including crypto crime, terrorist financing, illegal logging, and money laundering. The collection provides focused insights into institutional risk-based compliance, offering perspectives on practices employed by banks and challenges faced in implementing risk-based measures to combat the financing of weapons of mass destruction. Additionally, it explores the interplay between cannabis regulation and money laundering. The collection raises thought-provoking questions about the effectiveness and efficiency of the risk-based approach to financial crime. It explores the evidence supporting its implementation and whether it has proven to be the best alternative. Specific concerns regarding bias and discrimination, especially in relation to mutual evaluations conducted by the Financial Action Task Force, are addressed. In light of these concerns and current evidence, the collection provides constructive proposals and enhances the understanding of the challenges that need to be navigated in the ongoing fight against financial crime. This book a product of the Financial Integrity Hub (FIH), is essential reading for professionals, scholars, and anyone interested in staying ahead in the ever-evolving landscape of financial crime risk management. Chapters 'The Crime-Crypto Nexus: Nuancing Risk across Crypto-Crime Transactions' and 'The FATF’s Combating of Financing of Proliferation Standards: Private Sector Implementation Challenges' are available open access under a Creative Commons^ via link.springer.com. | Dive into the intricate realm of modern financial crime combating with this latest collection. Edited by global experts and featuring contributions from leading international scholars, the collection spans a spectrum of financial crimes, including crypto crime, terrorist financing, illegal logging, and money laundering. The collection provides focused insights into institutional risk-based compliance, offering perspectives on practices employed by banks and challenges faced in implementing risk-based measures to combat the financing of weapons of mass destruction. Additionally, it explores the interplay between cannabis regulation and money laundering. The collection raises thought-provoking questions about the effectiveness and efficiency of the risk-based approach to financial crime. It explores the evidence supporting its implementation and whether it has proven to be the best alternative. Specific concerns regarding bias and discrimination, especially in relation to mutual evaluations conducted by the Financial Action Task Force, are addressed. In light of these concerns and current evidence, the collection provides constructive proposals and enhances the understanding of the challenges that need to be navigated in the ongoing fight against financial crime. This book a product of the Financial Integrity Hub (FIH), is essential reading for professionals, scholars, and anyone interested in staying ahead in the ever-evolving landscape of financial crime risk management. Chapters 'The Crime-Crypto Nexus: Nuancing Risk across Crypto-Crime Transactions' and 'The FATF’s Combating of Financing of Proliferation Standards: Private Sector Implementation Challenges' are available open access under a Creative Commons^ via link.springer.com. | Offers insights into risk-based combating of financial crimeInforms financial crime complianceEnriches financial crime combating debates | Doron Goldbarsht LLB LLM (HUJI) PHD (UNSW) is an Associate Professor at Macquarie Law School, Australia, where he teaches in the field of banking and financial crime, and also the Director of the Financial Integrity Hub (FIH). He is an authority on anti-money laundering and combating of financing of terrorism and proliferation regulations (AML/CTF), with expertise in the related fields of compliance and financial innovation. Doron’s recent books, along with his journal and chapter publications, focus on international AML/CTF standards and the mechanisms for their effective implementation and compliance at the national level. Louis de Koker LLB LLM (UFS) LLM (Cantab) LLD (UFS) FSALS is a Professor at the La Trobe Law School, Australia, and a Board Member of the Financial Integrity Hub (FIH). From 2014 to 2019, he was the national program leader of the Law and Policy research program at the Australian Government-funded Data to Decisions Cooperative Research Centre. Louis is an expert on AML/CTF and proliferation financing, especially the relationship between financial integrity and financial inclusion policies and regulations. Over the past two decades, he has worked with the Consultative Group to Assist the Poor, the World Bank, the Alliance for Financial Inclusion, and regulators and financial service providers on the design and implementation of effective and efficient AML/CFT measures that also support financial inclusion. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031595424 | Financial Law | Private International Law, International and Foreign Law, Comparative Law | Criminal Law and Criminal Procedure Law | /Financial Law/Public Law/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/Business Law/Business and Management/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-59543-1 | ||||||||||||||||
54 | 978-3-031-59546-2 | Goldbarsht | Doron Goldbarsht; Louis de Koker | Doron Goldbarsht, Macquarie University, Macquarie Park, NSW, Australia; Louis de Koker, La Trobe Law School, Bundoora, VIC, Australia | Financial Crime, Law and Governance | Navigating Challenges in Different Contexts | X, 280 p. 2 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 149.99 | 200.50 | 199.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice | 116 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 352 | KFF | LB | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-07-18 | 2024-07-18 | 1 | 1. Towards a Global Approach to Combating Financial Crime .- 2. Non-Conviction-Based Asset Recovery in Nigeria – An Additional Tool for Law Enforcement Agencies?.- 3.De-risking’ Denials of Bank Services: An Over-Compliance Dilemma? .- 4. Money Laundering through Real Estate – Why, and How, New Zealand Has Sought to Regulate It.- 5. Environmental Crime and Money Laundering in Australia.- 6. Giving Shape to Finance and the City of London: Permissive Regulation and Minimalist Governance.- 7. Enhancing Integrity in the Implementation of FATF Recommendations: Robust Governance Frameworks to Combat Financial Crime in an Age of Intergovernmental Rulemaking .- 8. To Report or Not to Report? An Analysis of the Relationship between Defence against Terrorism Financing Suspicious Activity Reports and Fraud in the United Kingdom.- 9. Terror on the Blockchain: The Emergent Crypto-Crime-Terror Nexus.- 10. Money Laundering Risks: The Case of Non-Fungible Tokens – Key Recommendations for Australia.- 11. The Legal Design of Domestic MLA procedures in Southeast Europe: A Comparative Analysis of Serbia, North Macedonia and Bosnia and Herzegovina.- 12. Public–Private Collaboration for Combating Cyber Fraud.- 13. Policy Conservatism and the WireCard Scandal.- 14. Global Standard-Setting on Financial Crime – Navigating Challenges. | Embark on a journey through the dynamic landscape of global financial crime combating with our latest collection, meticulously curated by leading researchers. At the intersection of finance, technology, law, governance, and international cooperation, this multidisciplinary exploration offers profound insights into the nuanced world of financial crime across diverse jurisdictions, including Australia, Germany, New Zealand, Nigeria and the United Kingdom. Discover a wealth of knowledge as contributors investigate facets such as asset forfeiture, non-conviction-based asset recovery, money laundering in the real estate sector, and the challenges and opportunities posed by new technologies and fintechs. Unravel the crypto crime and terror nexus and explore the necessity of public–private collaboration to combat the abuse of Non-Fungible Tokens. Dive into policy approaches, including the WireCard scandal, and understand how good governance, both public and corporate, remains paramount in the fight against financial crime. As we navigate an age of intergovernmental rulemaking, the collection emphasizes the crucial role of robust governance frameworks and examines the impact of permissive regulation on practices in the City of London. Delve into discussions on crime risk, risk management, de-risking, and the potential consequences of overcompliance and conservative risk approaches on financial exclusion levels. While global standards on financial crime have solidified over the past three decades, the future direction of standard-setting and compliance enforcement remains uncertain in our complex global political landscape. The collection concludes by pondering these current challenges, offering a thought-provoking exploration of what lies ahead. This collection a product of the Financial Integrity Hub (FIH), serves as a valuable resource for financial regulators, compliance officers, and scholars, offering profound insights and perspectives to navigate the dynamic landscape of financial crime combatting. Chapters 'Non-Conviction-Based Asset Recovery in Nigeria – An Additional Tool for Law Enforcement Agencies?', ''De-risking’ Denials of Bank Services: An Over-Compliance Dilemma?' and 'Terror on the Blockchain: The Emergent Crypto-Crime-Terror Nexus' are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License> via link.springer.com. | Embark on a journey through the dynamic landscape of global financial crime combating with our latest collection, meticulously curated by leading researchers. At the intersection of finance, technology, law, governance, and international cooperation, this multidisciplinary exploration offers profound insights into the nuanced world of financial crime across diverse jurisdictions, including Australia, Germany, New Zealand, Nigeria and the United Kingdom. Discover a wealth of knowledge as contributors investigate facets such as asset forfeiture, non-conviction-based asset recovery, money laundering in the real estate sector, and the challenges and opportunities posed by new technologies and fintechs. Unravel the crypto crime and terror nexus and explore the necessity of public–private collaboration to combat the abuse of Non-Fungible Tokens. Dive into policy approaches, including the WireCard scandal, and understand how good governance, both public and corporate, remains paramount in the fight against financial crime. As we navigate an age of intergovernmental rulemaking, the collection emphasizes the crucial role of robust governance frameworks and examines the impact of permissive regulation on practices in the City of London. Delve into discussions on crime risk, risk management, de-risking, and the potential consequences of overcompliance and conservative risk approaches on financial exclusion levels. While global standards on financial crime have solidified over the past three decades, the future direction of standard-setting and compliance enforcement remains uncertain in our complex global political landscape. The collection concludes by pondering these current challenges, offering a thought-provoking exploration of what lies ahead. This collection a product of the Financial Integrity Hub (FIH), serves as a valuable resource for financial regulators, compliance officers, and scholars, offering profound insights and perspectives to navigate the dynamic landscape of financial crime combatting. Chapters 'Non-Conviction-Based Asset Recovery in Nigeria – An Additional Tool for Law Enforcement Agencies?', ''De-risking’ Denials of Bank Services: An Over-Compliance Dilemma?' and 'Terror on the Blockchain: The Emergent Crypto-Crime-Terror Nexus' are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com. | Identifies tensions in current financial crime combating approachesLinks financial crime, law, compliance and governanceEnriches financial crime combating scholarship | Doron Goldbarsht LLB LLM (HUJI) PHD (UNSW) is a Senior Lecturer at Macquarie Law School, where he teaches in the field of banking and financial crime. He is an authority on AML/CTF regulations, with expertise in the related fields of compliance and financial innovation. Doron’s recent books, along with his journal and chapter publications, focus on international AML/CTF standards and the mechanisms for their effective implementation and compliance at the national level. Louis de Koker LLB LLM (UFS) LLM (Cantab) LLD (UFS) FSALS is a Professor at the La Trobe Law School. From 2014 to 2019, he was the national program leader of the Law and Policy research program at the Australian Government-funded Data to Decisions Cooperative Research Centre. Louis is an expert on AML/CTF and proliferation financing, especially the relationship between financial integrity and financial inclusion policies and regulations. Over the past two decades, he has worked with the Consultative Group to Assist the Poor, the World Bank, the Alliance for Financial Inclusion, and regulators and financial service providers on the design and implementation of appropriate integrity and inclusion measures. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031595462 | Financial Law | Private International Law, International and Foreign Law, Comparative Law | Criminal Law and Criminal Procedure Law | /Financial Law/Public Law/Law/Humanities and Social Sciences/Business Law/Business and Management/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-59547-9 | ||||||||||||||||
55 | 978-3-031-20042-7 | Hannig | Uwe Hannig; Uwe Seebacher | Uwe Hannig, Institute for Sales and Marketing Automation (IFSMA), Viernheim, Germany; Uwe Seebacher, FYNEST International, Frankfurt, Germany | Marketing and Sales Automation | Basics, Implementation, and Applications | XIII, 472 p. 1 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 64.99 | 69.54 | 71.49 | 54.99 | 77.00 | 69.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Management for Professionals | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 472 | KJS | KJQ | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Available | 2024-05-04 | 2023-05-02 | 2024-05-03 | 2024-05-03 | 1 | Introduction.- Part 1: Digital Transformation in Marketing and Sales.- Automation of Repetitive Processes in Marketing and Sales.- Roadmap to Marketing Automation.- Dovetailing of Marketing and Sales Automation.- CRM, CXM and Marketing Automation.- Marketing Automation changes Sales.- Automation and Social Selling.- From 0 to 5-digit-profit in 10 Weeks with conversation-rate-optimized marketing and sales automation.- Part 2: The Customer Side of Marketing and Sales Automation.- On buyers' expectations, buyers' goals and the improvement of the customer experience.- Valid customer data - the foundation for omni-channel marketing.- Account-based Marketing - Much More than a New Automation Trend.- Account-based Marketing with CRM and Marketing Automation.- Marketing Automation and Customer Loyalty.- Marketing Automation in an Industry - The Case of Tobacco Companies.- Influences on automation of marketing and sales in the future.- Part 3: Customer Journey Management.- From E-Mail-Marketingto Lead Management.- Evaluating Touchpoint Performance Along the B2B Customer Journey.- Interaction of lead management and CRM along the customer journey.- Strategies to Increase Lead Quality.- Lead Management Automation Connecting Marketing and Sales.- Integration of Resellers into Lead Management.- Funnel Performance Management.- Customer-led Growth.- Part 4: Beyond Sales and Marketing Automation.- Predictive Intelligence as a Success Factor in B2B-Marketing.- Artificial Intelligence - The Revolution in Marketing.- Application of AI in Customer Experience Management.- The Future of Marketing and Sales Automation.- MSA as Enabler for Reengineering Corporate Communication. | <div>This book clarifies based on latest findings and research what one needs to know about marketing and sales automation, how to manage projects to implement them, select and implement tools, and what results can be achieved. It also outlines what can be expected in the future such as the automation of corporate communication and Human Resources.The range of topics spans from the creation of a valid data base in the context of applied AI for realizing predictive intelligence and the effects of data regulations such as the European General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) when addressing customers and prospects to recommendations for selecting and implementing the necessary IT systems. Experts also report on their experiences in regard to Conversion-rate-optimization (CRO) and provide tips and assistance on how to optimize and ensure the highest RoI for marketing and sales automation. A special focus will be placed on the dovetailing of marketing and sales and the management of the customer journey as well as the improvement of the customer experience.</div> | This book clarifies based on latest findings and research what one needs to know about marketing and sales automation, how to manage projects to implement them, select and implement tools, and what results can be achieved. It also outlines what can be expected in the future such as the automation of corporate communication and Human Resources. The range of topics spans from the creation of a valid data base in the context of applied AI for realizing predictive intelligence and the effects of data regulations such as the European General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) when addressing customers and prospects to recommendations for selecting and implementing the necessary IT systems. Experts also report on their experiences in regard to Conversion-rate-optimization (CRO) and provide tips and assistance on how to optimize and ensure the highest RoI for marketing and sales automation. A special focus will be placed on the dovetailing of marketing and sales and the management of the customer journey as well as the improvement of the customer experience.<div> </div> | Offers concrete support for the introduction and use of marketing and sales automationProvides several practical examples and a glossary of the most important termsGeared towards implementation, and written by practitioners for practitioners | <div>Uwe Hannig is head and academic director of the Institute for Sales and Marketing Automation (IFSMA, Germany). He is a professor of information and performance management and has many years of experience in sales and marketing in theory and practice. In 1994, Prof. Hannig was appointed Professor of Business Administration and Statistics at Ludwigshafen University of Applied Sciences (Germany), and since 2000, he has been Professor of Information and Performance Management. He has developed several MBA programs as well as certificate programs for various universities and helped establish two business schools, of which he was managing director and academic director, respectively. While still a student, Prof. Hannig founded a software services company. He was managing director and supervisory board member in several companies from different industries. In 1995, he founded the non-profit Institute for Management Information Systems e.V. (IMIS), of which he is the chairman of the board. Uwe Seebacher is a methods and structural scientist. He holds a doctorate in economics and business administration and is Professor for Predictive Intelligence at the University of Applied Sciences Munich and Professor for Marketing and Communications at the University of Applied Sciences for Marketing and Communication at Vienna. He has more than 30 years of experience as a business angel and investor, consultant, leader but also entrepreneur in the media, manufacturing, and service industries. He is a popular key note speaker and panelist. He has authored more than 50 books in many leading publishing houses, such as „Reengineering Corporate Communication“ (Springer Cham 2022), “Assets-as-Service” (Springer Gabler 2021), “Data-driven Management” (Springer Gabler 2021), 'Predictive Intelligence for Managers' (Springer 2021), 'B2B Marketing Guidebook' (Springer 2021), 'Marketing Resource Management' (AQPS 2021), 'Leadership Development' (Linde 2006) or 'Template-based Management (Springer 2020) or “European Human Resource Management” (HBM 2009). For his innovative concepts and initiatives, e.g., with Allianz, the European Union, the Austrian Federal Economic Chamber, Bayer Leverkusen, and BASF, he received various awards, such as the Diskobolos Innovation Award of the European Chamber of Commerce and the 2016 Export Award of the Austrian Federal Economic Chamber. </div> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031200427 | Marketing | IT in Business | Sales and Distribution | /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-20040-3 | |||||||||||||||
56 | 978-981-99-1507-1 | Hoang | Giang Hoang; Kok Boon Oh | Giang Hoang, Monash University, Melbourne, VIC, Australia; Kok Boon Oh, eGalaxy Solutions, Melbourne, VIC, Australia | An Empirical Study of SOE Corporate Governance Attributes for Emerging Markets | XXII, 243 p. 10 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 243 | KJR | KFF | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 1 | Available | 2024-05-01 | 2023-04-29 | 2024-04-30 | 2024-04-30 | 1 | <div>Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Role of Vietnam in a changing global economy.- Chapter 3. Literature on corporate governance and ownership structure.- Chapter 4. Vietnam’s corporate governance, regulatory and institutional settings.- Chapter 5. Empirical research methodology.- Chapter 6. Empirical Results – Corporate governance attributes and the role of sovereign wealth fund in government business.- Chapter 7. Ownership and governance implications for doing business in Vietnam.- Chapter 8. An effective corporate governance emerging market business model and concluding thoughts.</div> | <div>This book investigates the institutional characteristics of state-linked firms in Vietnam to draw lessons for investors/MNCs targeting Vietnam and other emerging markets in the region. Vietnam and many other ASEAN countries have gone through a period of privatization and equitization of wholly controlled SOEs, with the State retaining partial ownership in many privatized businesses. This book explains the dynamic relationships between the State, BODs, shareholders, and regulators and their influence on corporate governance and SOE performance. This book differs from other publications in that it extrapolates the findings from our study to a broader context on how the defined internal mechanisms implicate the local economy and global supply chains/markets.This book investigates robust theoretical foundations, and rigorous applied empirical research underpin the role of the State in SOEs. It differs from other studies in terms of qualitative and empirical research to provide the contextual setting to elucidate how to successfully navigate emerging market business with the State as an 'owner-participant.' This book explains the theoretical constructs of corporate governance in SOEs, applies empirical research methodologies, and draws results to validate inferences to (1) investigate the link between the board of directors and ownership attributes and agency cost levels using Vietnamese listed firms for the period from 2006 to 2013, (2) evaluate the effectiveness of State's corporate initiatives and monitoring through its sovereign wealth fund known as the State Capital Investment Corporation (SCIC), and (3) infer and explain the motivation of the State as a shareholder. This book takes cognizance of Vietnam's idiosyncratic institutional (using its sovereign wealth fund as an investment vehicle and management proxy), economic, regulatory, and corporate environments and the realities for developing an effective and sustainable business model, vis-à-vis the ownership structure, board of directors' composition and corporate governance, for better business performance. While the focus is on Vietnam, the content is also relevant to the role of the State in other emerging markets as a player in shaping the business strategy, model, and direction of SOEs. </div><div> </div> | This book investigates the institutional characteristics of state-linked firms in Vietnam to draw lessons for investors/MNCs targeting Vietnam and other emerging markets in the region. Vietnam and many other ASEAN countries have gone through a period of privatization and equitization of wholly controlled SOEs, with the State retaining partial ownership in many privatized businesses. This book explains the dynamic relationships between the State, BODs, shareholders, and regulators and their influence on corporate governance and SOE performance. This book differs from other publications in that it extrapolates the findings from our study to a broader context on how the defined internal mechanisms implicate the local economy and global supply chains/markets. This book investigates robust theoretical foundations, and rigorous applied empirical research underpin the role of the State in SOEs. It differs from other studies in terms of qualitative and empirical research to providethe contextual setting to elucidate how to successfully navigate emerging market business with the State as an 'owner-participant.' This book explains the theoretical constructs of corporate governance in SOEs, applies empirical research methodologies, and draws results to validate inferences to (1) investigate the link between the board of directors and ownership attributes and agency cost levels using Vietnamese listed firms for the period from 2006 to 2013, (2) evaluate the effectiveness of State's corporate initiatives and monitoring through its sovereign wealth fund known as the State Capital Investment Corporation (SCIC), and (3) infer and explain the motivation of the State as a shareholder. This book takes cognizance of Vietnam's idiosyncratic institutional (using its sovereign wealth fund as an investment vehicle and management proxy), economic, regulatory, and corporate environments and the realities for developing an effective and sustainable business model, vis-à-vis the ownership structure, board of directors' composition and corporate governance, for better business performance. While the focus is on Vietnam, the content is also relevant to the role of the State in other emerging markets as a player in shaping the business strategy, model, and direction of SOEs. | Assesses the efficiency of the Vietnamese government's business activity and monitoring initiativesProvides insights, recommendations, and guidance to potential investors and strategic partners interested in SOE business in AsiaOffers an empirical approach, which provides investors, practitioners and policymakers awith a benchmark against which to measure corporate governance in Vietnam | Dr Giang Hoang has worked extensively in Vietnam's investment banking industry and education sector. She has over 18 years of experience in financial education, research, and advisory services in various areas of finance, such as derivatives, investment and portfolio management, international finance, and corporate governance. Dr. Hoang was also the Deputy Dean of the Faculty of Management and Tourism at Hanoi University and the Executive Director of the Joint Education Program between La Trobe University (Australia) and Hanoi University (Vietnam). She was influential in developing key partnerships for various universities in Vietnam and instrumental in obtaining research grants from international donors. As an academic, she has taught extensively in Australia, Vietnam, Singapore, and Italy. Other previous roles have also been as an Equity Analyst of a securities company and Finance Specialist of the World-Bank financed projects. Through research, teaching, and experience running her investment fund, Dr. Hoang has built expertise in corporate governance, which opened doors for her to become a consultant in the field of corporate governance for many listed entities. She is a member of the Australian Investment Association and Vietnamese Investment Institute and an angel investor of several digital asset projects in the United States focusing on decentralisation of governance and web3. Dr Kok-Boon Oh has industry experience working with the US and Asian MNCs in senior management positions overseeing their global business operations. Dr. Oh has worked in roles in these organisations as directors, CEOs and as a C-suite officers in corporate finance, international business, and risk management for over 40 years. Dr. Oh was the Acting/Deputy Head of the Graduate School of Management at La Trobe University in Melbourne, Australia. He was also the MBA Program Director responsible for the programs offered in both Australia and internationally. He conducted research and taught accounting, finance, enterprise risk management, cybersecurity, technology and innovation management and international business at La Trobe University. As a senior academic, he travelled extensively to oversee and deliver business and management programs in China, Mongolia, and Vietnam for over 20 years. He was also responsible for supervising PhD candidates and, developing and delivering executive education programs to Australian and international audiences. As a senior member of MNCs and academic institutions, Dr. Oh has been involved in governance, sitting on committees to formulate, implement and supervise corporate governance policies and practices. Dr. Oh is an Australia Certified Practising Accountant and Malaysian Chartered Accountant, and Director of eGalaxy Research. He is also a member of the Academic Board of Texila College in Melbourne. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789819915071 | Corporate Governance | Capital Markets | Economic Development, Innovation and Growth | Industries | History of Southeast Asia | /Corporate Governance/Accounting/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-99-1505-7 | |||||||||||||||
57 | 978-3-658-44275-0 | Hoffmann | Sascha Hoffmann | Sascha Hoffmann, Hochschule Fresenius, Hamburg, Germany | Digital Product Management | Frameworks – Tools – Cases | Approx. 300 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 64.99 | 88.50 | 84.99 | Soft cover | 0 | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 357 | KJS | Springer | Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden | 0 | In production | 2024-06-11 | 2024-06-11 | 0 | User-centric product visions.- Product strategy.- Objectives and key results (OKR).- Product roadmaps.- Product discovery.- Validation of product ideas.- Product delivery.- Growth.- Product changes.- A/B testing in digital product management.- Becoming an outstanding product manager.- Product sense.- Product leadership.- Alignment.- Product evangelizing and storytelling.- Product owner and scrum master.- User experience.- Data analytics.- Product organizations.- Agile frameworks. | The book describes the various areas of digital product management: from vision and strategy development, idea generation and evaluation to actual product development and subsequent performance analysis. The central tasks and touch points are explained from the perspective of the product manager (product owner). In addition to agile methods and working models, the authors also cover specific tools that can be used to manage the development of digital products successfully. A book for anyone working in product management, software development, business development or marketing and sales, as well as for interested students. “The role of a product manager is crucial to the successful development of digital products. This book provides an excellent overview of the most important methods of modern product management.” Stefan Vosskötter, Founder and Managing Director of digitale-leute.de & deutschestartups.de “The authors present a variety of methods and tools in a comprehensive and detailed manner, providing the reader with concrete assistance in mastering the challenges of digital product management.” Cord Grünewald, CPO Kleinanzeigen From the Content User-centered Product Visions; Product Strategy; Objectives and Key Results (OKR); Product Roadmaps; Product Discovery; Validation of Product Ideas; Product Delivery; Growth; Product Changes; A/B Testing in Digital Product Management; Becoming an Outstanding Product Manager; Product Sense; Product Leadership; Alignment; Product Evangelizing and Storytelling; Product Owner and Scrum Master; User Experience; Data Analytics; Product Organizations; Agile Frameworks About the Editor Sascha Hoffmann is Professor of Online Management at Fresenius University of Applied Sciences. Previously, he was Director Business Development at XING and Head of Product Management at blau Mobilfunk (blau.de). | The book describes the various areas of digital product management: from vision and strategy development, idea generation and evaluation to actual product development and subsequent performance analysis. The central tasks and touch points are explained from the perspective of the product manager (product owner). In addition to agile methods and working models, the authors also cover specific tools that can be used to manage the development of digital products successfully. A book for anyone working in product management, software development, business development or marketing and sales, as well as for interested students.'The role of a product manager is crucial to the successful development of digital products. This book provides an excellent overview of the most important methods of modern product management.' Stefan Vosskötter, founder and managing director of digitale-leute.de & deutsche-startups.de 'The authors present a variety of methods and tools in a comprehensive and detailed manner, providing the reader with concrete assistance in mastering the challenges of digital product management.' Cord Grünewald, CPO Kleinanzeigen From the content: Introduction to Digital Product Management · User-Centered Product Visions · Product Discovery · Validation of Product Ideas in the Market · Alignment – How to Achieve Good Coordination · Impact-Oriented Product Management with OKR · Product Delivery · Lateral Leadership in Product Management · Product Owner and Scrum Master · Understanding User Experience · Data Analytics · Growth – The Matter of Growth · Holistic Understanding of Product Management · The Agile Transformation of Hanseatic Bank | Concrete and up-to-date tips and tools from versatile experts in digital product managementEverything you need to get started and develop your career in digital product managementSignificantly expanded 2nd edition | <div>Sascha Hoffmann is a professor of online management at Fresenius University of Applied Sciences. Previously, he was Director Business Development at XING and Head of Product Management at blau Mobilfunk (blau.de).<div><div><div> </div> </div> </div></div><div> Contributing authors: · Tim Adler, Hamburg · Markus Andrezak, überproduct GmbH, Potsdam · Christian Becker, leanproductable GmbH, Berlin · Nikkel Blaase, Orbit Ventures GmbH, Hamburg · Dominik Busching, tado, Munich · Tobias Freudenreich, freelance product coach & consultant, Hamburg · David Gehrke, University of Applied Sciences Nordhausen, Nordhausen · Rainer Gibbert, Star Finanz GmbH, Hamburg · Lutz Göcke, University of Applied Sciences Nordhausen, Nordhausen · Sascha Hoffmann, University of Applied Sciences Fresenius, Hamburg · Alexander Hipp, Beyond, London · Arne Kittler, facelift, Hamburg · Jan Köster, Gruner + Jahr, Hamburg · Jan Martens, Lotto24 AG, Hamburg · Florian Meyer, Gruner + Jahr, Hamburg · Inken Petersen, Hamburg · Patrick Roelofs, Aroundhome, Berlin · Stefan Roock, it-agile GmbH, Hamburg · Robert Schulke, Freiburg · Michael Schultheiß, McKinsey & Co, Kiel · Cansel Sörgens, Cologne · Philip Steen, Norderstedt · Anna Wicher, MissionMe, Hamburg · Petra Wille, Strong Product People, Hamburg </div> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783658442750 | Marketing | /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-658-44276-7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
58 | 978-3-658-44678-9 | Horn | Maximilian Horn | Maximilian Horn, Bonn, Germany | Technology Acceptance, Path Dependence, and the Demand for Robo-Advisory Services | Approx. 270 p. Textbook for German language market. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 89.99 | 118.00 | 109.99 | Soft cover | 0 | Forschung zur Digitalisierung der Wirtschaft | Advanced Studies in Business Digitization | Business and Management | Ph.D. Thesis | Book | 0 | English | 238 | KJQ | Springer Gabler | Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden | 0 | In production | 2024-06-01 | 2024-06-01 | 1 | This book explores the effects of the previously ignored factors of path dependence and product features on technology acceptance with a focus on robo-advice. A newly developed model introduces path dependence to technology acceptance research allowing to explain previously unaccountable effects. An empirical test of the model using data from Germany and the USA elicits that path dependence influences the attitudes towards and demand for robo-advice. A process consisting of a market survey, a choice-based conjoint analysis, and a test in a technology acceptance model allows the structured investigation of the effects of product features on the demand for robo-advice. The results show that selected product features have effects on the demand for robo-advice and that it is essential to establish these effects empirically. About the author Dr. Maximilian Horn studied economics at the Universities of Bonn and Siena as well as international management at the University of Cologne and the Indian Institute of Management Calcutta. In addition to his work as a management consultant, he completed his doctorate under Prof. Dr. Martin Missong at the University of Bremen. | This book explores the effects of the previously ignored factors of path dependence and product features on technology acceptance with a focus on robo-advice. A newly developed model introduces path dependence to technology acceptance research allowing to explain previously unaccountable effects. An empirical test of the model using data from Germany and the USA elicits that path dependence influences the attitudes towards and demand for robo-advice. A process consisting of a market survey, a choice-based conjoint analysis, and a test in a technology acceptance model allows the structured investigation of the effects of product features on the demand for robo-advice. The results show that selected product features have effects on the demand for robo-advice and that it is essential to establish these effects empirically. | Dr. Maximilian Horn studied economics at the Universities of Bonn and Siena as well as international management at the University of Cologne and the Indian Institute of Management Calcutta. In addition to his work as a management consultant, he completed his doctorate under Prof. Dr. Martin Missong at the University of Bremen. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP11775 | Business and Economics (German Language) | 0 | 0 | 9783658446789 | IT in Business | /IT in Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-658-44679-6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
59 | 978-981-97-3552-5 | Hossain | Muhammad Ismail Hossain; Nasrin Akter; Abureza M. Muzareba | Muhammad Ismail Hossain, University of Dhaka, Dhaka, Bangladesh; Nasrin Akter, University of Dhaka, Dhaka, Bangladesh; Abureza M. Muzareba, University of Dhaka, Dhaka, Bangladesh | Marketing in a Transition Economy | New Realities, Challenges and Prospects | Approx. 450 p. 40 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99.99 | 130.00 | 109.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 0 | KJS | KJS | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Singapore | 0 | Worldwide | In production | 2024-07-24 | 2024-07-24 | 1 | Chapter 1 Marketing Environment.- Chapter 2 Marketing Management Planning.- Chapter 3 Segmentation, Targeting And Positioning.- Chapter 4 Product And Packaging Decision.- Chapter 5 Brand Management.- Chapter 6 Consumer Behaviour (B2C and B2B).- Chapter 7 Supply Chain Management.- Chapter 8 Integrated Marketing Communication.- Digital Marketing.- Chapter 9 Pricing Strategies.- Chapter 10 Customer Relationship Management.- Chapter 11 Services Marketing.- Chapter 12 Marketing Ethics. | This book presents case studies of local, regional, and international businesses to show that marketing is an environment-sensitive activity, requiring an environment-specific treatment. The business eco-system of Bangladesh is considerably different from those of developed and developing countries due to a range of factors including the unmatched patterns in logistics, infrastructure, enforcement of laws and regulations, cultural differences, and competitiveness. Insightful differences in business practices between the economies of Bangladesh and the West and/or other developing countries are unfolded in this book. The nuances of the contextual operational realities around different aspects of the business including marketing environment and management, consumer behavior, supply chain management, brand management, customer relationship management, services marketing, digital marketing, integrated marketing communications, and marketing ethics are presented in this book. The business knowledge shared by the unique breadth and depth of cases is sure to make this book an effective resource for academia and industry. Professor Muhammad Ismail Hossain, Dean of Academic Affairs, Monash and LSE Program at Universal College Bangladesh and Professor, Department of Marketing, University of Dhaka. He received his Ph.D. in consumer behavior from Monash University, Australia. His research interests lie in the fields of tourism, consumer behavior, and supply chain management. As a consultant, he worked for government projects, not-for-profits, and for-profit local and international organizations. Professor Nasrin Akter, Department of Marketing, Faculty of Business Studies, University of Dhaka, Bangladesh. She received her Ph.D. in supply chain management from RMIT University, Australia. As a consultant, she has collaborated with Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung (FES), Germany, International Centre for Development and Decent Work (ICDD), University of Kassel, Germany. Abureza M Muzareba serves as a Professor in the Department of Marketing at the University of Dhaka, Bangladesh. He earned his PhD from the University of Sheffield, England. He has research experience with USAID; IFPRI; the University of Sheffield; the UK Cabinet Office; Barnsley City Council, England; SME Foundation Bangladesh; and Care Bangladesh. | This book presents case studies of local, regional, and international businesses to show that marketing is an environment-sensitive activity, requiring an environment-specific treatment. The business eco-system of Bangladesh is considerably different from those of developed and developing countries due to a range of factors including the unmatched patterns in logistics, infrastructure, enforcement of laws and regulations, cultural differences, and competitiveness. Insightful differences in business practices between the economies of Bangladesh and the West and/or other developing countries are unfolded in this book. The nuances of the contextual operational realities around different aspects of the business including marketing environment and management, consumer behavior, supply chain management, brand management, customer relationship management, services marketing, digital marketing, integrated marketing communications, and marketing ethics are presented in this book. The business knowledge shared by the unique breadth and depth of cases is sure to make this book an effective resource for academia and industry. | Presents marketing case studies book based on Bangladeshi companies across diverse industriesFeatures the business practice related differences with specific reference to marketingPresents data and fact presented on the business environment of Bangladesh | Professor Muhammad Ismail Hossain, Dean of Academic Affairs, Monash and LSE Program at Universal College Bangladesh and Professor, Department of Marketing, University of Dhaka. He received his Ph.D. in consumer behavior from Monash University, Australia. His research interests lie in the fields of tourism, consumer behavior, and supply chain management. As a consultant, he worked for government projects, not-for-profits, and for-profit local and international organizations. Professor Nasrin Akter, Department of Marketing, Faculty of Business Studies, University of Dhaka, Bangladesh. She received her Ph.D. in supply chain management from RMIT University, Australia. As a consultant, she has collaborated with Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung (FES), Germany, International Centre for Development and Decent Work (ICDD), University of Kassel, Germany. Abureza M Muzareba serves as a Professor in the Department of Marketing at the University of Dhaka, Bangladesh. He earned his PhD from the University of Sheffield, England. He has research experience with USAID; IFPRI; the University of Sheffield; the UK Cabinet Office; Barnsley City Council, England; SME Foundation Bangladesh; and Care Bangladesh. | Professionals | Palgrave Business US (P2) | Palgrave Business ( P2) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789819735525 | Marketing | Branding | Customer Relationship Management | Digital Marketing | Consumer Behavior | Supply Chain Management | /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-97-3553-2 | ||||||||||||||
60 | 978-3-031-53945-9 | Huvila | Isto Huvila; Lisa Andersson; Olle Sköld | Isto Huvila, Uppsala University, Uppsala, Sweden; Lisa Andersson, Uppsala University, Uppsala, Sweden; Olle Sköld, Uppsala University, Uppsala, Sweden | Perspectives on Paradata | Research and Practice of Documenting Process Knowledge | X, 290 p. 24 illus., 17 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 66.68 | 59.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Knowledge Management and Organizational Learning | 13 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 303 | KJMV3 | GL | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | In production | 2024-07-14 | 2024-07-14 | 1 | 1. An introduction to paradata.- 2. Paradata in surveys.- 3. Making research code useful paradata.- 4. A leap of faith: Revisiting paradata in 3D scholarship.- 5. Dustings of paradata as pedagogical support at four archaeological field-school sites.- 6. Towards Embodied Paradata. A diffractive art/archaeology approach.- 7. Mapping accessions to repositories data: A case study in paradata.- 8. Paradata for digitization processes and digital scholarly editions.- 9. Reconstructing provenance in long-lived data systems: the challenge of paradata capture in memory institution collection databases.- 10. Paradata in Emergency Services Communications Systems.- 11. The Role of Paradata in Algorithmic Accountability.- 12. Adding paradata about records processes via Information Control Plans.- 13. Paradata as a tool for legal analysis – Utilising data-on-data related processes.-14. Concluding discussion: Paradata for information and knowledge management. | This open access book examines a rapidly 'datafied' society, reminding us that it is crucial to know what data is about and where it originates. This insight has led to an embryonic stage of new theorizing, empirical research, and the formation of new technologies, standards, practices, and concepts to ensure the availability of adequate 'paradata' – data on the making and processing of data. This edited volume aims to provide a cross-disciplinary overview of perspectives on the concept and phenomenon of paradata and its implications for research and practice. | This open access book examines a rapidly 'datafied' society, reminding us that it is crucial to know what data is about and where it originates. This insight has led to an embryonic stage of new theorizing, empirical research, and the formation of new technologies, standards, practices, and concepts to ensure the availability of adequate 'paradata' – data on the making and processing of data. This edited volume aims to provide a cross-disciplinary overview of perspectives on the concept and phenomenon of paradata and its implications for research and practice. | Presents the first interdisplinary volume on paradataIncludes several examples of paradata and how it can be usefulOffers conceptual advancement and practical insightsThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access | Isto Huvila is a professor in Information Studies at the Department of ALM, Uppsala University in Sweden. Prof. Huvila chaired the recently closed COST Action ARKWORK and is directing the ERC-funded research project CAPTURE. His primary areas of research include information and knowledge management, information work, knowledge organization, documentation, and social and participatory information practices. Dr. Lisa Andersson works as a researcher at the Department of ALM at Uppsala University in Sweden. Her research focuses on research information including research information management systems, data descriptions, data publishing, and use. Dr. Olle Sköld is a senior lecturer at the Department of ALM and the director of Uppsala University's Master's Programme in Digital Humanities. His research is characterized by a broad interest in the ALM field, research data creation and use, and digital humanities. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 1 | 9783031539459 | Knowledge Management | Library Science | Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery | /Knowledge Management/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-53946-6 | ||||||||||||||||
61 | 978-981-99-1820-1 | İyigün | İsmail İyigün; Ömer Faruk Görçün | İsmail İyigün, Trakya University, Edirne, Türkiye; Ömer Faruk Görçün, Kadir Has University, Istanbul, Turkey | Health 4.0 and Medical Supply Chain | XVII, 177 p. 35 illus., 23 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 159.99 | 171.19 | 175.99 | 139.99 | 189.00 | 179.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Accounting, Finance, Sustainability, Governance & Fraud: Theory and Application | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 177 | KCQ | KCQ | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 1 | Available | 2024-04-27 | 2024-04-26 | 2024-04-26 | 1 | <div>Introduction.- New Tools for Distribution Management in Health Industry.- An Assessment of The Financial Performance Of The Hospital Services Sub-Sector In Turkey By Ratio Analysis Method.-Pharmaceutical Warehousing 4.0 in Healthcare Supply Chain.- Internet of Things and its Applications in Health Industry.- Using Artificial Intelligence in Health and Medical Supply Chains.- Robotics Systems and Health Industry.- Big Data and its implementation in Health Industry.- Health 4.0 and the future of the Health Industry.- Healthcare 4.0 and decision-making techniques in the health industry.- New Dimensions in Health and Medical Material Transportation.- Healty and Tourism supply chain .- INDEX. </div><div> </div> | This book examines the new developments in health 4.0 and the medical supply chain. Although supply chain applications in health systems are similar to other sectors, the most critical difference is that any disruption affects public health. There have been changes due to COVID-19 that caused significant disruptions in the supply chain of almost all sectors. The health sector is one of the most important sectors affected by all these extraordinary conditions. Supply chain management is even more critical because the health sector directly impacts the sustainability of human life and the provision of better living conditions. In this book, the use of artificial intelligence in the health and medical supply chain is discussed, taking into account the conditions of the post-pandemic period. | This book examines the new developments in health 4.0 and the medical supply chain. Although supply chain applications in health systems are similar to other sectors, the most critical difference is that any disruption affects public health. There have been changes due to COVID-19 that caused significant disruptions in the supply chain of almost all sectors. The health sector is one of the most important sectors affected by all these extraordinary conditions. Supply chain management is even more critical because the health sector directly impacts the sustainability of human life and the provision of better living conditions. In this book, the use of artificial intelligence in the health and medical supply chain is discussed, taking into account the conditions of the post-pandemic period. | Examines new developments in health 4.0 and the medical supply chain brought on by the COVID-19 pandemicServes as a guide toward successfully planning and organizing health companies in the new eraAppeals to researchers and practitioners alike | <div>Ismail Iyigün has been working as a lecturer in Edirne Vocational School of Social Sciences at the Trakya University. His current research areas are marketing, logistics and supply chain management. He received his Ph.D. degree with business administration from Gebze Technical University in 2016. The focus of his Ph.D. thesis is the effects of sales and logistics competencies on the relationship continuity in supply chain and corporate governance: an application in logistics enterprises. He received a Master of Economics degree from the Trakya University and researched the commodities market of historical process and application of Uzunköprü. He graduated high school in Kabatas High School in 1989 and received an undergraduate degree from the Department of Economics, Marmara University, in 1994.Ömer Faruk Görçün teaches in the Faculty of Business Administration at the Kadir Has University. He is also a member of the transportation council of the Ministry of Transportation of Turkey. In addition to that, he has performed some duties such as the president and a member in the committees of the research & development and the railway regulation. He had duties as the member of the board in Rail Systems Association and was the advisor for the Crane Operator Association and Heavy Transport Association. As an aspect of his academic studies and works, he works on optimization and decision-making techniques in the fields of logistics and supply chain management. In addition to many studies published in international and national reputable journals, he wrote many scientific books, which were published by international and national publishers, such as Industry 4.0, Integrated Logistics Management, Supply Chain Management, Warehouse and Inventory Management, and Railway Transportation.</div> | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789819918201 | Health Care Management | Health Economics | Supply Chain Management | Sector and Industry Studies | /Health Care Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Industries/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-99-1818-8 | ||||||||||||||||
62 | 978-3-031-60094-4 | Izzo | Teresa Izzo | Teresa Izzo, Parthenope University of Naples, NAPOLI, Italy | The Integrated Reporting Paradigm | Antecedents, Present and Future Perspectives | Approx. 140 p. 34 illus., 17 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 109.99 | 153.50 | 139.99 | Hard cover | 0 | SIDREA Series in Accounting and Business Administration | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 0 | KF | KFCF | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-17 | 2024-07-17 | 1 | Integrated Reporting Background and practical challenges.- Theoretical Perspectives on Integrated Reporting: approaches and methodologies used in the academic research.- Assessing the state of the IR research field: A Structured Literature Review.- Final remarks and future research directions. | Integrated reporting (IR) has emerged as an accounting change initiative and has rapidly gathered worldwide attention. Great expectations are placed in IR becoming the ultimate tool to secure valuable strategy and business model of disclosure. Although often attributed to the sustainability domain, this topic deserves recognition within a broader discourse on the transformative nature of corporate reporting. Surely, IR represents a theme of great controversy, struggling to find strong theoretical roots as well as a more effective acknowledgment at a practical level. Given these premises, this book provides an in-depth review of the field, enhancing the IR conceptualization through a multi-level perspective of analysis. To this end, it explores the historical background of contemporary integrated reporting practices, illustrating the strengths and weaknesses of the prevailing approaches. The book also analyses the theories that have been used to interpret the IR rationale and explain its wide-spread adoption among organisations. Lastly, it discusses and evaluates the state and the extent of the academic debate, identifying interesting future research paths. | Integrated reporting (IR) has emerged as an accounting change initiative and has rapidly gathered worldwide attention. Great expectations are placed in IR becoming the ultimate tool to secure valuable strategy and business model of disclosure. Although often attributed to the sustainability domain, this topic deserves recognition within a broader discourse on the transformative nature of corporate reporting. Surely, IR represents a theme of great controversy, struggling to find strong theoretical roots as well as a more effective acknowledgment at a practical level. Given these premises, this book provides an in-depth review of the field, enhancing the IR conceptualization through a multi-level perspective of analysis. To this end, it explores the historical background of contemporary integrated reporting practices, illustrating the strengths and weaknesses of the prevailing approaches. The book also analyses the theories that have been used to interpret the IR rationale and explain its wide-spread adoption among organisations. Lastly, it discusses and evaluates the state and the extent of the academic debate, identifying interesting future research paths. | Discusses the theoretical foundations of the Integrated Reporting paradigmProvides up-to-date methodological trends and topics in academic researchPromotes a broader acceptance of integrated reporting practices | Teresa Izzo earned her PhD at the Parthenope University of Naples (Italy). She is currently a research assistant at the University of Teramo (Italy). Her research focuses on financial accounting, sustainability, intellectual capital measurement and carbon accounting. Teresa is also a certified accountant. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031600944 | Accounting | Financial Accounting | Corporate Governance | /Accounting/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-60095-1 | |||||||||||||||||
63 | 979-8-8688-0299-7 | Kapitanov | Konstantin Kapitanov | Konstantin Kapitanov, Borås, Sweden | Salesforce Developer I Certification | Learn the Basics of Apex, Lightning Web Components, and Flow | Approx. 200 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 39.99 | 53.50 | 44.99 | Soft cover | 0 | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 220 | KJQ | KJQ | Apress | Apress | 0 | In production | 2024-07-05 | 2024-07-05 | 1 | Chapter 1. Salesforce Fundamentals and Architecture.- Chapter 2. Objects and data management.- Chapter 3. Salesforce Automatization Tools.- Chapter 4. Apex Programming.- Chapter 5. Triggers and Bulk Processing.- Chapter 6. SOQL and SOSL.- Chapter 7. Salesforce Lightning.- Chapter 8. Security vulnerabilities.- Chapter 9. Testing.- Chapter 10. Declarative programming with Flow.- Chapter 11. Debug and Deployment. | This book is a comprehensive learning guide tailored for professionals who primarily work as non-coders within the Salesforce ecosystem. By providing clear and practical insights, it serves as a roadmap to inspire individuals, regardless of their coding background, to embark on a systematic journey towards acquiring programming skills while navigating the Salesforce platform. This understanding of programming fundamentals is not only valuable for professional growth but also to cover exam preparation for certification as a Salesforce Developer I. Because it includes materials and practical code examples specifically tailored to the exam preparation. In addition the book equips readers with the practical knowledge and confidence to leverage potential of Salesforce's capabilities. This book covers a range of important topics, including Salesforce platform fundamentals and architecture, automatization tools, Apex as a programming language with code examples like triggers, methods, SOQL, SOSL, testing, Lightning web components, deployment tools, and various other subjects, including declarative programming methods by using Flow. Many of these topics are interconnected with relevant code examples or explanations tailored for the Developer I exam as well. Due to retirement and replacement of Workflow and Process Builder with Flow as a more universally applicable declarative tool in recent releases, it is essential to offer an integrated understanding of this context in relation to Apex programmatic methods. It helps for a better understanding of choosing the right methods and tools in certain use cases. Additionally, it's important to provide code examples and explain the structure to help beginners grasp the new Lightning Web Components (LWC) framework as a separate part from the classic Apex methodology. What you will learn Valuable insights into Salesforce Apex programming and Lightning Web Components in a straightforward and structured manner.Detailed explanations alongside numerous code examples tailored for non-coders.Salesforce platform fundamentals, the structure of Apex and Lightning Components, and declarative programming, alongside an overview of the capabilities provided by native Salesforce and additional tools. Who This Book is for: Based on estimates, Salesforce Developer Edition (available for free) has a user base of approximately three million individuals. This diverse group includes not only developers but also a significant number ofother users, such as certified Salesforce professionals who do not code. Included are administrators, consultants, marketers, and more. This audience is typically interested in various resources for preparing for the Developer I certification exam. Further, a substantial portion of additional user group comprises individuals who may not currently be assignedto Developer Edition but actively engaged with another Salesforce clouds and seeking additionalguidance and information. | Gain valuable insights into Salesforce Apex programming and Lightning Web Components in a structured mannerWork with relevant code examples and explanations for those preparing for the Developer I examMake logical connections between different aspects like Apex and Lightning Web Components or declaratively created flows | Konstantin Kapitanov is a certified Salesforce professional with experience and a proven track record of delivering impactful Salesforce solutions and a commitment to innovation. Starting as a web developer, he later founded his consultancy firm, working on CRM projects across Austria, Germany and Sweden ranging from startups to large enterprises. With a passion for Salesforce, he has successfully developed and implemented tailored solutions over a decade to meet unique business needs. This hands-on experience provided him with a comprehensive understanding of Salesforce from various stakeholders' perspectives. Additionally, he has contributed to IT R&D projects, including open-source tools and Progressive Web Application technology for educational materials. | Trade | APress Trade (14) | Springer Trade (T) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9798868802997 | Enterprise Architecture | Software Management | Cloud Computing | /Enterprise Architecture/IT in Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/979-8-8688-0300-0 | |||||||||||||||||||
64 | 978-3-031-59352-9 | Keisler | Jeffrey M. Keisler | Jeffrey M. Keisler, University of Massachusetts Boston, Chestnut Hill, MA, USA | Prescriptive Analytics | Mastering the Spreadsheet of Everything | X, 290 p. 424 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 64.99 | 88.50 | 84.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Springer Texts in Business and Economics | Business and Management | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Book | 0 | English | 370 | KJT | KJQ | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-18 | 2024-07-18 | 1 | 1. Modeling.- 2. Sensitivity Analysis.- 3. Indexed Sensitivity Analysis.- 4. Scenario Analysis.- 5. Simulation Analysis.- 6. Customized Input Distributions.- 7. Decision Analysis – Expected Value Maximization.- 8. Decision Analysis – Advanced Topic.- 9. Optimization: Decisions With Constraints.- 10. Optimization: Excel Solver.- 11. Epilogue. | Prescriptive Analytics: Mastering the Spreadsheet of Everything combines the quantitative decision-informing techniques of management science and operations research with the data-centric techniques found throughout the world of analytics. The material uses only standard Excel spreadsheet features and functions for creating models and then applying sensitivity, scenario, simulation, decision, and optimization analysis. How can we make high quality decisions in an increasingly data-rich but also uncertain and complex world? This book provides the answer, preparing you for the prescriptive analytic future. Gilberto Montibeller, Professor of Operations Management, University of Bristol. An important book. It will be invaluable in entry-level courses in prescriptive analytics and all related fields. Robert Bordley, Director, Systems Engineering and Design Program, University of Michigan Rooted in a rigorous decision framework, one of the most intuitive and accessible journeys into the world of prescriptive analytics. Victor Podinovski, Head of Management Science and Operations Group, Loughborough University A remarkable in-depth treatment of implementing complex analytical formulations using spreadsheets in a simple and accessible way. Ali Abbas, Founding Director of the Neely Center for Ethical Leadership and Decision-Making, University of Southern California A fresh and pragmatic approach to the challenges of developing analytical thinkers – and doers. Students will quickly add useful tools, and they’ll start to connect the dots of the bigger picture. Patrick Noonan, Emeritus Professor of Management & Decision Sciences. Emory University This book starts the study of analytics with a simple problem and a few basic Excel formulas, and staying within that framework and emphasizing comprehension, builds up to cover all of the mainstream analytic topics and some very advanced ones as well. Janet Wagner, Founding Dean, School of Business, Stockton University The perfectly illustrated examples, with tips, tricks, and aids to all possible roadblocks a student might encounter, seamlessly take you from zero to master’s level skill on mechanics of spreadsheet modeling. Avipsa Acharya (former student), Business Data Analyst, State Street Corp. Professor Keisler’s amazing book gives everyone analytics skills for success. Igor Linkov, Senior Scientific and Technical Manager, US Army Corps of Engineers I really wish to congratulate Dr. Keisler on having written such a substantial book. This book gives a very accessible and well-founded introduction to a broad range of analytical techniques for guiding business and engineering decisions. Ahti Salo, Director, Systems Analysis Laboratory, Aalto University | Prescriptive Analytics: Mastering the Spreadsheet of Everything combines the quantitative decision-informing techniques of management science and operations research with the data-centric techniques found throughout the world of analytics. The material uses only standard Excel spreadsheet features and functions for creating models and then applying sensitivity, scenario, simulation, decision, and optimization analysis. How can we make high quality decisions in an increasingly data-rich but also uncertain and complex world? This book provides the answer, preparing you for the prescriptive analytic future. Gilberto Montibeller, Professor of Operations Management, University of Bristol. An important book. It will be invaluable in entry-level courses in prescriptive analytics and all related fields. Robert Bordley, Director, Systems Engineering and Design Program, University of Michigan Rooted in a rigorous decision framework, one of the most intuitive and accessible journeys into the world of prescriptive analytics. Victor Podinovski, Head of Management Science and Operations Group, Loughborough University A remarkable in-depth treatment of implementing complex analytical formulations using spreadsheets in a simple and accessible way. Ali Abbas, Founding Director of the Neely Center for Ethical Leadership and Decision-Making, University of Southern California A fresh and pragmatic approach to the challenges of developing analytical thinkers – and doers. Students will quickly add useful tools, and they’ll start to connect the dots of the bigger picture. Patrick Noonan, Emeritus Professor of Management & Decision Sciences. Emory University This book starts the study of analytics with a simple problem and a few basic Excel formulas, and staying within that framework and emphasizing comprehension, builds up to cover all of the mainstream analytic topics and some very advanced ones as well. Janet Wagner, Founding Dean, School of Business, Stockton University The perfectly illustrated examples, with tips, tricks, and aids to all possible roadblocks a student might encounter, seamlessly take you from zero to master’s level skill on mechanics of spreadsheet modeling. Avipsa Acharya (former student), Business Data Analyst, State Street Corp. Professor Keisler’s amazing book gives everyone analytics skills for success. Igor Linkov, Senior Scientific and Technical Manager, US Army Corps of Engineers I really wish to congratulate Dr. Keisler on having written such a substantial book. This book gives a very accessible and well-founded introduction to a broad range of analytical techniques for guiding business and engineering decisions. Ahti Salo, Director, Systems Analysis Laboratory, Aalto University | Introduces an innovative spreadsheet system for decision-oriented analytics developed from first principlesAdopts less-is-more approach by avoiding add-ins, excess spreadsheet features, and ever-changing examplesFocuses on building mathematical intuition about analytics techniques even without a math background | Jeffrey M. Keisler (MBA Chicago, PhD Harvard) is Professor of Management Science & Information Systems at University of Massachusetts Boston. He was President of the INFORMS Decision Analysis Society and founding Secretary of the former Spreadsheet Research Section at INFORMS. He was named a Fellow of the Society for Risk Analysis, a Fellow of the Society for Decision Professionals, and a Fulbright Distinguished Chair. He has published nearly 90 journal articles and several books and is a long-time associate editor for several INFORMS and EURO journals. Over 30+ years in industry, government, consulting and academia, he has been applying, implementing, developing, teaching and preaching spreadsheet tools and prescriptive analytics techniques. | Students | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031593529 | Operations Research and Decision Theory | Business Mathematics | Discrete Optimization | Big Data | Mathematical Modeling and Industrial Mathematics | Business Analytics | /Operations Research and Decision Theory/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-59353-6 | ||||||||||||||
65 | 978-3-658-40367-6 | Kilian | Dietmar Kilian; Peter Mirski; Britta Lorenz | Dietmar Kilian, PDAgroup/MCI, Innsbruck, Austria; Peter Mirski, MCI/PDAgroup, Innsbruck, Austria; Britta Lorenz, Britta Lorenz – Be Human/ PDAgroup, Innsbruck, Austria | Sales Enablement | Tools and Techniques for Modern Sales Organization | XIII, 96 p. 15 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 34.99 | 47.50 | 44.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business Guides on the Go | Business and Management | General interest | Book | 0 | English | 96 | KJSU | KJS | Springer | Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden | 0 | Available | 2024-04-28 | 2023-04-27 | 2024-04-27 | 2024-04-27 | 1 | <div> </div> | <div><div> </div></div><div><div>This book helps in building an optimally designed and customer-oriented sales organization. It places a special emphasis on purchasing decisions and leads to producing a decisive competitive advantage. </div><div>The focus is on the sales enablement process as a holistic framework concept. It forms the infrastructure that ensures efficient cooperation between all areas of the company. The book explains the alignment of all goals, motivations, thought patterns, actions and campaigns in relation to the needs of the customer. In addition, it shows the most promising methods and approaches and how the practical start of sales enablement can look like. </div><div>The book is aimed at managers and all who deal with sales strategies. </div></div><div> </div> | <div>This book helps in building an optimally designed and customer-oriented sales organization. It places a special emphasis on purchasing decisions and leads to producing a decisive competitive advantage. </div><div>The focus is on the sales enablement process as a holistic framework concept. It forms the infrastructure that ensures efficient cooperation between all areas of the company. The book explains the alignment of all goals, motivations, thought patterns, actions and campaigns in relation to the needs of the customer. In addition, it shows the most promising methods and approaches and how the practical start of sales enablement can look like. </div><div>The book is aimed at managers and all who deal with sales strategies. </div> | Provides holistic customer-focused insights into sales performanceOffers implementation support with practice-based examplesIncludes an outlook on modern sales strategies | <div><div>Dietmar Kilian is a founding partner of the international consulting company PDAgroup and a professor for process management and digitalization in sales at the Management Center Innsbruck (MCI), Austria</div><div> </div><div>Peter Mirski is a founding partner of the international consulting company PDAgroup und head of the study programs „Management Communication & IT“ and „Digital Business & Software Engineering“ at the Management Center Innsbruck (MCI), Austria </div><div> </div><div>Britta Lorenz is a partner in the international consulting company PDAgroup as mentor and executive coach with a focus on sales enablement. She is chapter lead of WiSE (Women in Sales Enablement) DACH. </div></div><div> </div> | Trade | Trade Books (1) | Springer Trade (T) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783658403676 | Customer Relationship Management | Sales and Distribution | Digital Marketing | /Customer Relationship Management/Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-658-40365-2 | |||||||||||||||
66 | 978-981-97-2830-5 | Konno | Noboru Konno | Noboru Konno, Tama University, Suginami-ku, Japan | Kōsō-ryoku: Conceptualizing Capability | For Innovation and Management in the Age of Para-existence | XVI, 207 p. 37 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 205 | KJC | KJMV3 | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 1 | In production | 2024-06-11 | 2024-06-11 | 1 | Chapter 1 Eastern Wisdom and the Future.- Chapter 2 From Strategy to Narrative Meaning Creation.- Chapter 3 Innovation as Knowledge Creation.- Part II The Demand for Human Conceptual Ability.- Chapter 4 Logic of Conceptual Ability and Design Thinking.- Chapter 5 Kiyoshi Miki's power of conception and the Sublimation from Kant/Husserl. | This book examines conceptualizing capability (kōsō-ryoku), the most important ability for thriving in the era of innovation. A new approach, 'formative conceptualizing capability,' is proposed as the core knowledge methodology for innovation and management, which is is a fundamental human ability that goes beyond the boundaries between cognitive and tangible realities to shape concepts and drive innovation. Traditional studies on imagination in Western philosophy are combined with knowledge creation theory based on Eastern way of thinking. The book argues the capability should be at the core of innovation management, offering insights and principles for navigating the challenges of the present age. Japan has experienced the world's earliest capitalist setback and is stuck in a prolonged stagnation. The author maintains, however, that what is needed in this coming chaotic era is not only “imagination”, as it would be called in English, but also the power of creating kōsō, the Japanese term for “formative concept”. The author has a proven track record in research and practice on knowledge creation theory, innovation management, design thinking, and scenario planning. He has reorganized and set forth in this book the perspectives he has proposed under the theme of kōsō-ryoku to present a new methodology of knowledge for living in the twenty-first century. | This book examines conceptualizing capability (kōsō-ryoku), the most important ability for thriving in the era of innovation. A new approach, 'formative conceptualizing capability,' is proposed as the core knowledge methodology for innovation and management, which is is a fundamental human ability that goes beyond the boundaries between cognitive and tangible realities to shape concepts and drive innovation. Traditional studies on imagination in Western philosophy are combined with knowledge creation theory based on Eastern way of thinking. The book argues the capability should be at the core of innovation management, offering insights and principles for navigating the challenges of the present age. Japan has experienced the world's earliest capitalist setback and is stuck in a prolonged stagnation. The author maintains, however, that what is needed in this coming chaotic era is not only “imagination”, as it would be called in English, but also the power of creating kōsō, the Japanese term for “formative concept”. The author has a proven track record in research and practice on knowledge creation theory, innovation management, design thinking, and scenario planning. He has reorganized and set forth in this book the perspectives he has proposed under the theme of kōsō-ryoku to present a new methodology of knowledge for living in the twenty-first century. | Provides insights and valuable recommendations for navigating uncertaintyExplores the power of formative conceptualization, blending Eastern and Western philosophiesIntroduces para-existence, a new social and economic model for the upcoming era | Noboru Konno (KONNO Noboru) is a professor at the Graduate School of Business, Management and Information Science at Tama University. He holds a Ph.D. in Management Information Science. He also served as a specially appointed professor at the Graduate School of System Design and Management (SDM), Keio University. He is the representative of Ecosyx Lab Inc., and the president of the Japan Innovation Network (JIN), a general incorporated association, the founder of the Future Center Alliance Japan (FCAJ), a general incorporated association. He also holds positions as a director of the Knowledge Creating Principle Consortium (KCPC), a general incorporated association. Moreover, he serves as a fellow of the Japan Creativity Society and a board member of The New Club of Paris. His work revolves around the knowledge ecology of organizations and society. He is involved in leadership education, organizational change for innovation management system, workplace design for research institutions, urban development projects, and other practical endeavors. He has authored and co-authored numerous books and articles. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789819728305 | Business Strategy and Leadership | Knowledge Management | Innovation and Technology Management | Philosophy of Mind | Mind-Body Problem/Body-Soul Problem | Psychology of Aesthetics | /Business Strategy and Leadership/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-97-2831-2 | |||||||||||||||
67 | 978-3-031-54649-5 | Kumar | V. Kumar | V. Kumar, St. John's University, Edgewater, NJ | International Marketing Research | A Transformative Approach | X, 390 p. 30 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 69.99 | 94.50 | 79.99 | Soft cover | 0 | Business and Management | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Book | 0 | English | 607 | KJS | KJSM | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-18 | 2024-07-18 | 1 | Chapter 1. The Nature and Scope of Global Marketing Research.- Chapter 2. Marketing Research in The Global Environment.- Chapter 3. Global Marketing Research Process.- Chapter 4. Preliminary Stages of The Research Process.- Chapter 5. Secondary Data.- Chapter 6. Marketing Research on The Internet.- Chapter 7. Primary Data Research.- Chapter 8. Qualitative and Observational Research.- Chapter 9. Survey Research.- Chapter 10. Development of Scales.- Chapter 11. Questionnaire Design.- Chapter 12. Sampling.- Chapter 13. Simple Data Analysis.- Chapter 14. Advanced Data Analysis.- Chapter 16. Presenting The Results.- Chapter 17. Asia-Pacific.- Chapter 18. Europe.- Chapter 19. Latin America.- Chapter 20. Middle East and Africa.- Chapter 21. North America.- Chapter 22. The Future of Global Marketing Research. Case Studies.- Case I. Starbucks – Going to the Source.- Case II. Tesla’s Trademark Troubles.- Case III. Segmenting Indian Households.- Case IV. Subaru – A Problem of Plenty.- Case V.Millennials at Work. | This book provides a practical, detailed, and well-documented guide that takes students and market researchers through all phases of developing and conducting global marketing research. This book not only accounts for the recent developments in the scope and extent of global marketing research, but also examines advances in both quantitative and qualitative research techniques, and the impact of the Internet on research in the global environment.It includes coverage of all phases involved in designing and executing global marketing research -- from analyzing the nature and scope of the research to the preliminary stages, gathering data, designing the questionnaires, sampling, and presenting the data. Numerous country-specific examples and case studies will add to the understanding of the concepts laid out in the book.This edition features updates related to leveraging the power of AI, Internet of Things, machine learning, blockchain, robotics, the metaverse, and other emerging technologies that are impacting the way in which marketing research is performed. With an instructor’s manual as well as PPT slides covering major topics within the chapters, in addition to numerous cases, this text provides the most current and relevant information about the global marketing research industry and outlines the necessary techniques that can guide researchers in their work.Dr. V. Kumar (VK) is the Professor of Marketing and the Goodman Academic-Industry Partnership Professor in the Goodman School of Business at Brock University, ON, Canada. Prior to joining Brock, VK has held several Endowed Distinguished Faculty Positions in the U.S., and Distinguished Fellowships across universities worldwide, including the Chang Jiang Scholar, HUST, China. VK has also been honored as a Legend in Marketing through the 10-Volume Legends in Marketing series published by Sage Publications with commentaries from scholars worldwide. Professor Kumar has published over 300 scholarly papers and 30 books, received over 20 Lifetime Achievement Awards, and over 25 Research and Teaching Excellence Awards. The American Marketing Association has instituted the V Kumar Mentorship Award to honor his contributions in mentoring future generation of scholars. Professor Kumar has served as the Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Marketing (2014–2018) and serves/ served as the Department Editor of POM, the Consulting Editor of JIBS, and the Senior Consulting Editor of Elsevier Marketing Journals. Global Fortune 500 firms have implemented many of VK’s ideas and models in multiple areas of marketing and operations which have resulted in gains of over multi-billion dollars. | This book provides a practical, detailed, and well-documented guide that takes students and market researchers through all phases of developing and conducting global marketing research. This book not only accounts for the recent developments in the scope and extent of global marketing research, but also examines advances in both quantitative and qualitative research techniques, and the impact of the Internet on research in the global environment.It includes coverage of all phases involved in designing and executing global marketing research -- from analyzing the nature and scope of the research to the preliminary stages, gathering data, designing the questionnaires, sampling, and presenting the data. Numerous country-specific examples and case studies will add to the understanding of the concepts laid out in the book. This edition features updates related to leveraging the power of AI, Internet of Things, machine learning, blockchain, robotics, the metaverse, and otheremerging technologies that are impacting the way in which marketing research is performed. With an instructor’s manual as well as PPT slides covering major topics within the chapters, in addition to numerous cases, this text provides the most current and relevant information about the global marketing research industry and outlines the necessary techniques that can guide researchers in their work. | Offers numerous examples and applications of how to conduct global marketing research in various regionsProvides a clear and comprehensive treatment of simple and advanced data analysis topicsTracks the use of emerging technology in marketing research and illustrates their applications in global marketing | Dr. V. Kumar (VK) is the Professor of Marketing and the Goodman Academic-Industry Partnership Professor in the Goodman School of Business at Brock University, ON, Canada. Prior to joining Brock, VK has held several Endowed Distinguished Faculty Positions in the U.S., and Distinguished Fellowships across universities worldwide, including the Chang Jiang Scholar, HUST, China. VK has also been honored as a Legend in Marketing through the 10-Volume Legends in Marketing series published by Sage Publications with commentaries from scholars worldwide. Professor Kumar has published over 300 scholarly papers and 30 books, received over 20 Lifetime Achievement Awards, and over 25 Research and Teaching Excellence Awards. The American Marketing Association has instituted the V Kumar Mentorship Award to honor his contributions in mentoring future generation of scholars. Professor Kumar has served as the Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Marketing (2014–2018) and serves/served as the Department Editor of POM, the Consulting Editor of JIBS, and the Senior Consulting Editor of Elsevier Marketing Journals. Global Fortune 500 firms have implemented many of VK’s ideas and models in multiple areas of marketing and operations which have resulted in gains of over multi-billion dollars. | Students | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031546495 | Marketing | Market Research and Competitive Intelligence | Digital Marketing | Consumer Behavior | Branding | /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-54650-1 | ||||||||||||||||
68 | 978-3-031-59636-0 | Kumar | V. Kumar; Philip Kotler | V. Kumar, Brock University, St. Catharines, ON, Canada; Philip Kotler, Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, USA | Transformative Marketing | Combining New Age Technologies and Human Insights | X, 390 p. 30 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 34.99 | 37.44 | 38.49 | 29.99 | 41.50 | 37.99 | Soft cover | 0 | Palgrave Executive Essentials | Business and Management | General interest | Book | 0 | English | 391 | KJS | KJSM | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-06-27 | 2024-06-27 | 1 | Chapter 1: Transformative Marketing Has Begun.- Chapter 2: Transformative Marketing – A Marketing 5.0 Perspective.- Chapter 3: Transformative Marketing with Artificial Intelligence.- Chapter 4: Transformative Marketing with Generative Artificial Intelligence.- Chapter 5: Transformative Marketing with Machine Learning (ML).- Chapter 6: Transformative Marketing with Metaverse.- Chapter 7: Transformative Marketing with Internet of Things (IoT).- Chapter 8: Transformative Marketing with Robotics.- Chapter 9: Transformative Marketing using Drones.- Chapter 10: Transformative Marketing with Blockchain.- Chapter 11: Putting it all together. | This book gives an indispensable guide to navigating the shift in customer behavior and discovers how to rally their resources, cultivate capabilities, and forge strategies that harness cutting-edge technologies. In today's tech-centric world, customers crave lightning-fast digital experiences and demand instant solutions. In response, firms are changing the way they do business by accelerating the application of new age technologies, revamping processes, building new organizational structures, and innovating new business models. The authors unveil the secrets of integrating diverse data sources, principles of Marketing 5.0 and employing advanced techniques to unearth profound insights about the customers. This work is the ticket to the latest in AI, machine learning, drones, and other game-changing technologies. Stay ahead of the curve by learning not just what tech to use, but how, when, and why to deploy it in this digital age. For the trailblazers with the influence and resources to reshape marketing strategies, this book is the essential read. Executives climbing the corporate ladder will find it a compass, unraveling how new age technologies dance with both traditional and emerging marketing practices. And for MBA students hungry for insights on navigating the digital era's competitive landscape, this book is the treasure trove of tools and real-world cases. Dive in and chart the course in the tech-driven marketing landscape! Dr. V. Kumar (VK) is Professor of Marketing and the Goodman Academic-Industry Partnership Professor in the Goodman School of Business at Brock University, ON, Canada. VK has held several Endowed Distinguished Faculty Positions in the USA and Distinguished Fellowships across universities worldwide. VK has been honored as a Legend in Marketing through the 10-Volume Legends in Marketing series published by Sage Publications with commentaries from scholars worldwide. VK has published over 300 scholarly papers and over 30 books. The American Marketing Association has instituted the V Kumar Mentorship Award to honor his contributions in mentoring future generations of scholars. Dr. Philip Kotler is S.C. Johnson Distinguished Professor of International Marketing (emeritus) at the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University. He received his MA degree at the University of Chicago and Ph.D. Degree at MIT in economics. He published 90 books and 170 articles in leading journals. He has won many awards including the 9-Volume “Legends in Marketing” award. He consulted IBM, GE, AT&T, Honeywell, Bank of America, and Merck. He has been an AMA Director; a Drucker Foundation member. He received 22 honorary doctoral degrees. He has taught in Europe, Asia, and South America. | This book gives an indispensable guide to navigating the shift in customer behavior and discovers how to rally their resources, cultivate capabilities, and forge strategies that harness cutting-edge technologies. In today's tech-centric world, customers crave lightning-fast digital experiences and demand instant solutions. In response, firms are changing the way they do business by accelerating the application of new age technologies, revamping processes, building new organizational structures, and innovating new business models. The authors unveil the secrets of integrating diverse data sources, principles of Marketing 5.0 and employing advanced techniques to unearth profound insights about the customers. This work is the ticket to the latest in AI, machine learning, drones, and other game-changing technologies. Stay ahead of the curve by learning not just what tech to use, but how, when, and why to deploy it in this digital age. For the trailblazers with the influence and resources to reshape marketing strategies, this book is the essential read. Executives climbing the corporate ladder will find it a compass, unraveling how new age technologies dance with both traditional and emerging marketing practices. And for MBA students hungry for insights on navigating the digital era's competitive landscape, this book is the treasure trove of tools and real-world cases. Dive in and chart the course in the tech-driven marketing landscape! | Offers a strategic framework for better marketing practices through new age technologiesPresents cases and success stories of firms that have thrived using these strategiesShow how firms can develop personalized offerings that can result in greater customer engagement | Dr. V. Kumar (VK) is Professor of Marketing and the Goodman Academic-Industry Partnership Professor in the Goodman School of Business at Brock University, ON, Canada. VK has held several Endowed Distinguished Faculty Positions in the USA and Distinguished Fellowships across universities worldwide. VK has been honored as a Legend in Marketing through the 10-Volume Legends in Marketing series published by Sage Publications with commentaries from scholars worldwide. VK has published over 300 scholarly papers and over 30 books. The American Marketing Association has instituted the V Kumar Mentorship Award to honor his contributions in mentoring future generations of scholars. Dr. Philip Kotler is S.C. Johnson Distinguished Professor of International Marketing (emeritus) at the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University. He received his MA degree at the University of Chicago and Ph.D. Degree at MIT in economics. He published 90 books and 170 articles in leading journals. He has won many awards including the 9-Volume “Legends in Marketing” award. He consulted IBM, GE, AT&T, Honeywell, Bank of America, and Merck. He has been an AMA Director; a Drucker Foundation member. He received 22 honorary doctoral degrees. He has taught in Europe, Asia, and South America. | Trade | Palgrave Trade US (P1) | Palgrave Trade (P1) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031596360 | Digital Marketing | Market Research and Competitive Intelligence | Customer Relationship Management | Marketing | Consumer Behavior | /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Digital Marketing/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-59637-7 | |||||||||||||||
69 | 978-3-031-26403-0 | Langer | Arthur Langer; Arka Mukherjee | Arthur Langer, Northeastern University, Boston, MA, USA; Arka Mukherjee, Global IDs, Princeton, NJ, USA | Developing a Path to Data Dominance | Strategies for Digital Data-Centric Enterprises | XVII, 283 p. 158 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 64.99 | 69.54 | 71.49 | 54.99 | 77.00 | 69.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Future of Business and Finance | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 283 | KJQ | UMB | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Available | 2024-04-27 | 2023-04-27 | 2024-04-26 | 2024-04-26 | 1 | An Introduction to Data Dominance.- The Digital Data-Centric Enterprise: Case Studies.- The Product Strategy .- The Data Strategy .- Data: Organizing the Data Ecosystem.- Process: Building Digital Data-Centric Products.- Culture: Friction in Scaling the Product Portfolio .- Alignment: Data Strategy Management and Leadership.- Effects of Wireless Communications and IoT on Data Aggregation.- Blockchain Data Architecture.- Transforming Legacy Systems to Data Platforms.- <div>Conclusion.</div> | Most existing companies struggle currently because they lack the tools and strategies to move product departments into independent platforms that can be retrofitted to form dynamic new products based on consumer demands. This book provides managers and professionals with the necessary approaches for designing software and hardware architectures to support data platform organizations. Specifically, it demonstrates how to automate the decomposition of existing platforms into smaller parts that can be reused to form new variations. This task requires significant analysis and design methodologies and procedures to create an infrastructure based on data as opposed to products. These new knowledge bases allow data-centric professionals to pursue actions that can better predict and respond to the unexpected. Featuring case examples from companies such as Lego, FedEx, General Electric (GE), Pfizer, P&G and more, this book is appropriate for C-level executives engaged in the digital transformation of their firms; entrepreneurs of digital platform companies; and senior software engineers that need to design Internet of Things (IoT) devices and integrate them with block chain and multi-cloud architectures. In addition, this book is also useful for graduate-level coursework in data science. | Most existing companies struggle currently because they lack the tools and strategies to move product departments into independent platforms that can be retrofitted to form dynamic new products based on consumer demands. This book provides managers and professionals with the necessary approaches for designing software and hardware architectures to support data platform organizations. Specifically, it demonstrates how to automate the decomposition of existing platforms into smaller parts that can be reused to form new variations. This task requires significant analysis and design methodologies and procedures to create an infrastructure based on data as opposed to products. These new knowledge bases allow data-centric professionals to pursue actions that can better predict and respond to the unexpected. Featuring case examples from companies such as Lego, FedEx, General Electric (GE), Pfizer, P&G and more, this book is appropriate for C-level executives engagedin the digital transformation of their firms; entrepreneurs of digital platform companies; and senior software engineers that need to design Internet of Things (IoT) devices and integrate them with block chain and multi-cloud architectures. In addition, this book is also useful for graduate-level coursework in data science. | Demonstrates how to build a portfolio of products that are reusable in a platform-based organizationExplores ways in which new and existing companies can achieve exponential growth using data platformsFeatures case examples from Pfizer, Lego, Home Depot, General Electric (GE), FedEx and more | Arthur Langer is Associate Vice Provost and the Director of the Center forTechnology Management and Digital Leadership at Northeastern Univeristy. He is Professor of Professional Practice in Northeastern’s Department of Entrepreneurship and Innovation at the D’Amore-McKim School of Business (Boston, MA, USA). He is also Honorary Professor of Professional Practice in the Department of Organization and Leadership at Columbia University’s Graduate School of Education (Teachers College). Dr. Langer has numerous published articles and papers relating to service learning for underserved populations, IT organizational integration, mentoring, and staff development. He consults with corporations and universities worldwide on information technology, staff development, management transformation, and curriculum development. He is also the Chairman and Founder of Workforce Opportunity Services (www.wforce.org), a nonprofit social venture that provides scholarships and careers to underserved populations around the world. Arka Mukherjee is CEO of Global IDs Inc., a data management software company based in New York City. The company provides software and services for solving complex data analysis and integration problems in global companies. Dr. Mukherjee was formerly a principal in IBM, leading the ERP data warehousing area, and brings leadership expertise from consulting firms Accenture and KPMG. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031264030 | IT in Business | Data Science | Business Strategy and Leadership | /IT in Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-26401-6 | |||||||||||||||
70 | 978-3-031-24092-8 | Lee | Jong Min Lee; J. Eduardo Ibarra-Olivo; Katiuscia Lavoratori; Liang (Arthur) Li | Jong Min Lee, Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea (Republic of); J. Eduardo Ibarra-Olivo, University of Reading, Reading, UK; Katiuscia Lavoratori, University of Reading, Reading, UK; Liang (Arthur) Li, Toronto Metropolitan University, Toronto, ON | Inequality, Geography and Global Value Chains | XXVIII, 267 p. 28 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 159.99 | 171.19 | 175.99 | 139.99 | 189.00 | 179.99 | Soft cover | 1 | The Academy of International Business | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 267 | KJ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-04-26 | 2023-04-25 | 2024-04-25 | 2024-04-25 | 1 | 1. Are multinational enterprises capable of and/or responsible for combating rising inequality?.- Part 1. Inequality and institutions.- 2. Left behind. Research on foreign divestment and local employees.-3. Universal’ CSR and its discontents in an emerging economy.- 4. Using non-market strategies to respond to institutional schisms: The case of Florida House Bill 1557 and the Walt Disney Company.- Part 2. Geography.- 5. Political risk and location choice of Chinese SMEs.- 6. FDI in Balkan countries: The role of EU accession on attraction.- 7. Innovative foreign direct investments and the knowledge sources for green and digital inventions: A patent-based analysis.- Part 3. Global Value Chains.- 8. Assessing value capture in GVCs: Conceptual issues and evidence at the country level.- 9. The relationship between Global Value Chains, green technologies and air pollution. Initial evidence for EU regions.- 10. Global Value Chain resilience and reshoring during Covid-19: Challenges in a post-covid world. | <div>This contributed volume provides theoretical and empirical insights into a variety of contemporary issues about inequality, geography, and global value chains in today’s world, where global disruptions are prevalent, globalization is being transformed, and multinational enterprises (MNEs) are under pressure to promote sustainability. Many challenges and tensions created by growing inequality within and between countries, cities, and individuals, coupled with recent disruptions in the global economy, beg important questions regarding the role of MNEs, which this book explores in depth.A valuable resource for scholars and students in international business, this book provides a rich understanding of how MNE activities are being affected by the complex dynamics of the modern global business environment and discusses what strategies they need to implement in order to adapt to a changing world, while accounting for the interests of a broader range of stakeholders. Jong Min Lee is an Assistant Professor in International Business at the School of Business, Yonsei University, South Korea. His recent works have appeared in the Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of World Business and Journal of International Management among others. J. Eduardo Ibarra-Olivo is an Assistant Professor in International Business and Strategy at Henley Business School, University of Reading, and a Fellow of the UK Higher Education Academy. His work has appeared in journals including Regional Science and Urban Economics, Papers in Regional Science and Science and Public Policy among others. Katiuscia Lavoratori is an Assistant Professor in International Business at Henley Business School, University of Reading (UK). She is a fellow of the UK Higher Education Academy. Her work has appeared in leading journals including the Journal of International Business Studies, Regional Studies and Global Strategy Journal, among others. Liang (Arthur) Li is an Assistant Professor in Global Management Studies at the Ted Rogers School of Management, Toronto Metropolitan University (formerly Ryerson University). Prior to pursuing his PhD at Ivey, Arthur co-founded an import and export trading company and has worked in several large MNEs as a subsidiary general manager.</div> | This contributed volume provides theoretical and empirical insights into a variety of contemporary issues about inequality, geography, and global value chains in today’s world, where global disruptions are prevalent, globalization is being transformed, and multinational enterprises (MNEs) are under pressure to promote sustainability. Many challenges and tensions created by growing inequality within and between countries, cities, and individuals, coupled with recent disruptions in the global economy, beg important questions regarding the role of MNEs. A valuable resource for scholars and students in international business, the book provides a richer understanding of how MNE activities are being affected by the complex dynamics of the modern global business environment and discusses what strategies they need to implement in order to adapt to a changing world, while accounting for the interests of a broader range of stakeholders. | Reveals and examines emerging and hot topics in International BusinessFeatures diverse perspectives from international contributorsOffers a selection of insightful papers presented at the 48th AIB UK & Ireland conference | Jong Min Lee is an Assistant Professor in International Business at the School of Business, Yonsei University, South Korea. Previously, he worked as an Associate Professor in International Business and Strategy at the Henley Business School, University of Reading, UK. His recent works have appeared in the Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of World Business, Journal of International Management, and Journal of Business Ethics, among others. He currently serves as a member of the editorial review board of the Journal of International Business Studies and as a reviewing editor for the Asian Business & Management.J. Eduardo Ibarra-Olivo is an Assistant Professor in International Business and Strategy at Henley Business School, University of Reading, and a Fellow of the UK Higher Education Academy. The focus of his research is mainly on emerging economies. Eduardo’s work won the EPAINOS Young Scientist Prize (2019), awardedby the European Regional Science Association. His work has appeared in journals such as Regional Science and Urban Economics, Papers in Regional Science, Science and Public Policy, Economics of Education Review, and International Migration Review. He teaches courses on international business strategy, economics, and quantitative research methods.Katiuscia Lavoratori is an Assistant Professor in International Business at Henley Business School, University of Reading (UK). She is a fellow of the UK Higher Education Academy. Previously, Katiuscia worked as a research fellow at Warwick Business School, University of Warwick (UK). Her work has appeared in leading journals such as the Journal of International Business Studies, Regional Studies, Global Strategy Journal, Management International Review and Journal of Regional Science. Liang (Arthur) Li is an Assistant Professor in Global Management Studies at the Ted Rogers School of Management, Toronto Metropolitan University (formerly Ryerson University), and a former Assistant Professor in International Business and Strategy at the Henley Business School, University of Reading. Prior to pursuing his PhD at Ivey, Arthur has accumulated substantial industry and management experience. He has co-founded an import and export trading company and has worked in several large MNEs as a subsidiary general manager. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031240928 | International Business | /International Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-24090-4 | |||||||||||||||||||
71 | 978-981-97-2377-5 | Lu | Bo Lu | Bo Lu, Dalian University of Technology, Dalian, China | The Sustainable Development of Port Group | Evaluation and Management | V, 270 p. 102 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 406 | KJJ | KJMV | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 1 | In production | 2024-07-03 | 2024-07-03 | 1 | Chapter 1. Connotation of Coordinated Development between Regional Port Groups and the Environment.- Chapter 2. Relevant Theories for Research on Coordinated Development between Regional Port Clusters and the Environment.- Chapter 3. Study on the Impact of Regional Port Groups on the Environment.- Chapter 4. Research on Models for Emissions Inventory Evaluation of Regional Port Groups.- Chapter 5. Research on Models for Carbon Footprints Evaluation of Regional Port Groups.- Chapter 6. Evaluation of Regional Port Environmental Carrying Capacity Based on System Dynamics.- Chapter 7. Comprehensive Evaluation of Coordinated Development between Regional Port Groups and the Environment.- Chapter 8. Governance Strategies for Port Groups and Environmental Coordination Based on Green Technologies.- Chapter 9. Governance Strategies for Port Groups and Environmental Coordination Based on Green Operations.- Chapter 10. Case Studies of Coordinated Development of Port Clusters and the Environment in China and other Countries.- Chapter 11. Policy Recommendations. | This book primarily focuses on the coordinated development of port groups and the environment. It extensively reviews relevant literature and draw on existing theoretical research achievements to analyze the mechanisms and influencing factors behind the formation of green, ecological, or energy-saving ports. It employs attribution decomposition analysis and LMDI decomposition methods to identify driving forces and factors for low-carbon ports. Furthermore, with the goal of minimizing the comprehensive cost of low-carbon port investment and considering constraints such as the upper limit of low-carbon investment in ports, the book utilizes tools such as stochastic processes and optimization decision theory to establish an optimization model for carbon emission reduction investment in low-carbon ports, aiming to find the best investment solution. Throughout the process, the book employs a combination of quantitative and qualitative analysis methods and provides corresponding recommendations and suggestions from an industry and port perspective through comparative analysis and case studies. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence. A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content. | This book primarily focuses on the coordinated development of port groups and the environment. It extensively reviews relevant literature and draw on existing theoretical research achievements to analyze the mechanisms and influencing factors behind the formation of green, ecological, or energy-saving ports. It employs attribution decomposition analysis and LMDI decomposition methods to identify driving forces and factors for low-carbon ports. Furthermore, with the goal of minimizing the comprehensive cost of low-carbon port investment and considering constraints such as the upper limit of low-carbon investment in ports, the book utilizes tools such as stochastic processes and optimization decision theory to establish an optimization model for carbon emission reduction investment in low-carbon ports, aiming to find the best investment solution. Throughout the process, the book employs a combination of quantitative and qualitative analysis methods and provides corresponding recommendations and suggestions from an industry and port perspective through comparative analysis and case studies. | Covers multiple levels and fields, such as carbon footprint, environmental carrying capacity, and system dynamicsIncludes optimization models and case studies of investments in low-carbon portsOffers knowledge and tools to promote the coordination and development of port clusters and the environment | Professor Bo Lu is a Chinese national youth talent and chief expert of a major project of the National Social Science Fund. Professor Lu has been engaged in research and teaching in the field of shipping economic and port operation for nearly 20 years. He has published nearly 60 scientific research papers as the first author or corresponding author and 6 monographs in both Chinese and English. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789819723775 | Corporate Environmental Management | Operations Management | Maritime Economics | Environmental Economics | /Corporate Environmental Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-97-2378-2 | |||||||||||||||||
72 | 978-3-031-26092-6 | Lun | Y. H. Venus Lun; Kee-hung Lai; T. C. Edwin Cheng; Dong Yang | Y. H. Venus Lun, Logistics and Supply Chain MultiTech R&D Centre, Hong Kong, China; Kee-hung Lai, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China; T. C. Edwin Cheng, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China; Dong Yang, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, China | Shipping and Logistics Management | XVII, 320 p. 54 illus., 13 illus. in color. | 2 | 2023 | final | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99.99 | 130.00 | 119.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 320 | KJMV | KC | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-04-22 | 2023-04-20 | 2024-04-21 | 2024-04-21 | 1 | 2010 | ,978-1-84996-003-8,978-1-4471-5787-8,978-1-84882-996-1,978-1-84882-997-8 | <div>Part I: Principles of shipping.- International trade and shipping.- Freight rate mechanism.- Bulk shipping market.- Container shipping market.- Part II: Shipping business.- Business strategy in shipping.- Growth of firms.- Fleet mix decision.- Liner shipping network.- Part III: Intermodal container transport.- Container transport chain.- Intermodal transport system.- Managing empty containers.- Container transport security.- Part IV: Port management.- Port operations.- Managing container terminals.- Agile port.- Port development.- Part V: Emerging issues in shipping.- Sustainability in shipping.- Shipping risk.- Security and safety.- Technological applications.</div> | This book explains global trends and strategies in the shipping business, looking at the role of logistics service providers and at how information technology can help shipping operations. It also introduces best practices and advice that will allow professionals to improve the management of shipping and logistics activities. The book consists of sections examining shipping and trade, business strategies for shipping, intermodal container transport operations, and ports. This new edition adds a new fifth section with four new chapters that discusses contemporary issues in shipping. The new chapters are related to risk management in shipping, shipping security and safety, environmental and social sustainability, and a review of new technologies in the shipping industry and their future potential. An invaluable source of information for researchers and advanced, or graduate, students, Shipping and Logistics Management is also a useful reference for shipping practitioners and consultants. | This book explains global trends and strategies in the shipping business, looking at the role of logistics service providers and at how information technology can help shipping operations. It also introduces best practices and advice that will allow professionals to improve the management of shipping and logistics activities. The book consists of sections examining shipping and trade, business strategies for shipping, intermodal container transport operations, and ports. This new edition adds a new fifth section with four new chapters that discusses contemporary issues in shipping. The new chapters are related to risk management in shipping, shipping security and safety, environmental and social sustainability, and a review of new technologies in the shipping industry and their future potential. An invaluable source of information for researchers and advanced, or graduate, students, Shipping and Logistics Management is also a useful reference for shipping practitioners and consultants. | Explains how the shipping business works, examining the strategic and operational issues that affect the industryConsists of the latest data and information from today’s shipping industryIncludes four new chapters on risk management, shipping security and safety, sustainability, and new technologies | <div>Y.H. Venus Lun works for the LSCM R&D Centre in Hong Kong. Kee-hung Lai, T.C. Edwin Cheng, and Dong Yang work for the Shipping Research Centre at The Hong Kong Polytechnic University. They are a group of experts in shipping and logistics who have published hundreds of papers in the field. </div> | Students | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031260926 | Logistics | Maritime Economics | Industrial and Production Engineering | Operations Management | Industrial Management | Supply Chain Management | /Logistics/Operations Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-26090-2 | ||||||||||||
73 | 978-3-031-26279-1 | Machado | Carolina Machado; João Paulo Davim | Carolina Machado, University of Minho, Braga, Portugal; João Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Aveiro, Portugal | Corporate Governance for Climate Transition | XI, 257 p. 55 illus., 52 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 149.99 | 201.00 | 199.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 257 | KJR | PSAF | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-04-03 | 2023-04-01 | 2024-04-02 | 2024-04-02 | 1 | Corporate governance.- Climate transition management.- Climate governance.- Climate change and business.- Business decisions and action to climate change.- Sustainable management.- Sustainable engineering.- Sustainable organizations.- HRM policies in climate transition environments.- Leadership for climate transition.- Managing sustainable organizations.- Corporate social responsibility.- Traditional management versus sustainable management.- Sustainable management development.- Climate risks and opportunities management.- Social responsibility in sustainable organizations.- Developing global sustainable leadership skills.- Innovation and change in a climate transition environment.- Diversity management in a global environment.- Sustainable development teams’ management.- Sustainability and corporate social responsibility.- Ethics and social responsibility in climate transition environment. | This book is a focussed and up-to-date review about the key challenges, trends, implications, strategies, and ways of overcoming, that dynamic and competitive organizations are facing now and increasingly in future by climate change. The book creates a better understanding of the impacts that climate transition will have on organizations and how they are responding to find opportunities while overcoming the risks. What corporate governance models can and are organizations developing? What climate transition strategies are organizations creating? Who should be involved in the decision-making processes? To what extent are principles of transparency, equity, participation, inclusion, effectiveness, and efficiency present in corporate governance for climate transitions? These and other issues are just a few of the challenges that organizations by the climate change transition. International experts from a wide range of disciplines and perspectiveshave been invited to contribute to this book in order for providing a comprehensive and informed perspective for researchers, corporate leaders and students of business and management as well as environmental studies. | This book is a focussed and up-to-date review about the key challenges, trends, implications, strategies, and ways of overcoming, that dynamic and competitive organizations are facing now and increasingly in future by climate change. The book creates a better understanding of the impacts that climate transition will have on organizations and how they are responding to find opportunities while overcoming the risks. What corporate governance models can and are organizations developing? What climate transition strategies are organizations creating? Who should be involved in the decision-making processes? To what extent are principles of transparency, equity, participation, inclusion, effectiveness, and efficiency present in corporate governance for climate transitions? These and other issues are just a few of the challenges that organizations by the climate change transition. International experts from a wide range of disciplines and perspectiveshave been invited to contribute to this book in order for providing a comprehensive and informed perspective for researchers, corporate leaders and students of business and management as well as environmental studies. | Develops and improves knowledge about corporate governance for climate transitionCommunicates and shares knowledge and experience in the field of corporate governance for climate transitionKeeps readers at forefront of innovative theories and strategies related to corporate governance for climate transition | <div>Carolina Machado received her PhD degree in Management Sciences (Organizational and Politics Management area / Human Resources Management) from the University of Minho in 1999, Master degree in Management (Strategic Human Resource Management) from Technical University of Lisbon in 1994, and Degree in Business Administration from University of Minho in 1989. Teaching in the Human Resources Management subjects since 1989 at University of Minho, she is since 2004 Associated Professor (with Habilitation since May 2022), with experience and research interest areas in the field of Human Resource Management, International Human Resource Management, Human Resource Management in SMEs, Training and Development, Emotional Intelligence, Management Change, Knowledge Management and Management/HRM in the Digital Age/Business Analytics. She is Head of the Human Resources Management Work Group at the School of Economics and Management at University of Minho, Coordinator of Advanced TrainingCourses at the Interdisciplinary Centre of Social Sciences, Member of the Interdisciplinary Centre of Social Sciences (CICS.NOVA.UMinho), University of Minho, as well as Chief Editor of the International Journal of Applied Management Sciences and Engineering (IJAMSE), Guest Editor of journals, books Editor and book Series Editor, as well as reviewer in different international prestigious journals. In addition, she has also published both as editor/co-editor and as author/co-author several books, book chapters and articles in journals and conferences.</div><div> </div><div>J. Paulo Davim is a Full Professor at the University of Aveiro, Portugal. He is also distinguished as honorary professor in several universities/colleges/institutes in China, India and Spain. He received his Ph.D. degree in Mechanical Engineering in 1997, M.Sc. degree in Mechanical Engineering (materials and manufacturing processes) in 1991, Mechanical Engineering degree (5 years) in 1986, from the University of Porto (FEUP), the Aggregate title (Full Habilitation) from the University of Coimbra in 2005 and the D.Sc. (Higher Doctorate) from London Metropolitan University in 2013. He is Senior Chartered Engineer by the Portuguese Institution of Engineers with an MBA and Specialist titles in Engineering and Industrial Management as well as in Metrology. He is also Eur Ing by FEANI-Brussels and Fellow (FIET) of IET-London. He has more than 35 years of teaching and research experience in Manufacturing, Materials, Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, with special emphasis in Machining & Tribology. He has also interest in Management, Engineering Education and Higher Education for Sustainability. He has guided large numbers of postdoc, Ph.D. and master’s students as well as has coordinated and participated in several financed research projects. He has received several scientific awards and honors. He has worked as evaluator of projects for ERC-European Research Council and other internationalresearch agencies as well as examiner of Ph.D. thesis for many universities in different countries. He is the Editor in Chief of several international journals, Guest Editor of journals, books Editor, book Series Editor and Scientific Advisory for many international journals and conferences. Presently, he is an Editorial Board member of 30 international journals and acts as reviewer for more than 120 prestigious Web of Science journals. In addition, he has also published as editor (and co-editor) more than 250 books and as author (and co-author) more than 15 books, 100 book chapters and 600 articles in journals and conferences (more than 300 articles in journals indexed in Web of Science core collection/h-index 63+/14500+ citations, SCOPUS/h-index 70+/18000+ citations, Google Scholar/h-index 91+/29500+ citations). He has been listed in World´s Top 2% Scientists by Stanford University stud | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031262791 | Corporate Governance | Climate Change Ecology | Sustainability | /Corporate Governance/Accounting/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-26277-7 | |||||||||||||||||
74 | 978-3-031-60198-9 | Martin | Ingrid Martin; David W. Stewart | Ingrid Martin, California State University, Long Beach, Long Beach, CA, USA; David W. Stewart, Loyola Marymount University, Spring Hill, TN, USA | Maladaptive Consumer Behavior | Theory, Research, and Intervention | Approx. 300 p. 30 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 159.99 | 171.19 | 175.99 | 139.99 | 189.00 | 159.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Palgrave Studies in Marketing, Organizations and Society | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 0 | KJS | KJS | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-07-28 | 2024-07-28 | 1 | Chapter 1 Introduction and Conceptual Foundations.- Chapter 2 Online Gaming, Maladaptive Consumption, and Regulatory Standards and Options.- Chapter 3 Internet gaming disorder as a maladaptive behavioral consumption of online Gaming.- Chapter 4 Technology-Mediated Problematic Behaviours.- Chapter 5 Maladaptive Smartphone Usage.- Chapter 6 When is Food Consumption Maladaptive?.- Chapter 7 Maladaptive Food and Well-Being: Toward a Sustainable Future.- Chapter 8 Maladaptive Healthcare Seeking: A Comprehensive and Generative Model of Care-Seeking Using a Consumer Behavior Lens.- Chapter 9 Qualitative Inquiry into the Compulsive Buying Dimension of Maladaptive Consumption.- Chapter 10 Maladaptive Consumption: A Failure of Intentional Fluency.- Chapter 11 Maladaptive Consumption Conceptual Identification Model.- Chapter 12 Discussion and Conclusions. | This edited volume provides a marketing perspective on maladaptive consumer behavior, especially behavior with dysfunctional consequences that does not have its origins in physical addiction. It brings together contributions of leading scholars who address specific manifestations of maladaptive consumption, such as those related to food, alcoholic beverages, online gaming, and media consumption, among others, with an emphasis on behaviors that are not traditionally regarded as arising from physical addiction. Further, the book includes chapters that focus more broadly of definitional and conceptual issues, methodological approaches, implications for intervention and regulation, and the value judgments inherent in the identification and classification of behaviors as “maladaptive.' It examines numerous alternative theories of maladaptive consumption and places such behavior in a larger market context. Taken together, the contributions in this volume (1) describe the phenomenon of maladaptive consumption, (2) describe manifestations of maladaptive consumption, (3) identify issues of methodology and definition related to the study of maladaptive consumption, and (4) address interventions, regulations, and public policy issues. It will appeal to scholars interested in maladaptive consumption and its treatments as well as consumer behavior more generally in multiple fields, including marketing, clinical psychology, social work, and public health. Ingrid Martin is Professor of Marketing in the College of Business (COB) at Cal State University Long Beach, USA. Her published work has covered a range of social marketing topics including risk communication, maladaptive behaviors in the areas of disaster mitigation and consumption practices. David W. Stewart is President’s Professor of Marketing and Business Law (Emeritus) at Loyola Marymount University, USA. He has authored/co-authored over 350 publications and 20 books, including The Impact of Risk Communication on Consumption and Consumer Well-Being and Financial Dimensions of Marketing Decisions. He is a past Editor of Journal of Marketing, the Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, and the Journal of Public Policy and Marketing | This edited volume provides a marketing perspective on maladaptive consumer behavior, especially behavior with dysfunctional consequences that does not have its origins in physical addiction. It brings together contributions of leading scholars who have expertise in various forms of maladaptive consumption. The chapters address specific manifestations of maladaptive consumption, such as those related to food, alcoholic beverages, online gaming, and media consumption, among others, with an emphasis on behaviors that are not traditionally regarded as arising from physical addiction. Further, the book includes chapters that focus more broadly of definitional and conceptual issues, methodological approaches, implications for intervention and regulation, and the value judgments inherent in the identification and classification of behaviors as “maladaptive.' It examines numerous alternative theories of maladaptive consumption and places such behavior in a larger market context. Taken together, the contributions in this volume (1) describe the general phenomenon of maladaptive consumption, (2) describe specific manifestations of maladaptive consumption, (3) identify issues of research methodology and definition related to the study of maladaptive consumption, and (4) address relevant interventions, regulations, and public policy issues. It will appeal to scholars interested in maladaptive consumption behaviors and their treatments as well as consumer behavior more generally across multiple fields, including marketing, clinical psychology, social work, and public health. | First book to focus on maladaptive consumptionFocuses on the development of product and service technologies such as social media, online gaming, and online shoppingMakes the distinction between genuinely addictive behavior and non–addictive maladaptive consumption | Ingrid Martin is Professor of Marketing in the College of Business (COB) at Cal State University Long Beach, USA. Her published work has covered a range of social marketing topics including risk communication, maladaptive behaviors in the areas of disaster mitigation and consumption practices. David W. Stewart is President’s Professor of Marketing and Business Law (Emeritus) in the College of Business Administration at Loyola Marymount University, USA. He has authored/co-authored over 350 publications and 20 books, including A Primer on Consumer Behavior: A Guide for Managers, The Impact of Risk Communication on Consumption and Consumer Well-Being, and Financial Dimensions of Marketing Decisions, among others. He is a past Editor of Journal of Marketing, the Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, and the Journal of Public Policy and Marketing. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031601989 | Consumer Behavior | Marketing | /Consumer Behavior /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Social Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-60199-6 | ||||||||||||||||||
75 | 978-3-031-31838-2 | Martínez-López | Francisco J. Martínez-López | Francisco J. Martínez-López, University of Granada, Granada, Spain | Advances in Digital Marketing and eCommerce | Fourth International Conference, 2023 | VII, 306 p. 66 illus., 28 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 179.99 | 236.00 | 219.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Springer Proceedings in Business and Economics | Business and Management | Proceedings | Book | 0 | English | 306 | KJS | KJQ | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2023-04-29 | 2024-04-29 | 2024-04-29 | 1 | Less for More: Does Consumers' Proneness to Join More Online Brand Communities Negatively Impact Consumers’ Sharing Ability?.- Who buys when and where? How channel design and consumer attributes influence customer journey outcomes.- Descending Beats Ascending: Effects of Order on the Likert Scale on Consumer Ratings.- Recommendation by Multiscale Semantic-Visual Analysis of User Reviews and Product Images.- Deepening Branding Opportunities in VR-based Metaverses. A Qualitative Study.- An Exploratory Study of Audiobook Discount Pricing.- Assessing streamer attributes: Role of trust in purchase intention for live e-commerce.- Advertising Value of Podcast Advertising.- They Don’t Do What They Say – The Attitude-Behavior Gap in Online and Offline Grocery Shopping for Organic Products.- How the quick commerce business model delivers convenience in online grocery retailing.- Influencer Marketing Strategies In Foreign marketplaces.- Analysis of the possibilities of implementing Bitcoin and other cryptocurrency payments at the university.- How digital channels enhance firm internationalization: An explorative study on space tech startups.- A Multiple-Case Study on the Role of CRM and Big Data in the Automotive Industry.- Antecedents And Effects of Influencer Marketing Strategies: A Systematic Literature Review and Directions for Future Research.- How Technology Helps Farmers to Cater to Consumers – Channel Formats and Consumer Motives.- The influence of digital storytelling using the Hero’s Customer Journey communication technique on customer acquisition and retention.- The Development of Online Shopping and Find-ing Information about Products in the Visegrad Four Countries.- How Facebook's brand personality affects brand commitment and preference: The mediating role of self-image congruence.- Exploring Colombian Digital Buyers of Luxury Jewellery: Segment Exploration (FIMIX-PLS).- Covid-19 pandemic: The least factor affecting the Lebanese E-commerce.- On the capture and use of private conversations on mobile phones for marketing purposes: A case in the tourism sector.- The impact of influencers on consumers’ purchasing decisions when shopping online.- Black Friday vs. Green Friday: A comparative sentiment analysis of Spanish social media users’ perceptions.- Analyzing the Retail In-store Environment: A Review of Available Technologies.- .- Digital Marketing and E-Commerce A Bibliometric AnalysisThe influence of TikTok videos on German Gen Z consumers’ attitude and purchase intention towards sustainable brands.- Louis Vuitton, Cristiano Ronaldo and Lionel Messi. The greatest marketing stunt of the century, or just hype driven vanity-metrics?.- Traditional brands vs. born-digital brands: the case of the fashion industry. | The Digital Marketing and eCommerce Conference aims to bring together leading researchers and research scholars to exchange and share their experiences and research results on any aspects of ecommerce and digital marketing. This volume presents the proceedings of the 2023 edition in a collection of contributions with many original approaches. They address diverse areas of application such as online brand communities, channel design, online retailing, cryptocurrencies, user-generated content, TikTok, among others. A wide variety of theoretical and methodological approaches have been used. | The Digital Marketing and eCommerce Conference aims to bring together leading researchers and research scholars to exchange and share their experiences and research results on any aspects of ecommerce and digital marketing. This volume presents the proceedings of the 2023 edition in a collection of contributions with many original approaches. They address diverse areas of application such as online brand communities, channel design, online retailing, cryptocurrencies, user-generated content, TikTok, among others. A wide variety of theoretical and methodological approaches have been used. | Provides latest insights on developing business models for the digital marketing landscapeFocuses on the evolution of social media as a marketing strategyHighlights latest research advances in eCommerce | <div><div>Francisco J. Martínez-López is a Professor of Business Administration at the University of Granada and the Open University of Catalonia (Barcelona) in Spain.</div></div> | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031318382 | Digital Marketing | IT in Business | e-Commerce and e-Business | /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Digital Marketing/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-31836-8 | ||||||||||||||||
76 | 978-3-031-24296-0 | Matsatsinis | Nikolaos F. Matsatsinis; Fotis C. Kitsios; Michael A. Madas; Maria I. Kamariotou | Nikolaos F. Matsatsinis, Technical University of Crete, Chania, Greece; Fotis C. Kitsios, University of Macedonia, Thessaloniki, Greece; Michael A. Madas, University of Macedonia, Thessaloniki, Greece; Maria I. Kamariotou, University of Macedonia, Thessaloniki, Greece | Operational Research in the Era of Digital Transformation and Business Analytics | BALCOR 2020, Thessaloniki, Greece, September 30-October 3, 2020 | VIII, 298 p. 1 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 219.99 | 235.39 | 241.99 | 199.99 | 260.00 | 249.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Springer Proceedings in Business and Economics | Business and Management | Proceedings | Book | 0 | English | 298 | KJT | KJT | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Available | 2024-04-05 | 2023-04-04 | 2024-04-05 | 2024-04-05 | 1 | This proceedings volume presents new methods and applications in Operational Research and Management Science with a special focus on Business Analytics. Featuring selected contributions from the XIV Balkan Conference on Operational Research held in Thessaloniki, Greece in 2020 (BALCOR 2020), it addresses applications and methodological tools or techniques in various areas of Operational Research, such as agent-based modelling, big data and business analytics, data envelopment analysis, data mining, decision support systems, fuzzy systems, game theory, heuristics, metaheuristics and nature inspired optimization algorithms, linear and nonlinear programming, machine learning, multiple criteria decision analysis, network design and optimization, queuing theory, simulation and statistics. | This proceedings volume presents new methods and applications in Operational Research and Management Science with a special focus on Business Analytics. Featuring selected contributions from the XIV Balkan Conference on Operational Research held in Thessaloniki, Greece in 2020 (BALCOR 2020), it addresses applications and methodological tools or techniques in various areas of Operational Research, such as agent-based modelling, big data and business analytics, data envelopment analysis, data mining, decision support systems, fuzzy systems, game theory, heuristics, metaheuristics and nature inspired optimization algorithms, linear and nonlinear programming, machine learning, multiple criteria decision analysis, network design and optimization, queuing theory, simulation and statistics. | Showcases recent advances in theoretical and practical research resultsHighlights international cooperation in operations research, especially among the Balkan countriesIncludes applications and case studies in various areas | Nikolaos Matsatsinis is a Professor of Information and Decision Systems at the School of Production Engineering & Management, Technical University of Crete, Greece. He is the Editor-in-Chief of the journals Operational Research: An International Journal (Springer) and International Journal of Decision Support Systems. His research interests include intelligent decision support systems, group decision support systems, multi-agent systems, operations research, multicriteria decision analysis, and data analysis.Fotis C. Kitsios is a Professor of business strategy and innovation management at the Department of Applied Informatics, School of Information Sciences, University of Macedonia, Greece. His research interests focus on business strategy, digital entrepreneurship, service innovation management, strategic information systems, and digital transformation.Michael Madas is an Associate Professor on Supply Chain Management and Transport at the Department of Applied Informatics, School of Information Sciences, University of Macedonia, Greece. His research interests focus on logistics and supply chain management, airport demand management and capacity analysis, terminal performance assessment, transport policy and pricing, as well as ICT applications and impacts on logistics and transport systems. Maria Kamariotou is a researcher associate at the Department of Applied Informatics, School of Information Sciences, University of Macedonia, Greece. Her scientific research interests mainly focus on Strategic Information Systems and Innovation Management. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031242960 | Operations Research and Decision Theory | Operations Research, Management Science | Data Analysis and Big Data | /Operations Research and Decision Theory/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-24294-6 | ||||||||||||||||
77 | 978-3-031-24484-1 | Midgley | David Midgley; Sunil Venaik; Demetris Christopoulos | David Midgley, INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France; Sunil Venaik, University of Queensland, Brisbane, QLD, Australia; Demetris Christopoulos, National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Athens, Greece | A New Theory of Cultural Archetypes | Capturing Global Unity and Local Diversity | XVIII, 122 p. 237 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 39.99 | 53.50 | 49.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business and Management | Brief/Pivot | Book | 0 | English | 122 | KJ | KJM | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Available | 2024-04-25 | 2023-04-24 | 2024-04-24 | 2024-04-24 | 1 | Chapter 1: Introduction.- Chapter 2: The New Approach.- Chapter 3: The Unity and Diversity of the Global Matrix.- Chapter 4: The Dynamics of the Global Matrix.- Chapter 5: Summary Conclusions (better title needed!). | This book overcomes the limitations of existing models of national culture by presenting a novel archetypal methodology that captures heterogeneity within and between nations in a simple manner. The authors incorporate this methodology into a new, empirically derived theory of nations as composites of diverse culture configurations (or archetypes). The theory, which is illustrated through data on secular and emancipative values obtained from the European and World Value Surveys, shows the unity and diversity of these values across 117 nations, and identifies trends in global culture over four decades.<div> Based on the authors' research, the book argues that universal archetypes capture the unity and diversity of the global cultural mosaic with precision and fidelity. By reflecting the reality of changing culture around the world with greater clarity, the book’s novel approach provides a comprehensive lens for international business scholars, practitioners, and policy makers to view, understand and explain culture-related phenomena.<div> </div><div>David Midgley is Emeritus Professor of Marketing at INSEAD. His previous appointments include the University of New South Wales, the University of California, the University of Pennsylvania and Stanford University. He has over 120 highly cited publications in the areas of innovation, strategy and international business.Sunil Venaik is Associate Professor at University of Queensland Business School, where his research focuses on international business for small and large firms. He is one of the leading business researchers worldwide, based on his extensive research publications and silver medal from the Journal of International Business Studies.Demetris Christopoulos completed his PhD studies in 2017 at the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens. He has worked as a maths tutor, market researcher, multimedia producer, and his research field isnoisy numerical analysis. His work at ResearchGate sets him at the upper 4% of all members.</div></div> | This book overcomes the limitations of existing models of national culture by presenting a novel archetypal methodology that captures heterogeneity within and between nations in a simple manner. The authors incorporate this methodology into a new, empirically derived theory of nations as composites of diverse culture configurations (or archetypes). The theory, which is illustrated through data on secular and emancipative values obtained from the European and World Value Surveys, shows the unity and diversity of these values across 117 nations, and identifies trends in global culture over four decades.Based on the authors' research, the book argues that universal archetypes capture the unity and diversity of the global cultural mosaic with precision and fidelity. By reflecting the reality of changing culture around the world with greater clarity, the book’s novel approach provides a comprehensive lens for international business scholars, practitioners, and policy makers to view,understand and explain culture-related phenomena. | Advances a novel archetypal perspective that captures cultural unity, diversity, and dynamics within one frameworkIdentifies cultural trends over four decades, showing these to be more complex and varied than previously thoughtProvides data on the archetypal compositions of culture for 117 countries, that can be used by other researchers | David Midgley is Emeritus Professor of Marketing at INSEAD. His previous appointments include the University of New South Wales, the University of California, the University of Pennsylvania and Stanford University. He has over 120 highly cited publications in the areas of innovation, strategy and international business.Sunil Venaik is Associate Professor at University of Queensland Business School, where his research focuses on international business for small and large firms. He is one of the leading business researchers worldwide, based on his extensive research publications and silver medal from the Journal of International Business Studies.Demetris Christopoulos completed his PhD studies in 2017 at the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens. He has worked as a maths tutor, market researcher, multimedia producer, and his research field is noisy numerical analysis. His work at ResearchGate sets him at the upper 4% of all members. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031244841 | International Business | Management | /International Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-24482-7 | |||||||||||||||||
78 | 978-3-031-26827-4 | Mordi | Chima Mordi; Hakeem Adeniyi Ajonbadi; Olatunji David Adekoya | Chima Mordi, Brunel University London, Uxbridge, UK; Hakeem Adeniyi Ajonbadi, Birmingham City University, Birmingham, UK; Olatunji David Adekoya, Sheffield Hallam University, Sheffield, UK | Employee Relations and Trade Unions in Africa | A Critical Approach | XIX, 196 p. | 1 | 2023 | final | 159.99 | 171.19 | 175.99 | 139.99 | 189.00 | 179.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 196 | KJMV2 | KJK | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | Available | 2024-04-23 | 2023-04-21 | 2024-04-22 | 2024-04-22 | 1 | Chapter 1: Human Resource Management and Employees Relationships in Angola.- Chapter 2: HRM Practices in Nigeria: Employee Relations and Trade Unions.- Chapter 3: Union-State Relations in Zimbabwe: An Assessment of the Changing Relationship Between Trade Unions and the State.- Chapter 4: Employee Relations and Trade Unions in Ghana: A Changing Perspective.- Chapter 5: Employee Relations and Trade Union in Kenya.- Chapter 6: Understanding Employment Relationships and Trade Unions in South Africa.- Chapter 7: HRM Practices in South Africa: Equality, Diversity and Inclusion in Contemporary and Future workplaces.- Chapter 8: The Realities of Social Dialogue and Trade Union in Morocco.- Chapter 9: The Legal Regulations of Employment Relations and Conflicts in Nigeria. | Traditionally, studies of employment relations in Africa have been dominated by the role of trade unions and how they collectively influence relationships within the workplace. A contemporary African outlook into the state of employment relations shows that there has been a shift in the dominance of trade unions. This edited collection considers the role of government actors and workers’ experiences in both unionised and non-unionised organisations. It seeks to understand how international and national labour markets, including national and international employment actors and institutions, affect employment relations and the ways in which these relationships play out in different national contexts.Researchers, students, policymakers and practitioners working around employment relations in Africa will find this book an essential tool, particularly those with an interest in comparative and international programmes across areas such as employment relations, industrial relations, human resource management, political economy, labour politics, industrial and economic sociology, regulation and social policy.<div> </div><div> Chima Mordi is a Reader in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations and Director of Post Graduate Research at Brunel Business School, UK. His key research examines Human Resource Management and Employment Relations. He has authored/co-authored over 100 articles and is the co-editor of the forthcoming edited volume, HRM in the Global South (Palgrave Macmillan).Hakeem Adeniyi Ajonbadi is a Lecturer in International Human Resource Management and Organisational Development at Birmingham City University, UK. He has taught in several countries, including the UK, UAE, Belgium and Nigeria and, in addition to Business and Management, has a background in Economics and Law, as well as Business and Management. He has authored four books and over fifty articles on various aspects of HRM and Entrepreneurship.Olatunji David Adekoya is a Senior Lecturer of Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (OBHRM) at Sheffield Hallam University, UK. He has also lectured at the University of East London and the University of West London. He has published widely and his research examines HRM in local and international contexts, with a strong focus on work-life balance, organisational flexibility, employee wellbeing, employment relations and economic growth and development.</div> | Traditionally, studies of employment relations in Africa have been dominated by the role of trade unions and how they collectively influence relationships within the workplace. A contemporary African outlook into the state of employment relations shows that there has been a shift in the dominance of trade unions. This edited collection considers the role of government actors and workers’ experiences in both unionised and non-unionised organisations. It seeks to understand how international and national labour markets, including national and international employment actors and institutions, affect employment relations and the ways in which these relationships play out in different national contexts.Researchers, students, policymakers and practitioners working around employment relations in Africa will find this book an essential tool, particularly those with an interest in comparative and international programmes across areas such as employment relations, industrial relations, human resource management, political economy, labour politics, industrial and economic sociology, regulation and social policy. | Provides a thorough foundation in the processes, context and practical application of employment relationsIncludes foundational theory, as well as detailed case studies of individual countriesAddresses the absence of recent scholarship on employee relations and trade unions in Africa | Chima Mordi is a Reader in Human Resource Management and Employment Relations and Director of Post Graduate Research at Brunel Business School, UK. His key research examines Human Resource Management and Employment Relations. He has authored/co-authored over 100 articles and is the co-editor of the forthcoming edited volume, HRM in the Global South (Palgrave Macmillan).Hakeem Adeniyi Ajonbadi is a Lecturer in International Human Resource Management and Organisational Development at Birmingham City University, UK. He has taught in several countries, including the UK, UAE, Belgium and Nigeria and, in addition to Business and Management, has a background in Economics and Law, as well as Business and Management. He has authored four books and over fifty articles on various aspects of HRM and Entrepreneurship. Olatunji David Adekoya is a Senior Lecturer of Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management (OBHRM) at Sheffield Hallam University, UK. He has also lecturedat the University of East London and the University of West London. He has published widely and his research examines HRM in local and international contexts, with a strong focus on work-life balance, organisational flexibility, employee wellbeing, employment relations and economic growth and development. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031268274 | Human Resource Management | African Business | /Human Resource Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-26825-0 | |||||||||||||||||
79 | 978-3-031-22085-2 | Moretti | Anna Moretti; Lisa Balzarin | Anna Moretti, Ca’ Foscari University of Venice, Venice, Italy; Lisa Balzarin, Ca’ Foscari University of Venice, Venice, Italy | New Perspectives in Network Studies | A Multidisciplinary Approach | XIII, 180 p. 55 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 159.99 | 171.19 | 175.99 | 139.99 | 189.00 | 179.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 180 | KJU | JHB | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-04-28 | 2023-04-27 | 2024-04-27 | 2024-04-27 | 1 | Table of contents.- Introduction by the editors.- Section I: Network as metaphors.- 1. “A Structured Literature Review on Networks and Organizations” by Anna Moretti and Marco Tolotti.- 2. A game-theoretic approach for managing origin-to-destination network flow with path preferences and velocity control by Rosario Maggistro and Raffaele Pesenti.- Section II: Network and Organization theory.- 3. Organizational Routines and Networks by Lisa Balzarin.- 4. Entrepreneurship as networking? Theoretical insights in historical studies by Giovanni Favero.- 5. A network theory perspective to understanding art worlds, fields and markets by Massimiliano Nuccio.- Section III: The Network Organization.- 6. Networks and financial reporting by Chiara Saccon.- 7. Network boundaries for sustainability reporting: advances, challenges and future research by Marisa Agostini.- 8. Organizational misconduct and the network organization by Rachele Cavara and Francesco Zirpoli | In line with the multi-disciplinary nature of network research, this edited volume collects both empirical and conceptual contributions that nurture the debate on network research, specifically dealing with the topics of network performance and agency. The contributions draw on different literatures and epistemic approaches and address different levels of analysis, both from a static and a dynamic point of view. It will be of great interest to academics and students developing research in the field of network studies. It will also be of interest to scholars of operations management, organization studies, strategy, innovation, financial management and business history.Anna Moretti is an Associate Professor in the Department of Management at Ca 'Foscari University of Venice, Italy.Lisa Balzarin is a Research Fellow in the Department of Management at Ca 'Foscari University of Venice, Italy. | In line with the multi-disciplinary nature of network research, this edited volume collects both empirical and conceptual contributions that nurture the debate on network research, specifically dealing with the topics of network performance and agency. The contributions draw on different literatures and epistemic approaches and address different levels of analysis, both from a static and a dynamic point of view. It will be of great interest to academics and students developing research in the field of network studies. It will also be of interest to scholars of operations management, organization studies, strategy, innovation, financial management and business history. | Explores the field of networks and organizations, delving into the relation between network performance and agencyIdentifies research questions yet to be investigated, adopting insights coming from various epistemic approachesOffers new insights from different theoretical and methodological perspectives | Anna Moretti is an Associate Professor in the Department of Management at Ca 'Foscari University of Venice, Italy. Lisa Balzarin is a Research Fellow in the Department of Management at Ca 'Foscari University of Venice, Italy. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031220852 | Organization | Network Research | Management | /Organization/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-22083-8 | ||||||||||||||||
80 | 978-3-031-56547-2 | Moschis | George P. Moschis | George P. Moschis, College of Management, Mahidol University, Bangkok,, Thailand | Academic Research in Business and the Social Sciences | A Guidebook for Early Career Researchers | Approx. 200 p. 2 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 39.99 | 53.50 | 49.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | General interest | Book | 0 | English | 394 | KJMV2 | JNZ | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-08 | 2024-07-08 | 1 | Overview.- Preparing for Academic Career.- Research Foundations.- Planning Research Projects.- Conceptual Framework and Theory Development.- Research Approaches and Designs.- Research Settings and Procedures.- Literature Reviews.- Cross-Cultural Research.- Writing Manuscripts for Academic Journals.- Evaluating, Accepting and Rejecting Manuscripts.- Ethics in Research.- Research Over the Course of Academic Life: Goals, Strategies, and Tactics.- Writing Proposals.- Epilogue. | This book provides doctoral students, junior faculty and early-career researchers with guidelines, resources and strategies for performing and publishing academic research successfully. It helps increase the productivity of researchers by showing efficient and effective ways to increase research output and publication probability, ranging from manuscript preparation and positioning to working with co-authors and journal reviewers. The author uses research findings, anecdotal evidence and illustrations from his academic career to support his views on strategies and tactics that are required of scholars in order to succeed.<div> </div> | This book provides doctoral students, junior faculty and early-career researchers with guidelines, resources and strategies for performing and publishing academic research successfully. It helps increase the productivity of researchers by showing efficient and effective ways to increase research output and publication probability, ranging from manuscript preparation and positioning to working with co-authors and journal reviewers. The author uses research findings, anecdotal evidence and illustrations from his academic career to support his views on strategies and tactics that are required of scholars in order to succeed. | Offers doctoral students, researchers and junior faculty tips and strategies to enhance their academic careersHelps researchers identify viable research topics and prioritize high potential research opportunitiesProvides guidelines for crafting manuscripts that help enhance publication acceptance | George P. Moschis is Professor of Marketing Emeritus at Georgia State University (USA); and Professor of Management at Mahidol University in Bangkok, Thailand. He is an internationally-known authority on consumer topics relevant to people at different stages in life, from children and adolescents to elderly. Professor Moschis established and directed for 33 yeas the globally-known Center for Mature Consumer Studies, has been studying consumers for five decades and has published large numbers of articles and books about their behaviors at various life stages and over the entire life course. Dr. Moschis is among the world’s most frequently cited researchers. | Students | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031565472 | Management Education | Research Skills | Writing Skills | /Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Management Education/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-56548-9 | ||||||||||||||||||
81 | 978-981-99-0701-4 | Mubarik | Muhammad Shujaat Mubarik; Muhammad Shahbaz | Muhammad Shujaat Mubarik, Institute of Business Management, Karachi, Pakistan; Muhammad Shahbaz, Beijing Institute of Technology, Beijing, China | Blockchain Driven Supply Chain Management | A Multi-dimensional Perspective | XXVII, 281 p. 1 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 54.99 | 71.00 | 64.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Management for Professionals | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 281 | KJ | KJMV8 | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 0 | Available | 2024-04-06 | 2023-04-04 | 2024-04-05 | 2024-04-05 | 1 | Chapter 1. Blockchain-Enabled Smart Contract Architecture in Supply Chain Design.- Chapter 2. Supply Chain Collaboration in the Era of Blockchain Technologies.- Chapter 3. Developing Resilient Supply Chain Networks through Blockchain Technology: Strategies and Implications.- Chapter 4. Relationship and Impact of Block Chain Technology and Supply Chain Management on Inventory Management.- Chapter 5. Road and Destiny are not Same: Leading to and Leading in Blockchain Driven Supply Chain.- Chapter 6. Role of Leadership for Blockchain-Driven Supply Chain Management.- Chapter 7. Tractability, the Mantra of Block Chain Technology in the Food Supply Chain.- Chapter 8. Capability Framework to Support Supply Chain Open Innovation Networks.- Chapter 9. Blockchain-Driven Supply Chain Management and Open Innovation.- Chapter 10. Blockchain Supply Chain Management and Supply Chain Sustainability.- Chapter 11. Role of Blockchain Technology Adoption between Sustainability Related Supply Chain Risks and Triple Bottom Line Performance.- Chapter 12. Role of Intellectual Capital in Implementing Blockchain Technology-driven Sustainable Supply Chain: A Proposed Framework.- Chapter 13. Blockchain driven Supply Chain and Industry 4.0 Technologies.- Chapter 14. Blockchain Driven Supply Chain Management and Supply Chain Resilience: Role of Intellectual Capital.- Chapter 15. Implications of the blockchain-driven Supply Chains for Marketers: A Review and Guiding Insights.- Chapter 16. Blockchain Based Digital Economy and Industry 4.0. | The book aims to present a multi-dimensional view on the blockchain-driven supply chain management and its linkage with open innovation, digital technologies, supply chain sustainability, mapping, visibility, and resilience. It offers topic from three important themes: first, what is the architecture and design of BCSCM and how does it differ from the conventional supply chains; second, performance impacts of BCSCM; and third, implementation challenges and role of leadership. Hence, the book provides a diverse perspective on the understanding, architecture, impacts, and implementation of blockchain-driven supply chain management. It shows the importance of blockchain-driven supply chain management for contemporary organizations: how it contributes to supply chain traceability, resilience, and sustainability.The book also demonstrates as to how adoption of blockchain-driven supply chain management requires to consider intangible forms of intellectual capital (human, processes,and relationships), which is different from more traditional forms. This is a book for supply chain management practitioners, researchers, and academician who want to understand the role of blockchain in supply chain, for supply chain managers who want to be at the cutting edge by adopting the BCSCM, for those early in their careers who seek a challenging new path, and for the top-level managers of the world who have their eye on the future. | The book aims to present a multi-dimensional view on the blockchain-driven supply chain management and its linkage with open innovation, digital technologies, supply chain sustainability, mapping, visibility, and resilience. It offers topic from three important themes: first, what is the architecture and design of BCSCM and how does it differ from the conventional supply chains; second, performance impacts of BCSCM; and third, implementation challenges and role of leadership. Hence, the book provides a diverse perspective on the understanding, architecture, impacts, and implementation of blockchain-driven supply chain management. It shows the importance of blockchain-driven supply chain management for contemporary organizations: how it contributes to supply chain traceability, resilience, and sustainability.The book also demonstrates as to how adoption of blockchain-driven supply chain management requires to consider intangible forms of intellectual capital (human, processes,and relationships), which is different from more traditional forms. This is a book for supply chain management practitioners, researchers, and academician who want to understand the role of blockchain in supply chain, for supply chain managers who want to be at the cutting edge by adopting the BCSCM, for those early in their careers who seek a challenging new path, and for the top-level managers of the world who have their eye on the future. | Provides in-depth knowledge of blockchain-driven supply chain management and its applications in different industriesExplains the issues, challenges, and strategies on the adoption of blockchain-driven supply chain managementDemonstrates as to how to uplift the supply chain resilience, visibility, mapping, sustainability, and performance | Dr. Mubarik is a professor and Dean of the College of Business Management, Institute of Business Management, Karachi, Pakistan. His research interests include the supply chain management, sustainability, and firm’s intellectual capital,. He has published a number of high-quality research papers in journals of high repute. Dr. Mubarik is also consultant and trainer at various large international firms from fertilizer, textile, and steel sectors. He also regularly conducts workshops at the University of Malaya, Malaysia, on the topics of multi-attribute data management (AHP and ANP techniques) and supply chain management. Dr. Muhammad Shahbaz is Professor of Energy in the School of Management and Economics, Beijing Institute of Technology, China. He is also visiting research fellow at Cambridge University, UK. With citations of 18495, he is ranked among the top 10 energy researcher of the world. He has also been conferred 'Scientist of the Year Award' by the Turkish government. Dr. Shahbaz’s areas of interest are energy economics, environmental economics, and sustainability. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789819907014 | Business and Management | Supply Chain Management | Blockchain | Logistics | /Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-99-0699-4 | ||||||||||||||
82 | 979-8-8688-0139-6 | Neves | Raphael Neves | Raphael Neves, Alenquer, Portugal | The Engineering Leadership Playbook | Strategies for Team Success and Business Growth | Approx. 200 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 37.99 | 40.65 | 41.79 | 32.99 | 45.00 | 39.99 | Soft cover | 0 | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 220 | KJC | KJM | Apress | Apress | 0 | In production | 2024-07-03 | 2024-07-03 | 1 | Chapter 1: Principles to Become an Effective Engineering Leader.- Chapter 2: Leadership Styles and Situational Leadership.- Chapter 3: Collaboration and Team Dynamics.- Chapter 4: The Art of Mentoring.- Chapter 5: Fostering Growth and Innovation.- Chapter 6: Evaluating and Developing Your Team. | The modern digital landscape presents many threats and opportunities, necessitating a robust understanding of cybersecurity. This book offers readers a broad-spectrum view of cybersecurity, providing insights from fundamental concepts to advanced technologies. Beginning with the foundational understanding of the ever-evolving threat landscape, the book methodically introduces many cyber threats. From familiar challenges like malware and phishing to more sophisticated attacks targeting IoT and blockchain, readers will gain a robust comprehension of the attack vectors threatening our digital world. Understanding threats is just the start. The book also delves deep into the defensive mechanisms and strategies to counter these challenges. Readers will explore the intricate art of cryptography, the nuances of securing both mobile and web applications, and the complexities inherent in ensuring the safety of cloud environments. Through meticulously crafted case studies tailored for each chapter, readers will witness theoretical concepts' practical implications and applications. These studies, although fictional, resonate with real-world scenarios, offering a nuanced understanding of the material and facilitating its practical application. Complementing the knowledge are reinforcement activities designed to test and solidify understanding. Through multiple-choice questions, readers can gauge their grasp of each chapter's content, and actionable recommendations offer insights on how to apply this knowledge in real-world settings. Adding chapters that delve into the intersection of cutting-edge technologies like AI and cybersecurity ensures that readers are prepared for the present and future of digital security. This book promises a holistic, hands-on, and forward-looking education in cybersecurity, ensuring readers are both knowledgeable and action-ready. What You Will Learn The vast array of cyber threats, laying the groundwork for understanding the significance of cybersecurity Various attack vectors, from malware and phishing to DDoS, giving readers a detailed understanding of potential threats The psychological aspect of cyber threats, revealing how humans can be manipulated into compromising security How information is encrypted and decrypted to preserve its integrity and confidentiality The techniques and technologies that safeguard data being transferred across networks Strategies and methods to protect online applications from threats How to safeguard data and devices in an increasingly mobile-first world The complexities of the complexities of cloud environments, offering tools and strategies to ensure data safety The science behind investigating and analyzing cybercrimes post-incident How to assess system vulnerabilities and how ethical hacking can identify weaknesses | In today's business landscape, software engineering teams must deliver innovation faster than ever. However, outdated management approaches centered on tools and metrics rather than people strangle velocity and creativity. Legacy leaders cling to rigid structures mismatched with market dynamics, draining effort and morale from burnt-out teams. The Engineering Leadership Playbook provides a modern framework to unlock your team's potential through empathy, clarity, and empowerment. Unlike traditional leadership books fixated on delivery metrics, Raphael Neves offers a refreshing people-oriented leadership model tailored to nuances of engineering culture. With 15+ years leading high-growth tech teams, Raphael demystifies how to balance autonomy with alignment, reconstruct feedback models on psychological safety, and sustain excellence amidst uncertainty. You'll learn his proven conflict resolution blueprint for defusing clashes through mutual understanding while tangibly tracking progress. Additionally, his continuous feedback system grounded in evidence spotlights gaps early while accelerating strengths. This playbook moves systematically from foundational concepts like emotional intelligence and leading by example into team development frameworks around high-impact coaching, mentorship, and performance reviews. The method is brought full circle through innovation catalysts that maintain creative momentum at scale. Step-by-step, Raphael unpacks human-centered leadership aligned with accelerating market realities. Apply his engineering management playbook, and your teams will thrive fueled by vision, trust, and care. What You'll Learn Study different leadership styles and how to switch their approaches depending on circumstances Review critical communication skills, especially in technical fields Create IDPs for team members, especially senior engineers and leaders Who This Book Is For Current engineering leaders, aspiring engineering leaders, senior engineers, HR professionals and recruiters, and professionals in related fields | Tailored for engineering leaders, specifically covering the unique dynamics of the tech worldUnderstand how to turn theoretical concepts into concrete actions through practical insights and real-world examplesMaster the art of managing time and setting priorities | As a passionate and customer-centric engineering leader, Raphael Neves excels at fostering collaboration between engineering and cross-functional teams to create innovative and value-driven products. He embraces that people are the main motto for driving any business to success and directly contributes to making engineering leaders less tech-centric and more human-oriented. With extensive experience across various industries, he brings to his debut book, the secret ingredients to develop a strong leadership character, build high-performing teams, drive continuous improvement, create a rock-solid engineering culture, and align engineering efforts with business objectives. Raphael dedicated the last nine years of his professional experience to leadership roles, and he is currently working as a Director of Engineering at Zendesk and previously worked as Director of Engineering at Tymeshift. He grows teams, develops people, and prioritizes a customer-centric and human-oriented culture. | Trade | APress Trade (14) | Springer Trade (T) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9798868801396 | Business Strategy and Leadership | Management | Software Engineering | Computer Engineering and Networks | Computer Science | /Business Strategy and Leadership/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/979-8-8688-0140-2 | ||||||||||||||||
83 | 979-8-8688-0260-7 | Noeth | Kristyn Noeth | Kristyn Noeth, West Hollywood, CA, USA | The ESG and Sustainability Deskbook for Business | A Guide to Policy, Regulation, and Practice | Approx. 300 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 59.00 | 49.99 | Soft cover | 0 | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 290 | KJG | KJ | Apress | Apress | 0 | In production | 2024-07-01 | 2024-07-01 | 1 | Chapter 1. Understanding ESG: Factors, Foundations, and Differentiators.- Chapter 2. The Current ESG Outlook.- Chapter 3. The International Legal and Policy Foundations of ESG.- Chapter 4. A Deep Dive into the “E” in ESG.- Chapter 5. A Deep Dive into the “S” in ESG.- Chapter 6. A Deep Dive into the “G” in ESG.- Chapter 7. The Global ESG Regulatory Paradigm.- Chapter 8. The ESG Standards and Frameworks.- Chapter 9. The ESG Ratings Providers and Indices.- Chapter 10. The Role of the Corporation.- Chapter 11. The Role of the Financial Sector.- Chapter 12. The Role of International Bodies and UN Programs.- Chapter 12. The Role of International Bodies and UN. Programs.- Chapter 13. The Role of Business Interest Groups.- Chapter 14. The Role of NGOs and Third-Party Mechanisms.- Chapter 15. The Role of the Philanthropic Sector.- Chapter 16. The Pathways to Decarbonizing Key Sectors. | The interest in sustainability and environmental, social, and governance (ESG) from stakeholders across all sectors is growing and will continue to do so as we are in the most pivotal decade for meeting the global goals on climate change and sustainable development. This book is a compendium of the international agreements, regulatory advancements, and current practicum to inform a 360-degree viewpoint of the organizations, frameworks, and stakeholders that shape the evolving landscape. Written in a straightforward and conversational tone, you’ll embark on a knowledge journey on the progression of ESG and sustainability and how it directly shapes and informs current practice. It provides insights, discussion, and topical briefings as a side-by-side reader to accompany the rise of ESG and sustainability in business and the markets. The flow of information and reader education begins with the origins of sustainability in international treaties and policy. It then moves on to theadvent and differentiation of ESG, sustainability, and social responsibility; provides substantive issue briefings on the key “E,” “S,” and “G” factors. You’ll continue by walking through the global regulatory and standards paradigms; delve into ESG ratings and indices; and examine in-depth analysis of the respective roles of the corporation, the financial and investment sector, the international bodies, the business interest groups, the NGOs and third-party organizations, and the philanthropic community. You’ll also see that corporations and investors are advancing ESG and sustainability strategies and programs at a record pace. What were once regarded as “nice-to-have” initiatives with voluntary reporting have moved into the regulated sphere with mandatory public disclosures and reporting requirements on greenhouse gas emissions, climate risk and transition planning, biodiversity and nature-related impacts, supply chain transparency, anti-bribery and corruption, human rights, human capital, and board diversity. The ESG and Sustainability Deskbook for Business threads the needle with best practices, case studies, and takeaways to illustrate the applications and to enhance understanding. | The interest in sustainability and environmental, social, and governance (ESG) from stakeholders across all sectors is growing and will continue to do so as we are in the most pivotal decade for meeting the global goals on climate change and sustainable development. This book is a compendium of the international agreements, regulatory advancements, and current practicum to inform a 360-degree viewpoint of the organizations, frameworks, and stakeholders that shape the evolving landscape.Written in a straightforward and conversational tone, you’ll embark on a knowledge journey on the progression of ESG and sustainability and how it directly shapes and informs current practice. It provides insights, discussion, and topical briefings as a side-by-side reader to accompany the rise of ESG and sustainability in business and the markets. The flow of information and reader education begins with the origins of sustainability in international treaties and policy. It then moves on to theadvent and differentiation of ESG, sustainability, and social responsibility; provides substantive issue briefings on the key “E,” “S,” and “G” factors. You’ll continue by walking through the global regulatory and standards paradigms; delve into ESG ratings and indices; and examine in-depth analysis of the respective roles of the corporation, the financial and investment sector, the international bodies, the business interest groups, the NGOs and third-party organizations, and the philanthropic community. You’ll also see that corporations and investors are advancing ESG and sustainability strategies and programs at a record pace. What were once regarded as “nice-to-have” initiatives with voluntary reporting have moved into the regulated sphere with mandatory public disclosures and reporting requirements on greenhouse gas emissions, climate risk and transition planning, biodiversity and nature-related impacts, supply chain transparency, anti-bribery and corruption, humanrights, human capital, and board diversity. The ESG and Sustainability Deskbook for Business threads the needle with best practices, case studies, and takeaways to illustrate the applications and to enhance understanding.What You Will Learn Study the progression of ESG and sustainability and how related considerations increasingly drive business, policy, and economic decisionsReview Takeaways and best practices to provide insights and discussion pointsUnderstand the critical differences between ESG, social responsibility, and sustainabilityWho This Book is ForESG and Sustainability Practitioners (across all sectors), Corporate leadership, Tech sector (a key growth area for compliance, reporting, and GHG accounting), Investors, Compliance, risk, legal, and corporate governance professionals, Management and board consultants | Learn from a definitive guide to the current ESG and sustainability policy, business, and regulatory landscapeLook at a 360-degree overview of ESG and sustainability for practitioners, students, and policymakersUnderstand the origins, the stakeholders, and the market impact of ESG and sustainability practice | Kristyn Noeth is an accomplished advisor and speaker who collaborates with leaders and organizations worldwide as the Founder of Verde Legal, a law practice, and of Verde Impact, a purpose-driven advisory and consulting firm. Her current portfolio includes advising a climate tech company nominated for The Earthshot Prize, working as the sustainability advisor to an award-winning Bloomberg TV show, and partnering with changemakers and companies in all growth stages to advance their environmental, social, and governance goals toward a more equitable and sustainable future. She is frequently interviewed, and writes and presents, on a range of global change topics. Kristyn previously held in-house executive and legal roles in global corporations, law firms, charitable organizations, and the White House. Those positions include Chief Sustainability Officer, Chief Counsel, Sustainability, Head of Government Relations & Public Policy, and CCO, Charitable Foundations & Corporate Social Responsibility at market-leading companies, including Nestlé, Hess, and USAA. She also worked as an attorney at Weil, Gotshal & Manges and other top law firms. Kristyn began her career as a Presidential Management Fellow in the White House, working on COP3 and the Kyoto Protocol and has subsequently been engaged in the primary global policy, legislative, and regulatory initiatives on climate and sustainability. With a keen interest in the power of philanthropy and nonprofit programs to advance social good, Kristyn has been a member of the Board of Directors of Voss Foundation, Alzheimer’s Association, CITYarts, and MAG America. She has also served as pro bono counsel to many nonprofits throughout the course of her career. Kristyn holds a J.D. from Georgetown Law and a B.U.E.P. and an M.U.E.P. from the University of Virginia (UVA). Her thesis was entitled, “Implementing Market Mechanisms to Address Environmental and Social Cost,” and she was a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency NNEMS Fellow at UVA. Kristyn lives in Los Angeles and teaches the “Global Business Practices in Sustainability” course at UCLA Extension. Contact information and more is available at www.verdeimpact.com. | Trade | APress Trade (14) | Springer Trade (T) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9798868802607 | Business Ethics | Business and Management | Sustainability | Environmental and Sustainability Education | /Business Ethics/Moral Philosophy and Applied Ethics/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences/Management/Business and Management/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/979-8-8688-0261-4 | |||||||||||||||||
84 | 978-3-031-28115-0 | Olson | David L. Olson; Özgür M. Araz | David L. Olson, University of Nebraska–Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA; Özgür M. Araz, University of Nebraska–Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA | Data Mining and Analytics in Healthcare Management | Applications and Tools | X, 191 p. 64 illus., 59 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 64.99 | 69.54 | 71.49 | 54.99 | 77.00 | 69.99 | Soft cover | 1 | International Series in Operations Research & Management Science | 341 | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 191 | KCQ | KJMV | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | Available | 2024-04-22 | 2023-04-20 | 2024-04-21 | 2024-04-21 | 1 | Chapter 1: Urgency in Healthcare Data Analytics.- Chapter 2: Analytics and Knowledge Management in Healthcare.- Chapter 3: Visualization.- Chapter 4: Association Rules.- Chapter 5: Cluster Analysis.- Chapter 6: Time Series Forecasting.- Chapter 7: Classification Models.- Chapter 8: Applications of Predictive Data Mining in Healthcare.- Chapter 9: Decision Analysis and Applications in Healthcare.- Chapter 10: Analysis of Four Medical Datasets.- Chapter 11: Multiple Criteria Decision Models in Healthcare- Chapter 12: Naïve Bayes Models in Healthcare.- Chapter 13: Summation<div> </div> | This book presents data mining methods in the field of healthcare management in a practical way. Healthcare quality and disease prevention are essential in today’s world. Healthcare management faces a number of challenges, e.g. reducing patient growth through disease prevention, stopping or slowing disease progression, and reducing healthcare costs while improving quality of care. The book provides an overview of current healthcare management problems and highlights how analytics and knowledge management have been used to better cope with them. It then demonstrates how to use descriptive and predictive analytics tools to help address these challenges. In closing, it presents applications of software solutions in the context of healthcare management. Given its scope, the book will appeal to a broad readership, from researchers and students in the operations research and management field to practitioners such as data analysts and decision-makers who work in the healthcare sector. | This book presents data mining methods in the field of healthcare management in a practical way. Healthcare quality and disease prevention are essential in today’s world. Healthcare management faces a number of challenges, e.g. reducing patient growth through disease prevention, stopping or slowing disease progression, and reducing healthcare costs while improving quality of care. The book provides an overview of current healthcare management problems and highlights how analytics and knowledge management have been used to better cope with them. It then demonstrates how to use descriptive and predictive analytics tools to help address these challenges. In closing, it presents applications of software solutions in the context of healthcare management. Given its scope, the book will appeal to a broad readership, from researchers and students in the operations research and management field to practitioners such as data analysts and decision-makers who work in the healthcare sector. | Offers a comprehensive overview of healthcare data mining and analyticsDemonstrates software solutions using real-life dataShowcases practical healthcare management applications and tools | David L. Olson is the James & H.K. Stuart Professor in MIS and Chancellor’s Professor at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA. He has published research in over 200 refereed journal articles and has authored over 40 books. He has served as associate editor of a number of journals and made hundreds of presentations at international and national conferences on research topics. He is a member of the Decision Sciences Institute, the Institute for Operations Research and Management Sciences, and the Multiple Criteria Decision Making Society. He was a Lowry Mays endowed Professor at Texas A&M University from 1999 to 2001. He was named Best Enterprise Information Systems Educator by the IFIP in 2006. He is a Fellow of the Decision Sciences Institute. Dr. Özgür Araz is the Ron and Carol Cope Professor and Professor of Supply Chain Management and Analytics at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA. His research interests include systems simulation, business analytics, healthcare operations and public health informatics. His research has been supported by the NIH, Veterans Engineering Resource Center (VERC), HDR company, Boys Town of Nebraska, Nebraska Medicine and the University of Nebraska. Before joining the College of Business at UNL, he served at the College of Public Health at the University of Nebraska Medical Center (UNMC). He received his Ph.D. in Industrial Engineering from Arizona State University and was a postdoctoral research fellow at the Center for Computational Biology and Bioinformatics of the University of Texas at Austin. He is an editorial advisory board member of the Transportation Research Part E and also serves as associate editor for Decision Sciences and IISE Transactions on Healthcare Systems Engineering. He is the Public Health Informatics Area Editor for the journal Health Systems. He is also a faculty fellow of the Nebraska Governance and Technology Center and Daugherty Water for Food Global Institute. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031281150 | Health Care Management | Operations Management | Business Analytics | Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery | Health Informatics | /Health Care Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Industries/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-28113-6 | ||||||||||||
85 | 978-3-031-06218-6 | Omeihe | Kingsley Obi Omeihe | Kingsley Obi Omeihe, University of the West of Scotland, Paisley, UK | Trust and Market Institutions in Africa | Exploring the Role of Trust-Building in African Entrepreneurship | XXIII, 165 p. 6 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Palgrave Studies of Entrepreneurship in Africa | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 165 | KJH | KJK | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-04-11 | 2024-04-10 | 2024-04-10 | 1 | Chapter 1: Introduction.- Chapter 2: Paws for Thought: Reflections on the First Four Years of Lakeside Care Farm.- Chapter 3: Fear, fiction and facts: Animals in outdoor learning environments.- Chapter 4: Learning About the World to Save the World: How learning from animals may provide a means of promoting environmental awareness.- Chapter 5: Animals as catalysts for learning, personal growth and enlightenment. | This book places special focus on the importance of trust building, particularly in economies where formal legal arrangements are lacking. Taking the case of Africa, the author provides a framework of how indigenous institutions specify and define the rules, thereby allowing entrepreneurship to thrive. In particular, the book delves into the distinct evidence of institutional rivalry within Africa where competing institutions co-exist, leading to the emergence of dominant hybrid institutional forms. By placing enforcements at the heart of the issue, the author makes a convincing case for trust in a range of indigenous institutional arrangements.Based on an investigation of entrepreneurs operating across West Africa, the book explores how indigenous arrangements are sufficient in enforcing credible commitments to agreements. In the process, the author argues that trust is essential in stimulating entrepreneurial incentives in Africa. The book brings the real-world situation of local actors in live situations that almost every African entrepreneur can identify with. In a bold new step, the book attempts to show how African entrepreneurs have been able to respond to the specific socio-economic challenges of their environment and raises questions about the role of alternative indigenous institutions. For those interested in African studies, the book’s chapters and readings capture fresh insights and renewed enthusiasm for African entrepreneurship.Kingsley Omeihe is Head of Business Management at the University of Aberdeen. He is the President of the Academy for African Studies and Chair of African Studies at the British Academy of Management (BAM). He also serves as Chair of the Entrepreneurship in Minority Groups at the Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship (ISBE) and Head of macroeconomics at the Marcel House. His research interest in economic sociology examines the role of networks and norms in the emergence of economic institutions.This includes examining the reflexive basis of reputation in multiplex networks, identifying the sources of trust in low-trust societies and their sources of cooperation. | This book places special focus on the importance of trust building, particularly in economies where formal legal arrangements are lacking. Taking the case of Africa, the author provides a framework of how indigenous institutions specify and define the rules, thereby allowing entrepreneurship to thrive. In particular, the book delves into the distinct evidence of institutional rivalry within Africa where competing institutions co-exist, leading to the emergence of dominant hybrid institutional forms. By placing enforcements at the heart of the issue, the author makes a convincing case for trust in a range of indigenous institutional arrangements.Based on an investigation of entrepreneurs operating across West Africa, the book explores how indigenous arrangements are sufficient in enforcing credible commitments to agreements. In the process, the author argues that trust is essential in stimulating entrepreneurial incentives in Africa. The book brings the real-world situation of local actors in live situations that almost every African entrepreneur can identify with. In a bold new step, the book attempts to show how African entrepreneurs have been able to respond to the specific socio-economic challenges of their environment and raises questions about the role of alternative indigenous institutions. For those interested in African studies, the book’s chapters and readings capture fresh insights and renewed enthusiasm for African entrepreneurship. | Provides new theoretical insights on African entrepreneurship and institutionsFocuses on multiple case studies and provides insights on alternative indigenous arrangementsAdvances our understanding of how trust and network relationships operate within the West African context | Kingsley Omeihe is an Associate Professor of Marketing and Small Business at the University of the West of Scotland. He is the President of the Academy for African Studies and Chair of African Studies at the British Academy of Management (BAM). He also serves as Chair of the Entrepreneurship in Minority Groups at the Institute for Small Business and Entrepreneurship (ISBE) and Senior Economic Advisor at the Marcel House. His research interest in economic sociology examines the role of networks and norms in the emergence of economic institutions. This includes examining the reflexive basis of reputation in multiplex networks, and identifying the sources of trust in low-trust societies and their sources of cooperation. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Monograph (P6) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031062186 | Entrepreneurship | African Business | International Business | /Entrepreneurship/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-06216-2 | ||||||||||||||||
86 | 978-3-031-57998-1 | Palalić | Ramo Palalić; Claire Seaman; Veland Ramadani; Léo-Paul Dana; Gadaf Rexhepi | Ramo Palalić, Sultan Qaboos University, Muscat, Oman; Claire Seaman, Queen Margaret University, Musselburgh, UK; Veland Ramadani, South East European University, Tetovo, North Macedonia; Léo-Paul Dana, ICD Business School Paris, Paris, France; Gadaf Rexhepi, South East European University, Tetovo, North Macedonia | Sustainable Family Business | The Triple-Bottom-Line Approach | X, 190 p. 26 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 89.99 | 118.00 | 99.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Springer Texts in Business and Economics | Business and Management | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Book | 0 | English | 197 | KJVS | KJJ | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Worldwide | In production | 2024-07-01 | 2024-07-01 | 1 | 1. Sustainable Family Businesses: Concepts and Typology.- 2. Sustainability and Competitive Advantage in Family Businesses.- 3. Sustainable Finance in Family Businesses.- 4. Sustainable Human Resource Management in Family Businesses.- 5. Sustainable Marketing and Public Relations in Family Businesses.- 6. Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management in Family Businesses.- 7. Sustainable Research and Development in Family Businesses.- 8. Sustainable Global Operations in Family Businesses.- 9. Towards the Long-Term Sustainability through Leadership in Family Businesses. | This book introduces a 'triple-bottom-line' approach to the concept and practice of family business sustainability. It is geared towards a broad audience covering social, economic, and environmental issues, to focus on implementation of sustainable practices. Having this in mind, this book provides possible ways of successfully managing family businesses in a sustainable manner, which should also lead to long-term business longevity. The social perspectives addressed by this book discuss the social responsibility of the family business, using a two-way approach contributing to the development of society. The economic outlook is introduced by aiming at a sustainable competitive advantage with an economic impact, and how a family business should adapt to changes and be proactive to gain economic sustainability. The environmental dimension is focused on actions against global warming and global agreements aimed at businesses to change their policies to prioritize the environment as part of their strategy. This book thus explores possibilities for family firms to add values along all chains in business activities and to contribute to introducing green environment products, or environmentally safe products. Each part of the book represents an important pillar of the family business unit that helps the firm to achieve and sustain its competitive advantage using the triple-bottom-line approach. Besides the objectives and the content, each chapter provides one short story applicable to a chapter's content and a case study for each chapter or topic. As learning tools besides case studies, the book provides key summaries, terminology, group assignments, and projects. | This book introduces a 'triple-bottom-line' approach to the concept and practice of family business sustainability. It is geared towards a broad audience covering social, economic, and environmental issues, to focus on implementation of sustainable practices. Having this in mind, this book provides possible ways of successfully managing family businesses in a sustainable manner, which should also lead to long-term business longevity. The social perspectives addressed by this book discuss the social responsibility of the family business, using a two-way approach contributing to the development of society. The economic outlook is introduced by aiming at a sustainable competitive advantage with an economic impact, and how a family business should adapt to changes and be proactive to gain economic sustainability. The environmental dimension is focused on actions against global warming and global agreements aimed at businesses to change their policies to prioritize the environment as part of their strategy. This book thus explores possibilities for family firms to add values along all chains in business activities and to contribute to introducing green environment products, or environmentally safe products. Each part of the book represents an important pillar of the family business unit that helps the firm to achieve and sustain its competitive advantage using the triple-bottom-line approach. Besides the objectives and the content, each chapter provides one short story applicable to a chapter's content and a case study for each chapter or topic. As learning tools besides case studies, the book provides key summaries, terminology, group assignments, and projects. | Offers practical case-studies in managing the triple-bottom-line approach to sustainabilityProvides patterns for family business to stay on track of long-term sustainabilityConnects theory and practice for the classroom as well as for companies | Ramo Palalić is an Assistant Professor at the Management Department, College of Economics and Political Science, Sultan Qaboos University, Oman. Dr. Palalić has authored and co-authored many articles in globally recognised journals like Management Decision, International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behavior & Research, International Entrepreneurship and Management Journal, and alike. Additionally, he has co-authored/co-edited several books and many book chapters in the field of entrepreneurship. Moreover, Dr. Palalić is serving as the Co-Editor in Chief of Gestion 2000 Journal, Associate Editor of Asia Pacific Management Review (APMR), Enterprising Communities (JEC), and Heritage and Sustainable Development (HSD). Additionally, he is an active reviewer and editorial board member in several well-established international journals. Claire Seaman is a Professor Emerita in Enterprise and Family Business at Queen Margaret University, Edinburgh, UK. She has published over 30 journal articles and several books on family businesses in the UK, New Zealand, and Latin America, and is a regular contributor to family business conferences worldwide. Prof. Seaman maintains close links with the business community and business organizations such as the Scottish Family Business Association, Family Business United, and local economic development agencies. She is a frequent speaker at gatherings of family businesses and professional advisors. Veland Ramadani is a Professor of Entrepreneurship and Family Business at the Faculty of Business and Economics, South-East European University, North Macedonia. His primary areas of research focus on entrepreneurship, family businesses, innovation, and sustainability. Dr. Ramadani has an extensive body of work to his name, having authored or co-authored over 140 research articles, 80 book chapters, 12 textbooks, and 28 edited books. His research contributions are notably featured in prestigious academic journals, including the Journal of Business Research, Technological Forecasting and Social Change, Technology in Society, International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behavior & Research, and Review of Managerial Science, among others. Furthermore, his research influence is underscored by his consistent inclusion among the World's Top 2% of the most influential researchers, as determined by Elsevier and Stanford University for the last four consecutive years. Dr. Ramadani has remained actively engaged in various projects, including those funded by the European Union and universities in Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, and the United Arab Emirates. Additionally, he regularly offers consultancy services to private companies. Léo-Paul Dana is a Professor at ICD Business School Paris (France). He is also associated with the Chaire ETI at Sorbonne Business School. A graduate of McGill University and HEC-Montreal, he has served as Marie Curie Fellow at Princeton University and Visiting Professor at INSEAD. He has published extensively in a variety of journals. Gadaf Rexhepi, is Full Professor of Strategy and Innovation at South-East European University, Republic of North Macedonia. He has published around sixty research articles in different peer and refereed journals, among which Business Strategy and the Environment, Journal of Business Research, Sustainable Development, Corporate Social Responsible and Environment Management, Review of Managerial Science, Industrial Marketing Management etc. Most of his work has been in the field of CSR and Sustainability. He has served as a consultant for development of the Rector of South East European University. From 2020 he is a member of the Council of National Bank of the Republic of North Macedonia. He received the Award for Ex | Students | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031579981 | Family Business | Corporate Environmental Management | Sustainability | Operations Management | Social Economy | /Family Business/Entrepreneurship/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-57999-8 | ||||||||||||||
87 | 978-3-031-58888-4 | Poveda-Pareja | Esther Poveda-Pareja; Bartolomé Marco-Lajara; Mercedes Úbeda-García; Encarnación Manresa Marhuenda | Esther Poveda-Pareja, University of Alicante, Alicante, Spain; Bartolomé Marco-Lajara, University of Alicante, Alicante, Spain; Mercedes Úbeda-García, University of Alicante, Alicante, Spain; Encarnación Manresa Marhuenda, University of Alicante, Alicante, Spain | The Strategic Paradigm of CSR and Sustainability | A Public-Private Approach | Approx. 220 p. 20 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 149.99 | 201.00 | 199.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Palgrave Studies in Governance, Leadership and Responsibility | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 229 | KJR | KJJ | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-07-04 | 2024-07-04 | 1 | 1. Introduction.- Part I. Companies as agents of change in the development of CSR and the achievement of sustainability goals. A private sector perspective.- 2. The Systemic Contexts and Dynamic Trajectories of Corporate Social Responsibility in Chinese Automobile Industry.- 3. Corporate Social Responsibility Challenges in The Mining Industry and ISO 26000.- 4. Sectorial Technological Intensity as a Differentiating Factor for Green Innovation and Economic and Sustainable Performance in Industrial Companies of the Valencian Community.- 5. Agglomeration Environments to Enhance CSR Strategies: A Tourism District Approach Towards Sustainability.- 6. Sustainable Tourism: Towards a Circular Economy with Transportation as a Key Factor.- Part II. Public initiatives to promote CSR and sustainability: Cooperation as a key element for sustainable success.- 7. Regulation Wave in the Fashion Industry. Media Framing of Legalised CSR.- 8. Strategic Planning for a Smart Sustainable City Model. The Importance of Public Administration and Enterprises Cooperation.- 9. Implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in Municipalities with Less Than 2,500 Inhabitants: The Agenda Marca Pueblo Project.- 10. Measurement of Circularity for the Generation of Strategic Information in the Implementation of Sustainable Tourism Models.- 11. Conclusions. | It has become increasingly clear that promotion of sustainability initiatives by governments and other public institutions alone is not enough to bring about the necessary progress in tackling the ‘Grand Challenges’ of climate change and inequality. A higher level of involvement is required from companies, as the main agents of economic development. Therefore, research is needed to determine how the desired levels of sustainability can be achieved through each of the spheres (public and private) as well as by considering collaboration between both. This book analyses Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and sustainability from a public-private perspective, considering the actions of stakeholders belonging to both the private and public scopes, their ability to collaborate and the paradigmatic relationship between CSR and sustainability as it moves across the public and private spheres. It will be of great interest to students and scholars of sustainability strategy, CSR, policy and corporate governance, as well as internal and external stakeholders engaged in corporate policy and strategic management. Esther Poveda-Pareja is Assistant Professor of Business Organization at the University of Alicante, Spain. Her research interests are mainly focused on corporate social responsibility and strategic management (concretely in agglomeration economies and tourism management). Bartolomé Marco-Lajara is Professor of Business Organization at the University of Alicante, Spain. His research interests are on Strategic Management and Tourism Management. He is a member of the Tourism Research Institute of the University of Alicante, holding now the position of Head of the Department of Business Organization at this University. Mercedes Úbeda García is Full Professor of Business Organization at the University of Alicante, Spain. She is a member of the Tourism Research Institute of the University of Alicante. Her main lines of research are related to Human Resources Management, Corporate Social Responsibility and Organizational Ambidexterity, in the tourism sector. Encarnación Manresa-Marhuenda is Associate Professor of Business Organization and Director of the Strategic Management Division at the University of Alicante, Spain. Her research interests are in the area of Strategic Management, Corporate Strategy, Environmental and Innovation Economics, Human Resources Management, International Business and Higher Education. | It has become increasingly clear that promotion of sustainability initiatives by governments and other public institutions alone is not enough to bring about the necessary progress in tackling the ‘Grand Challenges’ of climate change and inequality. A higher level of involvement is required from companies, as the main agents of economic development. Therefore, research is needed to determine how the desired levels of sustainability can be achieved through each of the spheres (public and private) as well as by considering collaboration between both. This book analyses Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and sustainability from a public-private perspective, considering the actions of stakeholders belonging to both the private and public scopes, their ability to collaborate and the paradigmatic relationship between CSR and sustainability as it moves across the public and private spheres. It will be of great interest to students and scholars of sustainability strategy, CSR, policy and corporate governance, as well as internal and external stakeholders engaged in corporate policy and strategic management. | Emphasises the disconnect between public initiatives and private action in achieving sustainable developmentExplores the relationship between CSR and sustainable development with corporate governanceIncludes a combination of theoretical debate and practical solutions for strategic management | Esther Poveda-Pareja is Assistant Professor of Business Organization at the University of Alicante, Spain. Her research interests are mainly focused on corporate social responsibility and strategic management (concretely in agglomeration economies and tourism management). Bartolomé Marco-Lajara is Professor of Business Organization at the University of Alicante, Spain. His research interests are on Strategic Management and Tourism Management. He is a member of the Tourism Research Institute of the University of Alicante, holding now the position of Head of the Department of Business Organization at this University. Mercedes Úbeda García is Full Professor of Business Organization at the University of Alicante, Spain. She is a member of the Tourism Research Institute of the University of Alicante. Her main lines of research are related to Human Resources Management, Corporate Social Responsibility and Organizational Ambidexterity, in the tourism sector. Encarnación Manresa-Marhuenda is Associate Professor of Business Organization and Director of the Strategic Management Division at the University of Alicante, Spain. Her research interests are in the area of Strategic Management, Corporate Strategy, Environmental and Innovation Economics, Human Resources Management, International Business and Higher Education. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031588884 | Corporate Governance | Corporate Environmental Management | /Corporate Governance/Accounting/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58889-1 | ||||||||||||||||||
88 | 978-981-19-9679-5 | Progano | Ricardo Nicolas Progano; Joseph M. Cheer; Xosé Manuel Santos | Ricardo Nicolas Progano, Wakayama University, Wakayama City, Japan; Joseph M. Cheer, Western Sydney University, Penrith, NSW, Australia; Xosé Manuel Santos, University of Santiago de Compostela, Santiago de Compostela, Spain | Host Communities and Pilgrimage Tourism | Asia and Beyond | XV, 233 p. 1 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Perspectives on Asian Tourism | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 233 | KN | KJM | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 1 | Available | 2024-04-27 | 2023-04-25 | 2024-04-26 | 2024-04-26 | 1 | <div>Chapter 1 Communities and pilgrimage in tourism research- Chapter 2 Sacred Spaces and the ‘Other’: Social Distance, Functional Distance, and Two Pilgrimage Sites in Asia.- Chapter 3 Development of Tourism Governance for Religious Tourism: A New Form of Local Community in Najaf, Iraq.- Chapter 4 Tourism visitors, pilgrimage and contested spaces: community, heritage, ecology and perception.- Chapter 5 Monastic Hosts’ Sentiments Toward Hosting Buddhist Associations’ Group Pilgrims The Case of Pu-Tuo.- Chapter 6 Pilgrimage tourism to sacred places of high Himalaya and its impact on residents across generations. The case of Yamunotri Temple.- Chapter 7 Impacts of processional pilgrimage on host communities: Insights from the Palkhi pilgrimage in India.- Chapter 8 Pilgrimage Tourism in Palestine: The Backbone of the Palestinian Economy.- Chapter 9 Pilgrimage Tourism, Accessibility and Local Communities in Western Countries. The Camino de Santiago de Compostela and the Via Francigena forall.- Chapter 10 Hindu Pilgrimages (India) and Religious Functionaries.- Chapter 11 The Network of the Way of St. James in Poland – Genesis, Development as well as Religious, Cultural and Socio-Economic Impact.- Chapter 12 Sacred Architecture as a Resource for the Development of Religious Tourism in the Regions of Ukraine.- Chapter 13 Pilgrimage, means of transportation and its effects on host communities.- Chapter 14 Pilgrimage Tourism Afterword: Emergent Themes and Implications.</div> | This book delves into topics on pilgrimage travel and communities from a variety of perspectives through academic research based on the Middle East, Northeast Asia, the Indian subcontinent, and Europe, where sacred sites have become of great importance for both international and domestic tourism. In particular, Europe and Asia possess a high volume of world-renowned pilgrimage sites that are currently being developed as tourism destinations in their respective countries, such as Santiago de Compostela (Spain), Lourdes (France), and Koyasan (Japan). This book includes studies on these two continents that harbor both a great history of pilgrimage tradition, as well as tourism development related to religious travel. The book importantly covers the role of the community in religious tourism, as well as the impact on the locals, which is comparatively an unexplored area. Whilst pilgrimage is seen as an effective tool to revitalize local economies, this book also reveals the different challenges to achieving this goal. Realizing the importance of the interrelationship of community and pilgrimage travel, as well as the lack of studies on it, this book seeks to address this research gap through 14 chapters divided into two parts, ‘Communities and Constestation’ and ‘Pilgrimage Shaping Communities’. To ensure diverse perspectives, case studies from different Eurasian countries, written by authors with expertise in the study of pilgrimage and religious travel, are included. Readers can expect to gain new perspectives by having a deeper comprehension of the ‘community side‘ of pilgrimage travel in Eurasia, and thus an integral understanding of contemporary pilgrimage | This book delves into topics on pilgrimage travel and communities from a variety of perspectives through academic research based on the Middle East, Northeast Asia, the Indian subcontinent, and Europe, where sacred sites have become of great importance for both international and domestic tourism. In particular, Europe and Asia possess a high volume of world-renowned pilgrimage sites that are currently being developed as tourism destinations in their respective countries, such as Santiago de Compostela (Spain), Lourdes (France), and Koyasan (Japan). This book includes studies on these two continents that harbor both a great history of pilgrimage tradition, as well as tourism development related to religious travel. The book importantly covers the role of the community in religious tourism, as well as the impact on the locals, which is comparatively an unexplored area. Whilst pilgrimage is seen as an effective tool to revitalize local economies, this book also reveals the different challenges to achieving this goal. Realizing the importance of the interrelationship of community and pilgrimage travel, as well as the lack of studies on it, this book seeks to address this research gap through 14 chapters divided into two parts, ‘Communities and Constestation’ and ‘Pilgrimage Shaping Communities’. To ensure diverse perspectives, case studies from different Eurasian countries, written by authors with expertise in the study of pilgrimage and religious travel, are included. Readers can expect to gain new perspectives by having a deeper comprehension of the ‘community side‘ of pilgrimage travel in Eurasia, and thus an integral understanding of contemporary pilgrimage | Addresses the community/supply side of Asian pilgrimage travel, an understudied areaCase studies from a diverse range of Asian regions to offer a variety of perspectives and case studiesPractical implications for policy-makers due to the book’s theme | <div>Ricardo Nicolas Progano (PhD) is a Lecturer at the Center for Tourism Research of Wakayama University, Japan. His research interests include religious tourism, heritage management, and cross-cultural studies. He has carried fieldwork on the recent tourism development of Japanese pilgrimage sites, such as Kumano Kodo and Koyasan. His research publications include: Progano, R. N., Kato, K., & Cheer, J. M. (2020). Visitor diversification in pilgrimage destinations: Comparing national and international visitors through means-end; and Progano, R. N. (2021). The impact of COVID-19 on temple stays: A case study from Koyasan, Japan.</div><div>Joseph M. Cheer is incoming Professor of Sustainable Tourism and Heritage, School of Social Sciences, Western Sydney University in 2023. He was previously based at Center for Tourism Research, Wakayama University, and holds adjunct/visitor positions at AUT, New Zealand and UCSI University, Malaysia. Joseph is Co Editor-in-Chief of the leading journal in tourism and geographies, Tourism Geographies. To date, he has published over 60 articles and book chapters and has published 10 books. Joseph is board member International Geographical Union (IGU) Commission on Tourism; American Association of Geographers, Recreation, Tourism and Sport (AAG-RTS) and Critical Tourism Studies-Asia Pacific (CTS-AP). He is also a board member of key tourism industry association, PATA (Pacific Asia Travel Association).</div><div></div><div>Xosé Manuel Santos is a full professor in Geography, at the University of Santiago de Compostela, in the Department of Geography. He is specialised in tourist studies. He has carried out work on the recent changes in rural areas and other Human Geographic aspects. He also dedicates his research time to developing tourist analysis referring to historic cities, cultural itineraries, and pilgrimage routes. He has been the Director of the Centre for Tourism Studies and Research (CETUR). at the University of Santiago de Compostela (2005-2014). His professional career abroad has seen him be the guest lecturer in universities in Ireland (University College Cork), Norway (University of Trondheim), UK (University of Edinburgh), and Canada (Memorial University of Newfoundland and UQAM-Montreal). Some academic publications: 1. Santos, X (2021). The multiple views on the values and identity of the Pilgrimage to Santiago. En D. Liutikas (Ed.), Pilgrims: Values and Identities. Cabi: Wallingford, pp. 83-93. 2.“Landscape and power: The debate around ugliness in Galicia (Spain”) (in collaboration with Piñeiro). Landscape Research 45 (7), pp. 841-853. 2020. 3.“Analisys of territorial development and management practices along the Way of Saint-James in Galicia (Spain) (in collaboration with Lopez). In Griffiths, M. and Wiltshier, P. (Eds.): Managing Religious Tourism. Cabi, Oxford, pp. 112-123. 2019</div><div> </div> | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789811996795 | Industries | Management | Asian History | /Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Industries/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-19-9677-1 | |||||||||||||||
89 | 978-981-19-9233-9 | Qin | Zheng Qin; Yan Li; Yinzhou Yang | Zheng Qin, Southern University of Science and Technology, Shenzhen, China; Yan Li, Shanghai International Studies University, Shanghai, China; Yinzhou Yang, Southern University of Science and Technology, Shenzhen, China | Management Innovation and Big Data | XV, 217 p. 14 illus., 9 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 64.99 | 69.54 | 71.49 | 54.99 | 77.00 | 69.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Management for Professionals | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 217 | UN | KJ | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 0 | Available | 2024-04-22 | 2024-04-21 | 2024-04-21 | 1 | Decision-making.- Organization.- Leadership.- Control.- Innovation.- Basic Concepts.- Decision-making.- Management Practice Cases. | Adhering to the combination of theoretical introduction and practical case introduction, this book summarizes the basic concepts and methods in management and big data analysis at home and abroad and introduces a large number of relevant practical cases, especially new cases in the Internet era, to help readers integrate theoretical knowledge into practical applications. The chapters of this book are interrelated and independent of each other, making it easy for the reader to study in pieces or to delve deeper into a particular topic of interest. Covering an array of theories about management and big data at home and abroad, this book lays a solid foundation for being an authentic manager. It is organized into sections on decision-making, organization, leadership, control, innovation, and big data to fully dissect and summarize the basic concepts of these characters in management and to show the basic methods that managers can use to solve problems. Each section contains a large number of examples to demonstrate how entrepreneurs successfully manage their large companies and overcome the difficulties in the business, utilizing the corresponding management functions or big data technology. Further, in order to adapt to the development of the Internet era, this book also absorbs a lot of practice cases of management innovation and big data which have emerged in recent years based on advanced network platform and big data analysis. This book puts great emphasis on the innovative function of management, adding more comprehensive methods and more updated cases related to the Internet. | Adhering to the combination of theoretical introduction and practical case introduction, this book summarizes the basic concepts and methods in management and big data analysis at home and abroad and introduces a large number of relevant practical cases, especially new cases in the Internet era, to help readers integrate theoretical knowledge into practical applications. The chapters of this book are interrelated and independent of each other, making it easy for the reader to study in pieces or to delve deeper into a particular topic of interest. Covering an array of theories about management and big data at home and abroad, this book lays a solid foundation for being an authentic manager. It is organized into sections on decision-making, organization, leadership, control, innovation, and big data to fully dissect and summarize the basic concepts of these characters in management and to show the basic methods that managers can use to solve problems. Each section contains a large number of examples to demonstrate how entrepreneurs successfully manage their large companies and overcome the difficulties in the business, utilizing the corresponding management functions or big data technology. Further, in order to adapt to the development of the Internet era, this book also absorbs a lot of practice cases of management innovation and big data which have emerged in recent years based on advanced network platform and big data analysis. This book puts great emphasis on the innovative function of management, adding more comprehensive methods and more updated cases related to the Internet. | Summarizes various theories in management and big data analysisOffers rich and targeted cases involving many large companies in China and other countries in recent yearsPresents the Internet technology integrated into the methods and practices of management innovation | Zheng Qin is a professor and a doctoral supervisor. He serves as the founding vice president of Southern University of Science and Technology and the founding dean of the School of Information Management and Engineering, Shanghai University of Finance and Economics. He has taken charge of and finished many academic projects of national natural science foundation, provincial natural science foundation, and at provincial and ministerial levels. He has published more than 100 theses at home and abroad and has finished 16 works and 2 national patents. He has won provincial and ministerial science and technology progress awards, 2005 Citigroup Financial Information Technology Education Fund Project Excellence Award Teaching Fellowship, 2006 Baosteel Outstanding Teacher Award, etc. Yan Li serves as an associate professor and a master tutor of Shanghai International Studies University. She is also a visiting scholar of University of Michigan, USA. She has presided over a number of scientific research projects, such as the National Natural Science Foundation of China, sub-projects of major projects of social sciences, and special fund for outstanding young teachers in universities and colleges of Shanghai. More than 30 papers have been published at home and abroad. She was awarded the International Paper Award in 2016, the National Excellent Case Award in 2014, the Shao Yibing Teaching Award in 2018, the Professional Backbone Teacher in 2016, and the March 8th Red Banner Player of Shanghai International Studies University in 2012. Yinzhou Yang is a postgraduate of Southern University of Science and Technology. She joined the research group led by Professor Qin Zheng, took “The Bottlenecks and Countermeasures for Local Governments to Introduce University Resources” as the research direction, and published thesis at international conferences as the corresponding author. She has won the university-level outstanding graduateand the second prize of outstanding student for many times. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789811992339 | Big Data | Innovation and Technology Management | E-Business | /Big Data/IT in Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Data Analysis and Big Data/Statistics/Mathematics and Computing/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-19-9231-5 | |||||||||||||||||
90 | 978-3-031-59260-7 | Ramadani | Veland Ramadani; Erick P. C. Chang; Ramo Palalić; Esra Memili | Veland Ramadani, South East European University, Tetovo, North Macedonia; Erick P. C. Chang, Arkansas State University, Jonesboro, AR, USA; Ramo Palalić, Sultan Qaboos University, Muscat, Oman; Esra Memili, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, Greensboro, NC, USA | Entrepreneurial Family Businesses | A Textbook on Innovation, Governance, and Succession, with Case Studies | X, 240 p. 53 illus., 52 illus. in color. | 2 | 2024 | approx. | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99.99 | 130.00 | 109.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Springer Texts in Business and Economics | Business and Management | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Book | 0 | English | 258 | KJVS | KJC | Springer | Springer International Publishing | 0 | Worldwide | In production | 2024-07-06 | 2024-07-06 | 1 | 2020 | ,978-3-030-47777-6,978-3-030-47778-3,978-3-030-47779-0,978-3-030-47780-6 | Part I: Essentials.- 1. Nature of Family Business.- 2. Governance in the Family Businesses.- 3. Socioemotional Wealth in Family Businesses.- Part II: Strategic Aspects.- 4. Strategic Management in the Family Businesses.- 5. Succession and Family Businesses Longevity.-6. Human Resource Management in Family Businesses.- Part III: Implementation.- 7. Conflict Management in Family Businesses.- 8. Innovation in Family Businesses.- 9. Internationalization of Family Businesses.- Part IV: Cases.- 10. Antigua Relojería, a lauded centenary antique watchmaking family business.- 11. Esof LTD. as a savvy entrepreneurial family firm: from the local market to the international arena.- 12. Legacy and transition: the case of Batik Katura in Trusmi, Indonesia.- 13. QCamel.- 14. Pollo Campero: More than chicken in overhead bins.- 15. Marfrig and the Revolution Burger. | This book provides an extensive overview of family business-related topics such as context and uniqueness, lifecycle and ownership configurations, conflict management, corporate governance, succession challenges, internationalization, innovation, and socioemotional wealth. Each chapter features clear learning objectives, key concepts and terminology, and dedicated case studies to demonstrate the main messages. The book not only considers the day-to-day dynamics in family businesses but also places substantial emphasis on the entrepreneurial skills needed for these businesses to survive and thrive, today and tomorrow. In addition, it elaborates and discusses a number of best practice examples, which offer valuable guidance not only for scholars but also for students who wish to study these challenges. This new edition includes new topics, such as open innovation, sustainable and green family entrepreneurship, digital aspects in the family business, estate planning, and strategic HR. Specially curated case studies, and additional tasks and activities for classrooms will be particularly useful for MBA students and lecturers. | This book provides an extensive overview of family business-related topics such as context and uniqueness, lifecycle and ownership configurations, conflict management, corporate governance, succession challenges, internationalization, innovation, and socioemotional wealth. Each chapter features clear learning objectives, key concepts and terminology, and dedicated case studies to demonstrate the main messages. The book not only considers the day-to-day dynamics in family businesses but also places substantial emphasis on the entrepreneurial skills needed for these businesses to survive and thrive, today and tomorrow. In addition, it elaborates and discusses a number of best practice examples, which offer valuable guidance not only for scholars but also for students who wish to study these challenges. This new edition includes new topics, such as open innovation, sustainable and green family entrepreneurship, digital aspects in the family business, estate planning, and strategic HR. Specially curated case studies, and additional tasks and activities for classrooms will be particularly useful for MBA students and lecturers. | Adds new topics to the original edition: open innovation, sustainability, digitalization, and estate planning, and moreProvides learning objectives, key concepts and terminology, and case studies for each chapterHighlights familiy businesses issues from organization, succession, to strategic management | Veland Ramadani is a Professor of Entrepreneurship and Family Business at the Faculty of Business and Economics, South-East European University, North Macedonia. His research interests include entrepreneurship, small business management, and family businesses. He authored or co-authored several research articles, textbooks, and edited volumes. He has published in the Journal of Business Research, Technological Forecasting and Social Change, Review of Managerial Science, Technology in Society, International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behavior & Research, and Management Decision, among others. In 2017, he was appointed as a member of the Supervisory Board of the Development Bank of North Macedonia, where for ten months served as an acting Chief Operating Officer (COO) as well. Erick P.C. Chang is an Associate Professor of Management at Neil Griffin College of Business at Arkansas State University (USA). He comes from an entrepreneurial family, who has run businesses in Guatemala, the U.S., and other countries over the last 5 generations. He has published in the Journal of Business Venturing, Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice, and Family Business Review, among others. He is an editorial board member of Family Business Review and Journal of Family Business Strategy. His achievements include Arkansas Governor's Cup as an advisor; C. Sam Walls Entrepreneurship Educator of the Year for Arkansas, A-State Service Faculty Award; and other prominent achievements. Ramo Palalic is an Assistant Professor at the Management Department, College of Economics and Political Science, Sultan Qaboos University, Oman. Dr Palalić has authored and co-authored many articles in globally recognised journals like Management Decision, International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behavior & Research, International Entrepreneurship and Management Journal, and alike. Additionally, he has co-authored/co-edited several books and many book chapters in the field of entrepreneurship. Moreover, Dr. Palalić is serving as the Co-Editor in Chief of Gestion 2000 Journal, Associate Editor of Asia Pacific Management Review, Enterprising Communities (JEC), and Heritage and Sustainable Development (HSD). Additionally, he is an active reviewer and editorial board member in several well-established international journals. Esra Memili is an Associate Professor of Entrepreneurship and Dean’s Notable Scholar at the Bryan School of Business and Economics, University of North Carolina-Greensboro (USA). She is the author of manuscripts that have appeared in Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, Global Strategy Journal, Long Range Planning, Family Business Review, Journal of Small Business Management, Journal of Family Business Strategy, Small Business Economics, and others. She is an Associate Editor at Journal of Family Business Strategy and an Editorial Review Board member of the Journal of Management Studies, Family Business Review, Journal of Leadership and Organizational Studies, Entrepreneurship Research Journal, and the International Journal of Management and Enterprise Development. Dr. Memili has recently published a co-edited book titled The Palgrave Handbook of Heterogeneity among Family Firms. | Students | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031592607 | Family Business | Business Strategy and Leadership | Innovation and Technology Management | Corporate Governance | /Family Business/Entrepreneurship/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-59261-4 | |||||||||||||
91 | 978-981-97-2627-1 | Rathnayaka | Shashika D. Rathnayaka; Saroja Selvanathan; Eliyathamby A. Selvanathan | Shashika D. Rathnayaka, University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen; Saroja Selvanathan, Griffith University, Nathan, QLD, Australia; Eliyathamby A. Selvanathan, Griffith University, Nathan, QLD, Australia | Economic Development and Consumption Patterns in Asian Countries | X, 140 p. 10 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 109.99 | 142.00 | 139.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 217 | KJS | KCM | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 0 | In production | 2024-07-08 | 2024-07-08 | 1 | Chapter 1: Changing consumption patterns in the Asian region: An overview.- Chapter 2: A review of the theory of consumer demand.- Chapter 3: A review of cross-country consumption studies.- Chapter 4: Demand systems estimation for Asian countries.- Chapter 5: Asian consumption patterns: a decomposition analysis.- Chapter 6: Modelling the dynamic behavior of Asian consumption patterns.- Chapter 7: Demand for animal-derived food in Asian countries.- Chapter 8: Concluding remarks. | This book analyzes consumption patterns in Asian countries that are at different stages of economic development and highlights the similarities and disparities of consumption patterns across countries using a system-wide framework. In a departure from previous studies in the literature which mainly present only single-country analysis, this book aims to provide a comprehensive analysis of cross-country consumption patterns considering several Asian countries, using the most recent consumption expenditure data for aggregate commodity groups. In comparing consumption patterns across countries, the book use unit-free measurements such as budget shares and changes in logarithms of price and quantities, thus avoiding problems associated with exchange rate conversions. The book also analyses the dynamic behaviour in the consumption patterns of the Asian consumers. The findings of this book will be invaluable to researchers in development economics as well as policymakers in the formulation of fiscal policy or other types of economic control. | This book analyzes consumption patterns in Asian countries that are at different stages of economic development and highlights the similarities and disparities of consumption patterns across countries using a system-wide framework. In a departure from previous studies in the literature which mainly present only single-country analysis, this book aims to provide a comprehensive analysis of cross-country consumption patterns considering several Asian countries, using the most recent consumption expenditure data for aggregate commodity groups. In comparing consumption patterns across countries, the book use unit-free measurements such as budget shares and changes in logarithms of price and quantities, thus avoiding problems associated with exchange rate conversions. The book also analyses the dynamic behaviour in the consumption patterns of the Asian consumers. The findings of this book will be invaluable to researchers in development economics as well as policymakers in the formulation of fiscal policy or other types of economic control. | Considers the implications of findings on the formulation of fiscal policyExplores the diversity of the consumer basket among Asian consumersReviews the economic theory of consumer demand and country consumption studies in the context of Asia | Shashika D Rathnayaka is a Research Fellow at the Rowett Institute, University of Aberdeen, United Kingdom. Shashika is also an Applied Economist at the Scottish Environment, Food and Agriculture Research Institutes (SEFARI) and a Fellow at the University of Aberdeen’s Centre for Research in Energy Economics and Finance (ACREEF). Saroja Selvanathan is a Professor of Econometrics in the Economics and Business Statistics Discipline at Griffith University, Queensland, Australia. Saroja is also the co-Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of the Asia Pacific Economy. Saroja has a PhD from University of Western Australia and has published 8 research monographs and well over 100 journal articles. Eliyathamby A Selvanathan is the director of the Economics Policy Analysis Program (EPAP) and Professor of Econometrics in the Economics and Business Statistics Discipline at Griffith University, Queensland, Australia. Selva has published 10 research monographs and well over 100 journal articles. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789819726271 | Consumer Behavior | Development Economics | Economic Growth | Asian Economics | /Consumer Behavior /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/Social Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-97-2628-8 | ||||||||||||||||||
92 | 978-3-031-52325-0 | Rye | Sara Rye | Sara Rye, University of Bradford, Bradford, UK | Optimising Response Partnership for Natural Disaster Management | The PREDIS Decision Platform | Approx. 120 p. 40 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 34.99 | 47.50 | 44.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Palgrave Studies in Logistics and Supply Chain Management | Business and Management | Brief/Pivot | Book | 0 | English | 165 | KJMV | KJMV | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-17 | 2024-07-17 | 1 | Chapter 1: Partners Proliferation in Disaster Response Network.- Chapter 2: Challenge to deal with the partner proliferation.- Chapter 3: Predicting Human Impact within the golden hours.- Chapter 4: PRED Model - Disaster Impact Assessment Models.- Chapter 5: EDIS Model - Need assessment in disaster golden hours.- Chapter 6: PREDIS MODEL, Implications and Limitations.- Chapter 7: Case Study. | Natural disasters often happen without warning. Finding and planning ways to manage for them is a humanitarian and economic necessity and the practitioners and stakeholders charged with this require as robust and comprehensive a toolkit as possible. This book focuses on the proliferation of partners in managing natural disasters and proposes the ‘PREDIS decision platform,’ a predictive model for disaster response configuration.To tackle the difficulties of coordinating disaster response, this book stands out by fusing theoretical understandings, useful advice, and cutting-edge technology. Combining practical case studies and honest analysis, this book, part of the Palgrave Studies in Logistics and Supply Chain Management book series, will be vital reading for scholars and students of humanitarian logistics and disaster management.Sara Rye is an Associate Professor in Project Management for Development at the University of Bradford, UK. Her research is in disaster management, logistics, operations, supply chain and project management. She has previously held positions at London South Bank University, Middlesex University, Bedfordshire University and Buckingham New University, and has worked in the private sector as a management consultant and supply chain manager. | Natural disasters often happen without warning. Finding and planning ways to manage for them is a humanitarian and economic necessity and the practitioners and stakeholders charged with this require as robust and comprehensive a toolkit as possible. This book focuses on the proliferation of partners in managing natural disasters and proposes the ‘PREDIS decision platform,’ a predictive model for disaster response configuration. To tackle the difficulties of coordinating disaster response, this book stands out by fusing theoretical understandings, useful advice, and cutting-edge technology. Combining practical case studies and honest analysis, this book, part of the Palgrave Studies in Logistics and Supply Chain Management book series, will be vital reading for scholars and students of humanitarian logistics and disaster management. | Introduces the 'PREDIS decision platform,' a predictive model for disaster response configurationAdopts a multifaceted approach that involves various disciplines and stakeholdersOffers real-world case studies and examples to support the implementation of PREDIS in disaster operations | Sara Rye is an Associate Professor in Project Management for Development at the University of Bradford, UK. Her research is in disaster management, logistics, operations, supply chain and project management. She has previously held positions at London South Bank University, Middlesex University, Bedfordshire University and Buckingham New University, and has worked in the private sector as a management consultant and supply chain manager. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031523250 | Logistics | Operations Management | Business Strategy and Leadership | /Logistics/Operations Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-52326-7 | |||||||||||||||||
93 | 978-3-031-57926-4 | Sawik | Tadeusz Sawik | Tadeusz Sawik, AGH University of Kraków, Kraków, Poland | Stochastic Programming in Supply Chain Risk Management | Resilience, Viability, and Cybersecurity | Approx. 250 p. 50 illus. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Hard cover | 0 | International Series in Operations Research & Management Science | 359 | Business and Management | Monograph | Book | 0 | English | 350 | KJMV8 | KJT | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-06-13 | 2024-06-13 | 1 | Introduction.- Supply Chain Resilience: Supply Portfolio.- Supply Chain Resilience: Multi-Tier Supply Portfolio.- Supply Chain Resilience under Ripple Effect.- Supply Chain Viability: Risk-Neutral Decision-Making.- Supply Chain Viability: Risk-Averse Decision-Making.- Supply Chain Reshoring: Risk-Neutral vs Risk-Averse Decision-Making.- Supply Chain Cybersecurity: A Linear Optimization Model.- Supply Chain Cybersecurity: Direct and Indirect Cyber Risks.- Supply Chain Cybersecurity: Security Controls with Maximum Cybersecurity Value. | This book offers a novel multi-portfolio approach and stochastic programming formulations for modeling and solving contemporary supply chain risk management problems. The focus of the book is on supply chain resilience under propagated disruptions, supply chain viability under severe crises, and supply chain cybersecurity under direct and indirect cyber risks. The content is illustrated with numerous computational examples, some of which are modeled on real-world supply chains subject to severe multi-regional or global crises, such as pandemics. In the computational examples, the proposed stochastic programming models are solved using an advanced algebraic modeling language AMPL and GUROBI solver. The book seamlessly continues the journey begun in the author’s previously published book “Supply Chain Disruption Management: Using Stochastic Mixed Integer Programming.” It equips readers with the knowledge, tools, and managerial insights needed to effectively model and address modern supply chain risk management challenges. As such, the book is designed for practitioners and researchers who are interested in supply chain risk management. Master’s and Ph.D. students in disciplines like supply chain management, operations research, industrial engineering, applied mathematics, and computer science will also find the book a valuable resource. | This book offers a novel multi-portfolio approach and stochastic programming formulations for modeling and solving contemporary supply chain risk management problems. The focus of the book is on supply chain resilience under propagated disruptions, supply chain viability under severe crises, and supply chain cybersecurity under direct and indirect cyber risks. The content is illustrated with numerous computational examples, some of which are modeled on real-world supply chains subject to severe multi-regional or global crises, such as pandemics. In the computational examples, the proposed stochastic programming models are solved using an advanced algebraic modeling language AMPL and GUROBI solver. The book seamlessly continues the journey begun in the author’s previously published book “Supply Chain Disruption Management: Using Stochastic Mixed Integer Programming.” It equips readers with the knowledge, tools, and managerial insights needed to effectively model and address modern supply chain risk management challenges. As such, the book is designed for practitioners and researchers who are interested in supply chain risk management. Master’s and Ph.D. students in disciplines like supply chain management, operations research, industrial engineering, applied mathematics, and computer science will also find the book a valuable resource. | Includes models for real-world supply chains subject to severe multi-regional or global crisesUtilizes an advanced algebraic modeling language (AMPL) and the GUROBI solver for proposed stochastic programming modelsIllustrated with numerous computational examples | Tadeusz Sawik is a Professor of Industrial Engineering and Operations Research at Reykjavik University in Reykjavik, Iceland and at AGH University of Kraków in Kraków, Poland. He has published numerous books, including Production Planning and Scheduling in Flexible Assembly Systems, Springer 1998, Scheduling in Supply Chains Using Mixed Integer Programming, Wiley 2011, and Supply Chain Disruption Management, Springer 2018 & 2020, and more than 150 individual articles in refereed journals. His current research interests are in the areas of logistics and supply chain management, operations management, supply chain risk management, homeland and cyber security, scheduling, stochastic and combinatorial optimization, and integer programming. | Science | Professional Books (2) | Science (SC) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031579264 | Supply Chain Management | Operations Research and Decision Theory | Stochastic Modelling | Risk Management | Data and Information Security | Optimization | /Supply Chain Management/Operations Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-57927-1 | |||||||||||||
94 | 978-3-031-55955-6 | Schreiber | Deborah A. Schreiber; Zane L. Berge | Deborah A. Schreiber, University of Massachusetts Global, Washington, DC, USA; Zane L. Berge, University of Maryland, Baltimore County, Columbia, MD, USA | Futures Thinking and Organizational Policy, Volume 2 | Case Studies for Managing Rapid Change in Social Media, Shift in Wealth and Government Instability | X, 340 p. 58 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 149.99 | 201.00 | 199.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 234 | KJU | KJM | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Switzerland | 1 | In production | 2024-06-23 | 2024-06-23 | 1 | Part 1: Introduction. Chapter 1. Futures Thinking in Organizations: Theoretical Framework.-Part 2: Case Studies.Explosive Use of Social Media. Chapter 2. A Study of Tesla – 21st Century Organizational Strategy as Nexus Between Foresight and Futures Thinking.- Chapter 3. Bridal Icon – The Joan Pillow Story.- Chapter 4. Yale University and the Impact of Future-oriented Leadership During the Covid Pandemic.- Chapter 5. Crafting a Leadership Edge: How a Small Business Stays Future-focused While Navigating the Present.- Shift in Great Wealth. Chapter 6. CoHousing NL (Newfoundland and Labrador, Canada) – Piloting Affordable Housing Within a Sustainable Community Context.- Chapter 7. Free the Fortune 500! Collaboration Between Business and Society.- Chapter 8. Market Disruption in the Insurance Industry and Use of Foresight and Futures Thinking to Meet Challenges: A Case Study of Aviva Plc. Government [In]Stability. Chapter 9.Turning Darkness into Light: Metro de Santiago’s Scenario-based Approach to Creating Interconnected Opportunities.- Chapter 10. Port System Authority of the Eastern Adriatic Sea (Ports of Trieste and Monfalcone) – Government Use of Strategic Foresight.- Chapter 11. Resilience Frontiers (RF) Initiative of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) – Driving Support for Sustainable Goals in Times of Uncertainty. Part 3: Supplemental Learning Materials. Chapter 12. Discussion Questions for Cases.- Chapter 13. Organizational Capability for Futures Thinking: Self-assessment. | The case studies in this Volume 2 book support the premise that organizational policies are what ensure institutionalization and sustainability of futures thinking in corporations, non-profits, and educational institutions. Futures thinking here reflects a systems approach utilized by organizational leaders to observe and interpret signals of change or disruption, identify trigger points of impact, employ foresight methodologies to build scenarios of the future and plan action, and then ultimately translate/actualize the most viable scenarios into successful business outcomes. What is new in the field of futures thinking today is not the general source of change (i.e., technology, globalization, and workforce well-being), but the tumultuous level of disruption occurring due to three phenomena—explosive use of social media, shift in great wealth, and government instability.Scholars and practitioners alike will find the case studies in this book provide nuanced insights into such disruptions, as well as discussion of best practices to ensure successful business solutions. Deborah A. Schreiber is Adjunct Professor of Organizational Leadership at the University of Massachusetts Global, USA, and management consultant with RK Futures Incorporated. She has been honored with the Charles A. Wedemeyer Award for Distinguished Scholarship in recognition of her research publications. Zane L. Berge is Professor and Former Director of the Training Systems graduate programs at the University of Maryland, Baltimore County, USA. Prior to joining UMBC, Dr. Berge was Founder and Director of the Center for Teaching and Technology, Georgetown University, Washington DC. | The case studies in this Volume 2 book support the premise that organizational policies are what ensure institutionalization and sustainability of futures thinking in corporations, non-profits, and educational institutions. Futures thinking here reflects a systems approach utilized by organizational leaders to observe and interpret signals of change or disruption, identify trigger points of impact, employ foresight methodologies to build scenarios of the future and plan action, and then ultimately translate/actualize the most viable scenarios into successful business outcomes. What is new in the field of futures thinking today is not the general source of change (i.e., technology, globalization, and workforce well-being), but the tumultuous level of disruption occurring due to three phenomena—explosive use of social media, shift in great wealth, and government instability. Scholars and practitioners alike will find the case studies in this book provide nuanced insights into such disruptions, as well as discussion of best practices to ensure successful business solutions. | Follow up to Volume 1 with a focus on disruption in three different areasAddresses the sustainability of futures thinking in turbulent environmentsUpdates the matrix for successfully building a future-thinking organization | Deborah A. Schreiber is Adjunct Professor of Organizational Leadership at the University of Massachusetts Global, USA, and management consultant with RK Futures Incorporated. She has been honored with the Charles A. Wedemeyer Award for Distinguished Scholarship in recognition of her research publications. Zane L. Berge is Professor and Former Director of the Training Systems graduate programs at the University of Maryland, Baltimore County, USA. Prior to joining UMBC, Dr. Berge was Founder and Director of the Center for Teaching and Technology, Georgetown University, Washington DC. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031559556 | Organization | Management | Business Strategy and Leadership | /Organization/Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-55956-3 | ||||||||||||||||||
95 | 978-3-031-58595-1 | Schulte | Uwe G. Schulte | Uwe G. Schulte, Harsefeld, Germany | Sustainable Business | Executive Insights on Shaping Sustainable Corporate Practices | Approx. 280 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 79.99 | 106.50 | 99.99 | Hard cover | 0 | CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & Governance | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 0 | KJJ | KJG | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-22 | 2024-07-22 | 1 | Chapter 1. A Brief History of Corporate Sustainability: A conversation with John Elkington.- Chapter 2. The United Nation Sustainable Development Goals.- Chapter 3. Human Rights in the Supply Chain.- Chapter 4. Sustainable Business Transformation – A Renewable Energy Example.- Chapter 5. Water the New Oil.- Chapter 6. A Global Company with a Purpose.- Chapter 7. Sustainable Tourism and Corporate Governance in Asia.- Chapter 8. Business Integration of Sustainability – The Customer Perspective.- Chapter 9. Chemical Recycling.- Chapter 10. Sustainability and Science – for Impact and Value Chain Resilience.- Chapter 11. Business Success with Purpose.- Chapter 12. Social Innovation.- Chapter 13. Energy Transition Scenarios.- Chapter 14. Ocean Plastics.- Chapter 15. Sustainable Packaging.- Chapter 16. Sustainable Procurement.- Chapter 17. Sustainable Mining and the Biodiversity Challenge.- Chapter 18. Decarbonising Container Shipping.- Chapter 19. Just Transition.- Chapter 20. Epilogue: Net Positive. | This book presents discussions with corporate practitioners on several topics around sustainability. Between May 2019 and November 2022, the author engaged in dialogues with Senior Executives representing major multinational corporations, overseeing their corporate sustainability endeavours. The thematic spectrum of these conversations encompassed diverse topics such as The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, Water-stressed regions, Ocean Plastic, Chemical Recycling, Renewable Energy, Sustainable Tourism, and the Just Transition, among others, with each episode concentrating on a singular subject. In this book supporting illustrations and graphs together with background references enrich the insights the conversations convey. The reader will learn about the sustainability challenges companies are facing and how they approach them. The book gives examples of sustainable solutions and international collaborations around greenhouse gas reduction, circular economy, restorative tourism as well as reducing plastic pollution and other global sustainability challenges. | This book presents discussions with corporate practitioners on several topics around sustainability. Between May 2019 and November 2022, the author engaged in dialogues with Senior Executives representing major multinational corporations, overseeing their corporate sustainability endeavours. The thematic spectrum of these conversations encompassed diverse topics such as The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, Water-stressed regions, Ocean Plastic, Chemical Recycling, Renewable Energy, Sustainable Tourism, and the Just Transition, among others, with each episode concentrating on a singular subject. In this book supporting illustrations and graphs together with background references enrich the insights the conversations convey. The reader will learn about the sustainability challenges companies are facing and how they approach them. The book gives examples of sustainable solutions and international collaborations around greenhouse gas reduction, circular economy, restorative tourism as well as reducing plastic pollution and other global sustainability challenges. | Presents discussions with corporate practitioners giving real life examplesEnables the reader to judge the soundness of corporate approachesProvides a unique and diverse insight into corporate sustainability | Uwe G. Schulte is a chemist by training. His career at Unilever spanned from product developer, plant manager, general manager of supply chain, to vice president of global supply management. He led up to 1500 employees introducing a unified global procurement function. During his time at Unilever, he had postings in Germany, the UK, Brazil, and Switzerland. For two years, he managed the INSEAD Social Innovation Centre (France) as executive director. His current focus is on sustainability and strategy as CEO and owner of Prosolvo GmbH (Germany) and as senior advisor for the Conference Board Global Sustainability Centre and as a member of the Scientific Advisory Board of Ecovadis. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031585951 | Corporate Environmental Management | Business Ethics | Management | Natural Resource and Energy Economics | /Corporate Environmental Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-58596-8 | ||||||||||||||||
96 | 978-3-658-40267-9 | Schumann | René Schumann; Stefan Oswald; Philippe Gillen | René Schumann, Negotiation Advisory Group GmbH, Mannheim, Germany; Stefan Oswald, Negotiation Advisory Group GmbH, Mannheim, Germany; Philippe Gillen, Negotiation Advisory Group GmbH, Mannheim, Germany | System of Negotiations | Game Theory and Behavioral Economics in Procurement – the Guide for Professionals | VIII, 129 p. 1 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 59.00 | 54.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 129 | KJMV8 | KJMV | Springer | Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden | 0 | Available | 2024-04-10 | 2023-04-08 | 2024-04-09 | 2024-04-09 | 1 | System of Negotiations.- Purchasing Negotiations under Competitive Conditions and with Monopolists.- Prospects and Areas of Application.- New Opportunities through Digitalization.- Glossary. | This book presents criteria and recommendations for successful negotiations. The System of Negotiations, which was developed on a scientific basis for this purpose, clearly illustrates the most important steps, tools and applications. By using game theory and behavioral economics, the success of negotiations in purchasing can be systematically maximized. At the same time, transparency and fairness offer a high level of acceptance among negotiating partners. To this end, numerous practical examples are used to show how contracts can be awarded in the event of competition between suppliers, and how various auction formats and differentiated communication can be used to achieve optimal savings potential. The contentSystem of NegotiationsPurchasing negotiations under competitive conditions and with monopolistsPerspectives and areas of applicationNew opportunities through digitalizationGlossary The authors René Schumann is the founder and CEO of the Negotiation Advisory Group. He has many years of experience in purchasing negotiations in the automotive sector and in management consulting. Stefan Oswald is founder and CEO of the Negotiation Advisory Group. He gained his numerous experiences in game theory in strategic material purchasing at Daimler AG, among others. Dr. Philippe Gillen is responsible for the topic of Data Science and its application in negotiations atthe Negotiation Advisory Group. This book is a translation of an original German edition. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation. | This book presents criteria and recommendations for successful negotiations. The System of Negotiations, which was developed on a scientific basis for this purpose, clearly illustrates the most important steps, tools and applications. By using game theory and behavioral economics, the success of negotiations in purchasing can be systematically maximized. At the same time, transparency and fairness offer a high level of acceptance among negotiating partners. To this end, numerous practical examples are used to show how contracts can be awarded in the event of competition between suppliers, and how various auction formats and differentiated communication can be used to achieve optimal savings potential. Also for situations where the supplier is a monopolist, ways are described to avoid being at the mercy of pricing power. | System of Negotiations as a combination of game theory, behavioral economics, and real-world experienceScientifically based conceptGuide for successful purchasing negotiations with concrete steps, tools and application examples | René Schumann is the founder and CEO of the Negotiation Advisory Group. He has many years of experience in purchasing negotiations in the automotive sector and in management consulting. Stefan Oswald is founder and CEO of the Negotiation Advisory Group. He gained his numerous experiences in game theory in strategic material purchasing at Daimler AG, among others. Dr. Philippe Gillen is responsible for the topic of Data Science and its application in negotiations at the Negotiation Advisory Group. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783658402679 | Procurement | Logistics | /Procurement/Operations Management/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-658-40265-5 | |||||||||||||||||
97 | 978-981-99-0045-9 | Shuai | Qinghong Shuai; Zhongjun Li; Yun Zhang | Qinghong Shuai, Southwestern University of Finance and Economics, Chengdu, China; Zhongjun Li, Southwestern University of Finance and Economics, Chengdu, China; Yun Zhang, Southwestern University of Finance and Economics, Chengdu, China | E-Commerce Industry Chain | Theory and Practice | IX, 377 p. 143 illus., 90 illus. in color. | 1 | 2023 | final | 64.99 | 69.54 | 71.49 | 54.99 | 77.00 | 69.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Advanced Studies in E-Commerce | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 377 | KJE | UF | Springer | Springer Nature Singapore | 0 | Available | 2024-04-11 | 2024-04-10 | 2024-04-10 | Distribution rights for print book in China Mainland: Xi'an Jiaotong University Press | 1 | E-commerce Development Foundation.- E-commerce Development Foundation.- Technical Principles of E-Commerce.-Production Principles of E-Commerce: Supply Side.- Principles of E-commerce Transactions: Distribution Side.- Principles of E-Commerce Circulation.- Principles of E-Commerce Consumption.- E-commerce Channels and Platforms.- Cross-Border E-Commerce.- Summary and Prospect | This book focuses on e-commerce industry chain based on the whole process of e-commerce activities (production, distribution, circulation, consumption). It extracted the supporting technology and operation process of e-commerce into general principles in the form of mathematical analysis, helping readers to build the frame of theory and practice of activity link of e-commerce. This book stands on the concepts, carries on the innovation and cases in the practice, helping readers to establish a relatively complete e-commerce system. Also the arising challenges and issues are discussed, and guide for the future e-commerce development under the new situation is presented. | This book focuses on e-commerce industry chain based on the whole process of e-commerce activities (production, distribution, circulation, consumption). It extracted the supporting technology and operation process of e-commerce into general principles in the form of mathematical analysis, helping readers to build the frame of theory and practice of activity link of e-commerce. This book stands on the concepts, carries on the innovation and cases in the practice, helping readers to establish a relatively complete e-commerce system. Also the arising challenges and issues are discussed, and guide for the future e-commerce development under the new situation is presented. | Gives the detailed introduction and comprehensive description of E-CommerceProvides mathematical analysis of basic concepts, models, principle and related technologies of E-CommerceEstablishes a relatively complete electronic commerce basic theoretical framework system | Dr. Qinghong Shuai is currently a professor in the School of Economic Information Engineering, Southwestern University of Finance and Economics. He is a member of the Ministry of Education of e-commerce speciality teaching steering committee, an expert of the China e-commerce association electronic financial industry association, the Chinese society of information economy of the sichuan branch of e-commerce, e-commerce association expert group deputy head of sichuan province, sichuan province software industry association, deputy director , and director of the electronic commerce and electronic government affairs branch, Chengdu government specially engaged e-commerce expert.His research interests include e-commerce and payment and settlement, network finance and e-banking, project management and practice, etc. He has presided over and participated in more than ten projects of national Social Science project, Ministry of Education project, People's Bank of China project, China Union Pay project and China Payment and Clearing Association project. He has published more than thirty articles and more than ten monographs and textbooks. He cooperates with the Payment and Settlement Department of the People's Bank of China and the General Clearing Center of the People's Bank of China to build the China Payment System Research Center and serves as the director of the Payment Theory Research Department. In 2012, 'Establishing the Brand of Electronic Payment Discipline and leading the Innovation of E-commerce Talent Training Mode with Distinctive Financial Characteristics in China' was declared the first prize of Excellent Teaching Achievement Award of Sichuan Province. Electronic Payment and Settlement was awarded the 2009-2012 Excellent Textbook by Dongbei University of Finance and Economics Press, etc. Dr. Zhongjun Li is an associate professor and master supervisor at school of Economic And Information Engineering, SwUFE. His main area of study are e-commerce ,electronic payment, network marketing, and financial informatization. From 2009 to 2011, he was awarded the 'Innovation, Creativity and Entrepreneurship' Challenge for National College Students in E-commerce with outstanding contributions of two hundred outstanding instructor. Dr. Yun Zhang, lecturer, Department of E-commerce, School of Economic Information Engineering, Southwestern University of Finance and Economics. In 2018, he received his PhD degree in management from Southwestern University of Finance and Economics, and obtained the government-sponsored qualification of China Scholarship Council. From 2016 to 2018, he received a two-year joint training in the Business School of The University of Queensland, Australia. Zhang Yun is mainly engaged in research and teaching in the fields of e-commerce, social commerce, social network, Internet finance, network marketing and sharing economy. As the principal or research backbone, Zhang Yun presided and participated in a number of basic scientific research projects of central universities. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789819900459 | E-Business | e-Commerce and e-Business | /E-Business/IT in Business/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-99-0043-5 | ||||||||||||||||
98 | 978-3-031-59841-8 | Smith | Duncan Smith | Duncan Smith, Oberanvan, Luxembourg | Money Laundering, Terrorist Financing and Virtual Assets | Cases and Materials | Approx. 350 p. | 1 | 2024 | approx. | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 89.99 | 118.00 | 109.99 | Hard cover | 0 | Contributions to Finance and Accounting | Business and Management | Professional book | Book | 0 | English | 449 | KJR | KCLF | Springer | Springer Nature Switzerland | 0 | In production | 2024-07-10 | 2024-07-10 | 1 | Introduction.- Definitions of money laundering in Different Jurisdictions.- More on Money Laundering.- Common Schemes and Red Flags of Money Laundering.- Corporate and Other Controls.- More on Terrorist Financing.- New frontiers for Money Laundering/Terrorist Financing: i) crypto-currency, ii) DeFi and iii) NFT.- Supervision & Regulation, Investigation and Prosecution.- Money Laundering: UK and Scandinavian cases.- Money Laundering: Other cases.- Terrorist Financing.- Violating Economic Sanctions.- Virtual Assets.- International Materials.- National Materials.- Conclusion. | This book presents case studies on financial crime, focusing on money laundering and terrorism finance. It includes real life examples to identify the characteristics of these crimes and discusses possible national and international measures to prevent it. The book is divided into three sections. The first part of the book reviews international and national approaches and responses to the problems. The second part includes case summaries involving money laundering, terrorist financing or economic crime involving cryptocurrency in a range of countries. The third part of the book focuses on legal frameworks to prevent money laundering, terrorist financing and misuse of virtual assets and includes materials from the UN, OECD, FATF, MDB and EU policies to address these issues. | This book presents case studies on financial crime, focusing on money laundering and terrorism finance. It includes real life examples to identify the characteristics of these crimes and discusses possible national and international measures to prevent it. The book is divided into three sections. The first part of the book reviews international and national approaches and responses to the problems. The second part includes case summaries involving money laundering, terrorist financing or economic crime involving cryptocurrency in a range of countries. The third part of the book focuses on legal frameworks to prevent money laundering, terrorist financing and misuse of virtual assets and includes materials from the UN, OECD, FATF, MDB and EU policies to address these issues. | Presents real life case studies on money laundering and terrorism financeAnalyses the role of cryptocurrencies in economic crimeIntroduces the legal frameworks to prevent financial crime | Duncan Smith was the Deputy Head of Fraud Investigations at the European Investment Bank (EIB) in Luxembourg. He was responsible for policy, outreach and training. He has undertaken many investigations and resolved numerous high-profile cases. Duncan previously worked in a similar role at the World Bank Investigations Unit in Washington DC (USA) and has been a member of the Secretariat of the Conference for International Investigators from 2001 to 2017. He is a qualified barrister and prior to his international career, he worked in London at the DTI and Serious Fraud Office. Duncan has written a number of recent articles for FCPA Blog and the Basel Institute on Governance and contributes to EIB Investigations’ annual Activity Report (published on EIB’s website). He has given presentations to many different audiences including students, practitioners and others at the Sorbonne and Cambridge Universities, ECB, OECD, American & International Bar Associations, the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies and various conferences. | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | Standard (0) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031598418 | Corporate Governance | International Finance | Corporate Finance | Business Ethics | White Collar Crime | Business Law | /Corporate Governance/Accounting/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-59842-5 | ||||||||||||||
99 | 978-3-031-20441-8 | Soelberg | Frode Soelberg; Larry D. Browning; Jan-Oddvar Sørnes; Frank Lindberg | Frode Soelberg, Nord University Business School, Bodø, Norway; Larry D. Browning, The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX, USA; Jan-Oddvar Sørnes, Nord University Business School, Bodø, Norway; Frank Lindberg, Nord University Business School, Bodø, Norway | Transformative Learning | Autoethnographies of Qualitative Research | XXI, 262 p. 3 illus. | 1 | 2023 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 129.99 | 177.00 | 169.99 | Soft cover | 1 | Business and Management | Contributed volume | Book | 0 | English | 262 | KJ | JN | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer International Publishing | 1 | Available | 2024-04-28 | 2023-04-28 | 2024-04-28 | 2024-04-28 | 1 | 1. Transformative Learning.- Part I. Heuristics.- 2. Mining for Outliers in Qualitative Research to Develop Interviewing Strategies.- 3. Researching the Market Violence of Counterfeit Medicines: Insights from Qualitative Camp.- 4. Studying Processes in Organizations Lessons Learned from Limbo Situations.- Part II. Confessional.- 5. Self-Observation of Sublime Experience.- 6. Harvesting Foreign Fields, the Researcher as a Solitary Reaper Away from Home.- 7. Contrasting Norwegian and American Prison Systems: Becoming (Un)broken.- Part III. Peer Learning.- 8. Observing Cultural Differences: Dismantling Ethnocentrism in a Multicultural Environment.- 9. What’s going on here, or Welcome on board of No Escape.- 10. How Natural Is “Natural” in Field Research?.- Part IV. Sensemaking.- 11. Moving Qualitative Data from Little Pieces of Colored Glass to an Elegant Stained-Glass Window.- 12. Walking out of the Shadow.- 13. Finding the Human Story in a Cultural of Secrecy.- 14. Observational Methodology and Ecological Economics.- Part V. Epilogue.- 15. A Grounded Theory of Qcamp. | This book contains a series of autoethnographies written by participants of a program on qualitative methods. It offers the stories of students-turned-professors and what they learned via autoethnographic writing as part of the course. The chapters provide insight into the application of a range of qualitative research techniques and, unlike typical works on qualitative methods, in a nonprescriptive method that reflects a personal learning process. This book will be of interest to students and academics engaged in qualitative research, as well as scholars of transformative learning, teaching pedagogy and broader educational studies. Frode Soelberg is an Associate Professor at the Nord University Business School, Norway. Larry D. Browning is Professor Emeritus at the Moody College of Communication, University of Texas at Austin, USA and Adjunct Professor of Management at Nord University Business School, Norway. Jan-Oddvar Sørnes is a Professor at the Nord University Business School, Norway. Frank Lindberg is a Professor at the Nord University Business School, Norway. | This book contains a series of autoethnographies written by participants of a program on qualitative methods. It offers the stories of students-turned-professors and what they learned via autoethnographic writing as part of the course. The chapters provide insight into the application of a range of qualitative research techniques and, unlike typical works on qualitative methods, in a nonprescriptive method that reflects a personal learning process. This book will be of interest to students and academics engaged in qualitative research, as well as scholars of transformative learning, teaching pedagogy and broader educational studies. | Offers the stories of students-turned-professors and what they learned via autoethnographic writingProvides detailed examples of qualitative research methods in practiceReflects a personal learning process and a unique insight into the application of qualitative methods | Frode Soelberg is an Associate Professor at the Nord University Business School, Norway. Larry D. Browning is Professor Emeritus at the Moody College of Communication, University of Texas at Austin, USA and Adjunct Professor of Management at Nord University Business School, Norway. Jan-Oddvar Sørnes is a Professor at the Nord University Business School, Norway. Frank Lindberg is a Professor at the Nord University Business School, Norway. | Science | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9783031204418 | Business and Management | Pedagogy | Research Skills | Education | /Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-3-031-20439-5 | |||||||||||||||
100 | 978-981-99-9495-3 | Sutherland | Karen E. Sutherland | Karen E. Sutherland, University of the Sunshine Coast, Sippy Downs, QLD, Australia | Strategic Social Media Management | Theory and Practice | Approx. 300 p. 40 illus. in color. | 2 | 2024 | approx. | 43.00 | 46.01 | 47.30 | 37.99 | 51.00 | 49.99 | Soft cover | 0 | Business and Management | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Book | 0 | English | 538 | KJS | KJM | Palgrave Macmillan | Springer Nature Singapore | 0 | Worldwide | In production | 2024-07-04 | 2024-07-04 | 1 | 2021 | ,978-981-15-4657-0,978-981-15-4658-7,978-981-15-4659-4 | <div><div>Section 1 Social Media Strategy Development.- Chapter 1 Introduction.- Chapter 2. Social Media Strategy Development.- Chapter 3. Let's Start from the Beginning: Understanding Audiences.- Chapter 4. Managing Reputation, Risk, Issues and Crises.- Chapter 5. The Foundational Components of Strategy.- Chapter 6. Stop Selling, Start Helping.- Chapter 7. Social Media Monitoring Measurement Analysis and Big Data.- Chapter 8: Social Media Scheduling and Account Management Platforms.- Section 2 Strategic Content Curation.- Chapter 9. Strategic Content Curation.- Chapter 10. Ethical Content Curation.- Chapter 11. The Content Curation Process.- Chapter 12. Techniques to Present Curated Content to Engage with Audiences.- Chapter 13 · Strategic Content Creation.- Chapter 14. Writing for Social Media.- Chapter 15. Creating Compelling Images, Graphics, Memes, Filters and Infographics.- Chapter 16. Producing Videos that Pop.- Chapter 17.Conclusion: Social Media--the Only Constant Is Change.</div></div><div><div> </div><div> </div><div> </div><div> </div><div> </div><div> </div> </div> | <div><div>This textbook provides a lively introduction to the fast-paced and multi-faceted discipline of social media management, with international perspectives, AI approaches and tools to enhance the learning experience. Aside from focusing on practical application, the textbook takes readers through the process of strategy development and implementation, ethical and accurate content curation, and strategic content creation.</div><div> </div><div>Combining theory and practice, Strategic Social Media Management teaches readers how to take a strategic approach to social media from organisational and business perspectives, and how to measure results. Richly supported by robust and engaging pedagogy and case studies, it integrates public relations, marketing and advertising perspectives, and examines key issues including risk, ethics, privacy, consent, copyright, and crisis management.</div><div> </div><div>Reflecting the demands of contemporary practice, advice onself-care is also provided, helping to protect emerging social media managers from the negativity they can experience online. By the end, readers will be able to develop a social media strategy, understand accurate and relevant content curation, and create engaging social media content that tells compelling stories, connects with target audiences and supports strategic goals and objectives. </div><div> </div><div>This is an ideal textbook for students learning social media strategy, marketing and management at undergraduate level. It is also essential reading for business owners, marketing, public relations, advertising and communications professionals looking to hone their social media skills.</div><div> </div><div>The first edition of this textbook won a Book Excellence Award, a Silver International Stevie Award for Best Business Book and was named in the Best 100 Public Relations eBooks of All Time by the Book Authority.</div></div> | <div>This textbook provides a lively introduction to the fast-paced and multi-faceted discipline of social media management, with international perspectives, AI approaches and tools to enhance the learning experience. Aside from focusing on practical application, the textbook takes readers through the process of strategy development and implementation, ethical and accurate content curation, and strategic content creation.</div><div> </div><div>Combining theory and practice, Strategic Social Media Management teaches readers how to take a strategic approach to social media from organisational and business perspectives, and how to measure results. Richly supported by robust and engaging pedagogy and case studies, it integrates public relations, marketing and advertising perspectives, and examines key issues including risk, ethics, privacy, consent, copyright, and crisis management.</div><div> </div><div>Reflecting the demands of contemporary practice, advice on self-care is also provided, helping to protect emerging Social Media Managers from the negativity they can experience online. By the end, readers will be able to develop a social media strategy, understand accurate and relevant content curation, and create engaging social media content that tells compelling stories, connects with target audiences and supports strategic goals and objectives. </div><div> </div><div>This is an ideal textbook for students learning social media strategy, marketing and management at undergraduate level. It is also essential reading for business owners, marketing, public relations, advertising and communications professionals looking to hone their social media skills.</div><div> </div><div>The first edition of this textbook won a Book Excellence Award, a Silver International Stevie Award for Best Business Book and was named in the Best 100 Public Relations eBooks of All Time by the Book Authority.</div> | Provides actionable advice on how to ethically and efficiently leverage AI for social media managementBlends theory, practice, global case studies, and well-being tips for social media students and professionalsIncludes strategy, AI prompt writing, clear copywriting and video production templates and content calendars | Dr Karen Sutherland is a Senior Lecturer in Public Relations at the University of the Sunshine Coast in Australia. She is a multi-award-winning social media educator and author. A Senior Fellow of the Higher education Academy, Dr Sutherland develops and delivers social media curriculum for UniSC and delivers customised workshops, and training to a wide range of industry sectors. Dr Sutherland is also a Certified AI Consultant, Co-Founder and Social Media Specialist at Dharana Digital marketing agency. | Students | Palgrave Standard US (P5) | Palgrave Standard (P5) | EBOP41169 | Business and Management | 0 | 0 | 9789819994953 | Marketing | Management | Social Media | /Marketing/Business and Management/Humanities and Social Sciences/ | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10.1007/978-981-99-9496-0 |